Honda - CR-V - Owners Manual - 2017 - 2017.PDF

2017 OWNER’S MANUAL 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 0 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 California Proposition 65 Warning WARNING: This product contains or emits chemicals known to the state of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR. Event Data Recorders The data belongs to the vehicle owner and may not be accessed by anyone else except as legally required or with the permission of the vehicle owner. This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle’s systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as: • How various systems in your vehicle were operating; • Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/fastened; • How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and, • How fast the vehicle was traveling. These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation. Service Diagnostic Recorders This vehicle is equipped with service-related devices that record information about powertrain performance. The data can be used to verify emissions law requirements and/or help technicians diagnose and solve service problems. It may also be combined with data from other sources for research purposes, but it remains confidential. Some diagnostic and maintenance information is uploaded to Honda upon vehicle start up. California Perchlorate Contamination Prevention Act The airbags, seat belt tensioners, and CR type batteries in this vehicle may contain perchlorate materials - special handling may apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/ As you read this manual, you will find information that is preceded by a NOTICE symbol. This information is intended to help you avoid damage to your vehicle, other property, or the environment. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 1 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 A Few Words About Safety You will find this important safety information in a variety of forms, including: Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. And operating this vehicle safely is an important responsibility. ● Safety Labels - on the vehicle. ● Safety Messages - preceded by a safety alert symbol 3 and one of three signal words: DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION. These signal words mean: To help you make informed decisions about safety, we have provided operating procedures and other information on labels and in this manual. This information alerts you to potential hazards that could hurt you or others. Of course, it is not practical or possible to warn you about all the hazards associated with operating or maintaining your vehicle. You must use your own good judgment. 3DANGER You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if you don't follow instructions. 3WARNING You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if you don't follow instructions. 3CAUTION You CAN be HURT if you don't follow instructions. ● Safety Headings - such as Important Safety Precautions. ● Safety Section - such as Safe Driving. ● Instructions - how to use this vehicle correctly and safely. This entire book is filled with important safety information - please read it carefully. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 2 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Contents This owner’s manual should be considered a permanent part of the vehicle and should remain with the vehicle when it is sold. This owner’s manual covers all models of your vehicle. You may find descriptions of equipment and features that are not on your particular model. Images throughout this owner’s manual (including the front cover) represent features and equipment that are available on some, but not all, models. Your particular model may not have some of these features. 2 Safe Driving P. 33 For Safe Driving P. 34 Seat Belts P. 40 Airbags P. 49 2 Instrument Panel P. 79 Indicators P. 80 Gauges and Displays P. 117 2 Controls P. 131 Clock P. 132 Locking and Unlocking the Doors P. 134 Panoramic Roof*1 P. 168 Moonroof * P. 167 Adjusting the Seats P. 197 2 Features P. 229 Audio System P. 230 Customized Features P. 337 This owner’s manual is for vehicles sold in the United States and Canada. 2 Driving P. 433 The information and specifications included in this publication were in effect at the time of approval for printing. Honda Motor Co., Ltd. reserves the right, however, to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without notice and without incurring any obligation. 2 Maintenance P. 539 Audio System Basic Operation P. 237, 258 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver * P. 370 Before Driving P. 434 Towing a Trailer P. 439 Parking Your Vehicle P. 526 Multi-View Rear Camera P. 531 Before Performing Maintenance P. 540 Maintenance MinderTM P. 543 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 577 Climate Control System Maintenance P. 594 2 Handling the Unexpected P. 601 Tools P. 602 If a Tire Goes Flat P. 603 Overheating P. 617 Indicator, Coming On/Blinking P. 621 When You Cannot Open the Tailgate P. 632 2 Information P. 635 Specifications P. 636 Emissions Testing P. 642 Identification Numbers P. 638 Warranty Coverages P. 644 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 3 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Contents Quick Reference Guide Child Safety P. 63 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 76 Opening and Closing the Tailgate P. 150 Security System P. 161 Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel P. 171 Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items P. 206 Opening and Closing the Windows P. 164 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 195 Climate Control System P. 224 Audio Error Messages P. 327 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 373, 396 General Information on the Audio System P. 332 Compass * P. 430 Off-Highway Driving Guidelines P. 444 Refueling P. 533 When Driving P. 446 Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions P. 536 Braking P. 508 Turbo Engine Vehicle * P. 537 Maintenance Under the Hood P. 553 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 581 Cleaning P. 595 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 570 Battery P. 590 Accessories and Modifications P. 600 Remote Transmitter Care P. 592 Engine Does Not Start P. 610 Fuses P. 627 Refueling P. 633 Jump Starting P. 613 Emergency Towing P. 631 Devices that Emit Radio Waves P. 640 Authorized Manuals P. 646 Reporting Safety Defects P. 641 Customer Service Information P. 647 P. 4 Safety Labels P. 77 Safe Driving P. 33 Instrument Panel P. 79 Controls P. 131 Features P. 229 Driving P. 433 Maintenance P. 539 Handling the Unexpected P. 601 Information P. 635 Index P. 649 Shift Lever Does Not Move P. 616 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 4 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Quick Reference Guide Visual Index Quick Reference Guide ❙ System Indicators (P80) ❙ Gauges (P117) ❙ Information Display * (P118) ❙ Driver Information Interface * (P121) ❙ Hazard Warning Button ❙ Audio System (P237, 258) ❙ Navigation System * () See the Navigation System Manual ❙ Rear Window Defogger (P190) ❙ Heated Door Mirror Button * (P190) ❙ Climate Control System (P224) ❙ Front Seat Heater Buttons * (P221) ❙ ENGINE START/STOP Button * (P172) ❙ Ignition Switch * (P171) ❙ Steering Wheel Adjustments (P194) ❙ Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Button * (P503) ❙ (Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®) System OFF) Button (P495) ❙ Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) Button * (P483) ❙ Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) OFF Button * (P520) ❙ Heated Windshield Button * (P191) ❙ Power Tailgate Button * (P154) 4 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 5 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Quick Reference Guide ❙ Headlights/Turn Signals (P176, 177) ❙ Fog Lights * (P180) ❙ LaneWatchTM* (P500) ❙ Km/Mile Change Knob * (P117) ❙ (Display/Information) Button * (P121) ❙ (TRIP) Knob (P118, 122) ❙ Brightness Control (P188) ❙ Cruise Control Buttons (P458, 461) ❙ Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) Buttons * (P467) ❙ Wipers/Washers (P185) ❙ Interval Button * (P476) ❙ Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Button * (P486) ❙ Heated Steering Wheel Button * (P220) ❙ Horn (Press an area around .) ❙ Navigation System Voice Control Buttons * () See the Navigation System Manual ❙ Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® System Voice Control Buttons (P373, 396) ❙ SOURCE Button * (P233) ❙ ENTER Button * (P121, 233) ❙ (+ / (- / ❙ / / / Buttons * (P233) / Buttons * (P121, 233) * Not available on all models 5 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 6 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Visual Index Quick Reference Guide ❙ Power Window Switches (P164) ❙ Door Mirror Controls (P196) ❙ Master Door Lock Switch (P 145) ❙ Memory Buttons * (P 193) ❙ SET Button * (P 193) ❙ Rearview Mirror (P195) ❙ Interior Fuse Box (P628) ❙ Driver's Front Airbag (P52) ❙ Passenger's Front Airbag (P52) ❙ Electric Parking Brake Switch (P508) ❙ Automatic Brake Hold Button (P512) ❙ Glove Box (P209) ❙ ECON Button (P457) ❙ Accessory Power Socket (P215) ❙ Shift Lever (P455) ❙ Accessory Power Socket ❙ Hood Release Handle (P555) ❙ Fuel Fill Door Release Handle (P534) ❙ Driver’s Pocket 6 (P216) ❙ USB Port(s) (P231) 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 7 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Quick Reference Guide ❙ Accessory Power Socket * (P216) ❙ Cargo Area Light (P208) ❙ Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor (P46) ❙ Seat Belt (Installing a Child Seat) (P71) ❙ Seat Belt to Secure a Child Seat (P72) ❙ Ceiling Light (P206) ❙ Side Curtain Airbags (P58) ❙ Seat Belts (P40) ❙ Moonroof Switch * (P167) ❙ Panoramic Roof Switch * (P168) ❙ Map Lights (P207) ❙ Sunglasses Holder (P219) ❙ Sun Visors ❙ Vanity Mirrors ❙ Center Console Box (P210) ❙ Front Seat (P197) ❙ Side Airbags (P56) ❙ USB Ports * (P231) ❙ Rear Seat Heater Buttons * ❙ Coat Hook (P217) ❙ Grab Handle ❙ Rear Seat (P204) ❙ LATCH to Secure a Child Seat (P68) (P222) * Not available on all models 7 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 8 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Visual Index Quick Reference Guide ❙ Maintenance Under the Hood (P553) ❙ Windshield Wipers (P185, 577) ❙ Power Door Mirrors (P196) ❙ Side Turn Signal Lights * (P176, 574) ❙ Door Lock/Unlock Control (P137) ❙ Headlights (P177, 570) ❙ Front Turn Signal/Front Side Marker Lights (P176, 574) ❙ Parking/Daytime Running Lights (P177, 184, 574) ❙ Tires (P581, 603) ❙ Fog Lights * (P180, 572) ❙ How to Refuel (P534) ❙ High-Mount Brake Light (P576) ❙ Rear Wiper (P187, 579) ❙ Opening/Closing the Tailgate (P150) ❙ Multi-View Rear Camera (P531) ❙ License Plate Light (P576) ❙ Tailgate Release Button (P159) ❙ Taillights (P575) ❙ Back-Up Lights (P575) ❙ Brake/Taillights (P574) ❙ Rear Turn Signal Lights (P574) ❙ Rear Side Marker Lights (P574) 8 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 9 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 Eco Assist System 木曜日 午後４時２７分 (P457) Quick Reference Guide Ambient Meter ● Changes color to reflect your driving style. Green: Fuel efficient driving White green: Moderate acceleration/ deceleration White: Aggressive acceleration/ deceleration ● The ambient meter color changes in accordance with your brake or accelerator pedal operation. ECON Button (P457) Helps maximize fuel economy. Models with driver information interface The message is displayed for a few seconds when the ECON button is pressed. ECON Mode Indicator (P93) Comes on when ECON mode is on. * Not available on all models 9 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 10 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 Safe Driving 木曜日 午後４時２７分 (P33) Quick Reference Guide Airbags (P49) ● Your vehicle is fitted with airbags to help protect you and your passengers during a moderate-to-severe collision. Child Safety (P63) ● All children 12 and younger should be seated in the rear seat. ● Smaller children should be properly restrained in a forward-facing child seat. ● Infants must be properly restrained in a rear-facing child seat. Exhaust Gas Hazard (P76) ● Your vehicle emits dangerous exhaust gases that contain carbon monoxide. Do not run the engine in confined spaces where carbon monoxide gas can accumulate. Seat Belts (P40) Before Driving Checklist (P434) ● Before driving, check that the front seats, head restraints, steering wheel, and mirrors have been properly adjusted. ● Fasten your seat belt and sit upright well back in the seat. ● Check that your passengers are wearing their seat belts correctly. Fasten your lap belt as low as possible. 10 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 11 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 Instrument Panel 木曜日 午後４時２７分 (P79) Models with information display System Indicators System Indicators Shift Lever Position Indicator Malfunction Indicator Lamp Low Oil Pressure Indicator Charging System Indicator Immobilizer System Indicator/Security System Alarm Indicator Tachometer Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Indicator Seat Belt Reminder Indicator VSA® OFF Indicator Supplemental Restraint System Indicator Door Open Indicator CRUISE MAIN Indicator Tailgate Open Indicator Automatic Brake Hold System Indicator CRUISE CONTROL Indicator Temperature Gauge Speedometer Fuel Gauge Parking Brake and Brake System Indicator (Amber) Brake Depressing Indicator Maintenance Minder Indicator Automatic Brake Hold Indicator Parking Brake and Brake System Indicator (Red) Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Low Fuel Indicator Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®) System Indicator Power Reduced Indicator Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Indicators Quick Reference Guide Gauges (P 117)/Information Display * (P 118)/ Driver Information Interface * (P121)/System Indicators (P80) System Indicators Lights Indicators ECON Mode Indicator Lights On Indicator Transmission Temperature Indicator Low Tire Pressure/ TPMS Indicator High Beam Indicator All-wheel drive (AWD) Indicator * * Not available on all models 11 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 12 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Models with driver information interface System Indicators Tachometer System Indicators Quick Reference Guide Immobilizer System Indicator/ Security System Alarm Indicator Malfunction Indicator Lamp Low Fuel Indicator Low Oil Pressure Indicator Seat Belt Reminder Indicator Supplemental Restraint System Indicator Charging System Indicator Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Indicator CRUISE MAIN Indicator * Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®) System Indicator VSA® OFF Indicator Automatic Brake Hold System Indicator U.S. CRUISE CONTROL Indicator * Shift Lever Position Indicator Temperature Gauge Speedometer Fuel Gauge Canada U.S. Canada U.S. Canada 12 Parking Brake and Brake System Indicator (Red) Parking Brake and Brake System Indicator (Amber) Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) Indicator (Amber/Green) * Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) Indicator * Automatic Brake Hold Indicator ECON Mode Indicator Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator System Indicators System Message Indicator Low Tire Pressure/ TPMS Indicator Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Indicators Lights Indicators Lights On Indicator High Beam Indicator Fog Light Indicator * Auto High-beam System Indicator * Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) Indicator * Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Indicator (Amber/ Green) * Blind Spot Information (BSI) Indicator * 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 13 ページ Controls ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 (P131) Models with Display Audio The audio system receives signals from GPS satellites, updating the clock automatically. Models with color audio system ENGINE START/STOP Button * (P172) Press the button to change the vehicle’s power mode. a Press and hold the MENU/CLOCK button. b Rotate . to change hour, then press c Rotate press . to change minute, then d Select SET, then press . a Select the Settings. b Select Clock, then Clock Adjustment. c Touch the respective 3 / 4 icon to adjust the hours or minutes up or down. d Select OK. Quick Reference Guide Clock (P132) (HOME) icon, then select These indications are used to show how to operate the Selector knob. • Rotate to select. • Press to enter. * Not available on all models 13 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 14 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 Turn Signals (P176) Turn Signal Control Lever Quick Reference Guide Right 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Wipers and Washers (P185) Wiper/Washer Control Lever MIST OFF AUTO*1: Wiper speed varies automatically INT*2: Low speed with intermittent LO: Low speed wipe HI: High speed wipe Left Lights (P177) Light Control Switches Pull toward you to spray washer fluid. High Beam Low Beam Adjustment Ring Flashing : : : : Low Sensitivity*1 Lower speed, fewer sweeps*2 High Sensitivity*1 Higher speed, more sweeps*2 *1:Models with automatic intermittent wipers *2:Models without automatic intermittent wipers 14 Models with automatic intermittent wipers AUTO should always be turned OFF before cleaning the windshield or driving through a car wash. Steering Wheel (P194) ● To adjust, pull the adjustment lever towards you, adjust to the desired position, then lock the lever back in place. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 15 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 Unlocking the Front Doors from the Inside 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Tailgate (P150) ● Pull either front door inner handle to unlock and open it at the same time. Models without smart entry system Models with Hands Free Access Raise and lower your foot (in a kicking motion) under the center of the rear bumper to open or close the tailgate with the smart entry remote on you. ● With all the doors unlocked, press the tailgate release button, and lift open the tailgate. Quick Reference Guide (P144) Models with smart entry system ● Press the tailgate release button to unlock and open the tailgate when you have the smart entry remote on you. If your model is equipped with a power tailgate, you can press the power tailgate button on the driver side control panel, or press the remote transmitter. 15 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 16 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 Power Door Mirrors (P196) Quick Reference Guide ● With the ignition switch in ON (w *1, move the selector switch to L or R. ● Push the appropriate edge of the adjustment switch to adjust the mirror. Selector Switch 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Power Windows (P164) ● With the ignition switch in ON (w *1, open and close the power windows. ● If the power window lock button is in the off position, each passenger's window can be opened and closed with its own switch. ● If the power window lock button is in the on position (indicator on), each passenger's window switch is disabled. Indicator Power Window Lock Button Adjustment Switch Window Switch *1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. 16 *1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 17 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Climate Control System (P224) Models without SYNC button (ON/OFF) Button Quick Reference Guide ● Press the AUTO button to activate the climate control system. ● Press the button to turn the system on or off. ● Press the button to defrost the windshield. Fan Control Dial Temperature Control Dial AUTO Button A/C (Air Conditioning) Button (Recirculation) Button (MODE Control) Button (Fresh Air) Button (Windshield Defroster) Button Air flows from floor and windshield defroster vents. Air flows from floor vents. Air flows from floor and dashboard vents. Air flows from dashboard vents. 17 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 18 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Models with SYNC button Audio/Information Screen Quick Reference Guide SYNC (Synchronized) Button (CLIMATE) Button Driver side Temperature Control Dial Passenger side Temperature Control Dial AUTO Button (ON/OFF) Button (Recirculation) Button (Fresh Air) Button (Windshield Defroster) Button 18 Air flows from floor and windshield defroster vents. Air flows from floor vents. Air flows from floor and dashboard vents. Air flows from dashboard vents. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 19 ページ Features ２０１６年１２月１５日 Models with color audio system Button SOURCE Button ● (+ / (- Button Press to adjust the volume up/down. ● SOURCE Button Press to change the audio mode: FM1/ FM2/AM/USB or iPod/Pandora®/ Bluetooth® Audio. ● / Button Radio:Press to change the preset station. Press and hold to select the next or previous strong station. iPod, USB device, or Bluetooth® Audio: Press to skip to the beginning of the next song or return to the beginning of the current song. USB device or Bluetooth® Audio *: Press and hold to change a folder. Pandora®: Press to skip to the next track. Press and hold to select the next or previous station. Models with Display Audio / Button 3 / 4 / (+ / (- Bar Quick Reference Guide (P233) / 午後４時２７分 (P229) Audio Remote Controls (+ / (- / 木曜日 ENTER Button ● (+ / (- Bar Press to adjust the volume up/down. Sliding up or down also increases or decreases the volume. Swipe down quickly to mute the volume and swipe up to cancel the mute. ● 3 / 4 Button Press 3 or 4 to cycle through the audio mode as follows: FM/AM/SiriusXM® */USB/iPod/ Bluetooth® Audio/Pandora® */Apps */ Audio Apps * • When listening to the radio and SiriusXM® * a b Press ENTER to switch the display to a preset list you stored in the preset buttons. Press 3 or 4 to select a preset, then press ENTER. * Not available on all models 19 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 20 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 午後４時２７分 Quick Reference Guide • When listening to a USB flash drive • When listening to Pandora® * a Press ENTER to display the folder list. a Press ENTER to display the station list. b Press 3 or 4 to select a folder. b Press 3 or 4 to select an item, then press ENTER. c Press ENTER to display a list of tracks in that folder. d Press 3 or 4 to select a track, then press ENTER. You can also swipe up or down to scroll through the list of tracks alphabetically. • When listening to an iPod a b c d Press ENTER to display the iPod music list. Press 3 or 4 to select a category. Press ENTER to display a list of items in the category. Press 3 or 4 to select an item, then press ENTER. u Press ENTER and press 3 or 4 repeatedly until a desired item you want to listen is displayed. You can also swipe up or down to scroll through the list of tracks alphabetically. 20 木曜日 • When listening to Bluetooth® Audio a Press ENTER to display the track list. b Press 3 or 4 to select a track, then press ENTER. ● / Button Radio:Press to change the preset station. Press and hold to select the next or previous strong station. USB device: Press to skip to the beginning of the next song or return to the beginning of the current song. Press and hold to change a folder. Pandora® *: Press to skip to the next track. Press and hold to select the next or previous station. (Display/Information) Button: Press to change contents. 2 Driver Information Interface *(P121) 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 21 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Audio system (P230) Models with color audio system (P237) Quick Reference Guide Audio/Information Screen (Day/Night) Button RADIO Button (Phone) Button MEDIA Button (Sound) Button VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob (Seek/Skip) Button Selector Knob MENU/CLOCK Button (Seek/Skip) Button (Back) Button Preset Buttons (1-6) * Not available on all models 21 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 22 ページ Models with Display Audio ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 (P258) For navigation system operation () See the Navigation System Manual Quick Reference Guide Driver Information Interface * Compass Icon * (Home) Icon (Map) Icon * (Audio) Icon (Phone) Icon (Back) Icon VOL/ Knob AUDIO (Volume/Power Audio) (Day/Night) Icon 22 Audio/Information Screen (Instrument Panel) Icon 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 23 ページ Driving ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 (P433) Quick Reference Guide Continuously Variable Transmission (P455) ● Shift to (P and depress the brake pedal when starting the engine. ● Shifting Park Turn off or start the engine. Transmission is locked. Release Button Shift Lever Reverse Used when reversing Neutral Transmission is not locked. Drive Normal driving. Drive (S) ● Better acceleration ● Used to increase engine braking ● Used when going up or down hills Low ● Used to further increase engine braking ● Used when going up or down hills Depress the brake pedal and press the release button to move out of (P . Press the release button to move the shift lever. Move the shift lever without pressing the release button. * Not available on all models 23 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 24 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 VSA® On and Off (P495) Quick Reference Guide ● The vehicle stability assist (VSA®) system helps stabilize the vehicle during cornering, and helps maintain traction while accelerating on loose or slippery road surfaces. ● VSA® comes on automatically every time you start the engine. ● To partially disable or fully restore VSA® function, press and hold the button until you hear a beep. Cruise Control (P461) ● Cruise control allows you to maintain a set speed without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal. ● To use cruise control, press the CRUISE */ MAIN * button, then press –/SET once you have achieved the desired speed (above 25 mph or 40 km/h). Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) (P503) ● Detects a change in tire conditions and overall dimensions due to decrease in tire pressures. ● The TPMS is turned on automatically every time you start the engine. ● A calibration procedure must be performed when certain conditions arise. 24 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) OFF Button * (P520) ● When a possible collision is likely unavoidable, the CMBSTM can help you to reduce the vehicle speed and the severity of the collision. ● To turn the CMBSTM on or off, press and hold the button until you hear a beep. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 25 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Refueling (P533) a Pull the fuel fill door release handle. b After refueling, wait for about five seconds before removing the filler nozzle. Quick Reference Guide Fuel recommendation: Unleaded gasoline, pump octane number 87 or higher Fuel tank capacity:14 US gal (53 L) * Not available on all models 25 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 26 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Honda SensingTM* Quick Reference Guide Honda SensingTM is a driver support system which employs the use of two distinctly different kinds of sensors, a radar sensor located in the front grille and a front sensor camera mounted to the interior side of the windshield, behind the rear view mirror. The camera is located behind the rearview mirror. Front Sensor Camera Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * (P467) Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and a set following interval behind a vehicle detected ahead of yours and, if the detected vehicle comes to a stop, can decelerate and stop your vehicle, without you having to keep your foot on the brake or the accelerator. Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System * (P482) Alerts and helps to assist you when the system detects a possibility of your vehicle unintentionally crossing over detected lane markings. Radar Sensor The radar sensor is inside the front grille. Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) * (P486) Provides steering input to help keep the vehicle in the middle of a detected lane and provides tactile and visual alerts if the vehicle is detected drifting out of its lane. 26 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * (P516) Can assist you when there is a possibility of your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or a pedestrian detected in front of yours. The CMBSTM is designed to alert you when a potential collision is determined, as well as to reduce your vehicle speed to help minimize collision severity when a collision is deemed unavoidable. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 27 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 Maintenance 木曜日 午後４時２７分 (P539) ● Check engine oil, engine coolant, and windshield washer fluid. Add when necessary. ● Check brake fluid. ● Check the battery condition monthly. a Pull the hood release handle under the corner of the dashboard. b Locate the hood latch lever, push it to the side, and then raise the hood. Once you have raised the hood slightly, you can release the lever. c Quick Reference Guide Under the Hood (P553) Wiper Blades (P577) ● Replace blades if they leave streaks across the windshield. Tires (P581) Lights (P570) ● Inspect tires and wheels regularly. ● Check tire pressures regularly. ● Install snow tires for winter driving. ● Inspect all lights regularly. When finished, close the hood and make sure it is firmly locked in place. * Not available on all models 27 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 28 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Handling the Unexpected Quick Reference Guide Flat Tire (P603) Engine Won't Start (P610) Overheating (P617) ● Park in a safe location and replace the flat tire with the compact spare tire in the cargo area. ● If the battery is dead, jump start using a booster battery. ● Park in a safe location. If you do not see steam under the hood, open the hood, and let the engine cool down. Indicators Come On Blown Fuse (P627) Emergency Towing (P631) (P621) ● Check for a blown fuse if an electrical device does not operate. ● Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle. ● Identify the indicator and consult the owner's manual. 28 (P601) 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 29 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 What to Do If The ignition switch does not turn from (0 to (q . Why? Canadian models The power mode does not change from VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) to ACCESSORY. Why? Models without smart entry system ● The steering wheel may be locked. U.S. models without smart entry system ● Try to turn the steering wheel left and right while turning the ignition key. Canadian models ● Move the steering wheel left and right after pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button. Quick Reference Guide U.S. models without smart entry system The shift lever should be moved to (P . The ignition switch does not turn from (q to (0 and I cannot remove the key. Why? Models with smart entry system The power mode does not change from ACCESSORY to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). Why? 29 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 30 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 Quick Reference Guide Why does the brake pedal pulsate slightly when applying the brakes? 木曜日 午後４時２７分 This can occur when the ABS activates and does not indicate a problem. Apply firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. Never pump the brake pedal. 2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) (P514) The rear door cannot be opened from inside the vehicle. Why? Check if the childproof lock is in the lock position. If so, open the rear door with the outside door handle. To cancel this function, slide the lever up to the unlock position. Why do the doors lock after I unlocked the doors? If you do not open the doors within 30 seconds, the doors are relocked automatically for security. Why does the beeper sound when I open the driver's door? The beeper sounds when: ● The exterior lights are left on. Models without smart entry system ● The key is left in the ignition switch. Models with smart entry system ● 30 The power mode is in ACCESSORY. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 31 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 The beeper sounds when the driver and/or front passenger are not wearing their seat belts. Pressing the electric parking brake switch does not release the parking brake. Why? Press the electric parking brake switch with the brake pedal depressed. Depressing the accelerator pedal does not release the parking brake automatically. Why? ● Why do I hear a screeching sound when I apply the brake pedal? The brake pads may need to be replaced. Have your vehicle inspected by a dealer. I'm seeing an amber indicator of a tire with an exclamation point. What is that? The Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) needs attention. If you recently inflated or changed a tire, you have to recalibrate the system. ● Quick Reference Guide Why does the beeper sound when I start driving? Fasten the driver’s seat belt. Check if the transmission is in (P or (N . If so, select any other position. 2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) (P503) 31 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 32 32 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 33 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Safe Driving You can find many safety recommendations throughout this chapter, and throughout this manual. For Safe Driving Important Safety Precautions.............. 34 Important Handling Information......... 36 Your Vehicle's Safety Features............ 37 Safety Checklist ................................. 38 Seat Belts About Your Seat Belts ........................ 40 Fastening a Seat Belt .......................... 44 Seat Belt Inspection............................ 48 Airbags Airbag System Components ............... 49 Types of Airbags ................................ 52 Front Airbags (SRS) ............................ 52 Side Airbags....................................... 56 Side Curtain Airbags .......................... 58 Airbag System Indicators.................... 60 Airbag Care ....................................... 62 Child Safety Protecting Child Passengers ............... 63 Safety Labels Label Locations .................................. 77 Safety of Infants and Small Children....... 65 Safety of Larger Children ................... 74 Exhaust Gas Hazard Carbon Monoxide Gas ....................... 76 33 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 34 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 For Safe Driving The following pages explain your vehicle's safety features and how to use them properly. The safety precautions below are ones that we consider to be among the most important. Safe Driving Important Safety Precautions ■ Always wear your seat belt A seat belt is your best protection in all types of collisions. Airbags are designed to supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped with airbags, make sure you and your passengers always wear your seat belts, and wear them properly. ■ Restrain all children Children ages 12 and under should ride properly restrained in a back seat, not the front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in a child seat. Larger children should use a booster seat and a lap/shoulder seat belt until they can use the belt properly without a booster seat. ■ Be aware of airbag hazards While airbags can save lives, they can cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants who sit too close to them, or are not properly restrained. Infants, young children, and short adults are at the greatest risk. Be sure to follow all instructions and warnings in this manual. ■ Don't drink and drive Alcohol and driving don't mix. Even one drink can reduce your ability to respond to changing conditions, and your reaction time gets worse with every additional drink. So don't drink and drive, and don't let your friends drink and drive, either. 34 1Important Safety Precautions Some states, provinces and territories prohibit the use of cell phones other than hands-free devices by the driver while driving. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 35 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuFor Safe DrivinguImportant Safety Precautions ■ Pay appropriate attention to the task of driving safely ■ Control your speed Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds. Never drive faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum speed posted. Safe Driving Engaging in cell phone conversation or other activities that keep you from paying close attention to the road, other vehicles, and pedestrians could lead to a crash. Remember, situations can change quickly, and only you can decide when it is safe to divert some attention away from driving. ■ Keep your vehicle in safe condition Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous. To reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tire pressures and condition frequently, and perform all regularly scheduled maintenance. 35 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 36 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuFor Safe DrivinguImportant Handling Information Important Handling Information Safe Driving 36 Your vehicle has higher ground clearance than a passenger vehicle designed for use only on pavement. Higher ground clearance has many advantages for off-highway driving. It allows you to travel over bumps, obstacles, and rough terrain. It also provides good visibility so you can anticipate problems earlier. These advantages come at some cost. Because your vehicle is taller and rides higher off the ground, it has a higher center gravity making it more susceptible to tripping or roll over if you make abrupt turns. Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles. In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt. As a reminder, make sure you and your passengers always wear seat belts. 1Important Handling Information For information on how to reduce the risk of rollover, read: 2 Precautions While Driving P. 453 2 Off-Highway Driving Guidelines P. 444 Failure to operate your vehicle correctly might result in a crash or a rollover. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 37 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuFor Safe DrivinguYour Vehicle's Safety Features Your Vehicle's Safety Features 1Your Vehicle's Safety Features 9 8 6 10 7 8 10 11 7 6 7 8 9 10 11 Some features do not require any action on your part. These include a strong steel framework that forms a safety cage around the passenger compartment, front and rear crush zones, a collapsible steering column, and tensioners that tighten the front seat belts in a sufficient crash. Safe Driving Your vehicle is equipped with many features that work together to help protect you and your passengers during a crash. 9 However, you and your passengers cannot take full advantage of these features unless you remain seated in the correct position and always wear your seat belts. In fact, some safety features can contribute to injuries if they are not used properly. Safety Cage Crush Zones Seats and Seat-Backs Head Restraints Collapsible Steering Column Seat Belts Front Airbags Side Airbags Side Curtain Airbags Door Locks Seat Belt Tensioners The following checklist will help you take an active role in protecting yourself and your passengers. 37 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 38 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuFor Safe DrivinguSafety Checklist Safety Checklist Safe Driving For the safety of you and your passengers, make a habit of checking these items each time before you drive. • After everyone has entered the vehicle, be sure all doors and the tailgate are closed and locked. Locking the doors and the tailgate helps prevent an occupant from being ejected and an outsider from unexpectedly opening a door or the tailgate. 2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 144 • Adjust your seat to a position suitable for driving. Be sure the front seats are adjusted as far to the rear as possible while allowing the driver to control the vehicle. Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious or fatal injury in a crash. 2 Adjusting the Seats P. 197 • Adjust head restraints to the proper position. Head restraints are most effective when the center of the head restraint aligns with the center of your head. Taller persons should adjust their head restraint to the highest position. 2 Adjusting the Front Head Restraints P. 201 • Always wear your seat belt, and make sure you wear it properly. Confirm that any passengers are properly belted as well. 2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 44 • Protect children by using seat belts or child seats according to a child's age, height and weight. 2 Child Safety P. 63 38 * Not available on all models 1Safety Checklist Models with information display If the door and/or the tailgate open indicator is on, a door and/or the tailgate is not completely closed. Close all doors and the tailgate tightly until the indicator goes off. 2 Door Open Indicator * P. 87 2 Tailgate Open Indicator * P. 87 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 39 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuFor Safe DrivinguSafety Checklist 1Safety Checklist Models with driver information interface * Not available on all models Safe Driving If the door and/or tailgate open message appears on the driver information interface, a door and/or the tailgate is not completely closed. Close all doors and the tailgate tightly until the message disappears. 2 Driver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages * P. 103 39 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 40 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Seat Belts About Your Seat Belts Safe Driving Seat belts are the single most effective safety device because they keep you connected to the vehicle so that you can take advantage of many built-in safety features. They also help keep you from being thrown against the inside of the vehicle, against any passengers, or out of the vehicle. When worn properly, seat belts also keep your body properly positioned in a crash so that you can take full advantage of the additional protection provided by the airbags. In addition, seat belts help protect you in almost every type of crash, including: - frontal impacts - side impacts - rear impacts - rollovers ■ Lap/shoulder seat belts All five seating positions are equipped with lap/shoulder seat belts with emergency locking retractors. In normal driving the retractor lets you move freely while keeping some tension on the belt. During a collision or sudden stop the retractor locks to restrain your body. The front passenger’s and rear seat belts also have a lockable retractor for use with child seats. 2 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt P. 71 40 1About Your Seat Belts 3 WARNING Not wearing a seat belt properly increases the chance of serious injury or death in a crash, even though your vehicle has airbags. Be sure you and your passengers always wear seat belts and wear them properly. Seat belts cannot completely protect you in every crash. But in most cases, seat belts can reduce your risk of serious injury. Most states and all Canadian provinces and territories require you to wear seat belts. The emergency locking retractor may lock if you lean forward too quickly. Slower movements will allow the belt to extend fully without locking. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 41 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts ■ Proper use of seat belts 1About Your Seat Belts Continued If a rear seat passenger moves around and extends the seat belt, the lockable retractor may activate. If this happens, release the retractor by unfastening the seat belt and allow the belt to retract completely. Then refasten the belt. Safe Driving Follow these guidelines for proper use: • All occupants should sit upright, well back in the seat, and remain in that position for the duration of the trip. Slouching and leaning reduce the effectiveness of the belt and can increase the chance of serious injury in a crash. • Never place the shoulder part of a lap/shoulder seat belt under your arm or behind your back. This could cause very serious injuries in a crash. • Two people should never use the same seat belt. If they do, they could be very seriously injured in a crash. • Do not put any accessories on the seat belts. Devices intended to improve comfort or reposition the shoulder part of a seat belt can reduce the protective capability and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash. 41 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 42 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts ■ Seat Belt Reminder Models with information display Safe Driving Models with driver information interface 1Seat Belt Reminder The seat belt system includes an indicator on the instrument panel to remind the driver or a front passenger or both to fasten their seat belts. If the ignition switch is turned to ON (w *1 and a seat belt is not fastened, a beeper will sound and the indicator will blink. After a few seconds, the beeper will stop and the indicator will come on and remain illuminated until the seat belt is fastened. The beeper will periodically sound and the indicator will blink while the vehicle is moving until the seat belt is fastened. *1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. 42 The indicator will also come on if a front passenger does not fasten their seat belt within six seconds after the ignition switch is turned to ON (w *1. When no one is sitting in the front passenger’s seat, the indicator will not come on and the beeper will not sound. The indicator also may not come on and the beeper may not sound when the occupant is not heavy enough to trigger the weight sensor. Such occupants (e.g., infants and smaller children) should be moved to the rear seat as a deploying front airbag likely will injure or kill them. 2 Protecting Child Passengers P. 63 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 43 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts ■ Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners The front seats are equipped with automatic seat belt tensioners to enhance safety. The seat belt tensioners can only operate once. If a tensioner is activated, the SRS indicator will come on. Have a dealer replace the tensioner and thoroughly inspect the seat belt system as it may not offer protection in a subsequent crash. During a moderate-to-severe side impact, the tensioner on that side of the vehicle also activates. Safe Driving The tensioners automatically tighten the front seat belts during a moderate-tosevere frontal collision, sometimes even if the collision is not severe enough to inflate the front airbags. 1Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners 43 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 44 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt Fastening a Seat Belt After adjusting a front seat to the proper position, and while sitting upright and well back in the seat: 2 Adjusting the Seats P. 197 Safe Driving Pull out slowly. Correct Seated Posture. Buckle No one should sit in a seat with an inoperative seat belt or one that does not appear to be working correctly. Using a seat belt that is not working properly may not protect the occupant in a crash. Have a dealer check the belt as soon as possible. Never insert any foreign objects into the buckle or retractor mechanism. 2. Insert the latch plate into the buckle, then tug on the belt to make sure the buckle is secure. u Make sure that the belt is not twisted or caught on anything. Latch Plate 44 1. Pull the seat belt out slowly. 1Fastening a Seat Belt 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 45 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt ■ Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor 1Fastening a Seat Belt 3 WARNING Improperly positioning the seat belts can cause serious injury or death in a crash. Make sure all seat belts are properly positioned before driving. Safe Driving Lap belt as low as possible 3. Position the lap part of the belt as low as possible across your hips, then pull up on the shoulder part of the belt so the lap part fits snugly. This lets your strong pelvic bones take the force of a crash and reduces the chance of internal injuries. 4. If necessary, pull up on the belt again to remove any slack, then check that the belt rests across the center of your chest and over your shoulder. This spreads the forces of a crash over the strongest bones in your upper body. To release the belt, push the red PRESS button then guide the belt by hand until it has retracted completely. When exiting the vehicle, be sure the belt is out of the way and will not get caught by closing the door. 1Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor The front seats have adjustable shoulder anchors to accommodate taller and shorter occupants. 1. Move the anchor up and down while pulling the release outward. 2. Position the anchor so that the belt rests across the center of your chest and over your shoulder. The shoulder anchor height can be adjusted to four levels. If the belt contacts your neck, lower the height one level at a time. After an adjustment, make sure that the shoulder anchor position is secure. Pull outward Continued 45 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 46 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt ■ Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor 1. Pull out the seat belt’s small latch plate and the latch plate from each holding slot in the ceiling. Small Latch Plate 1Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor 3 WARNING Safe Driving Using the seat belt with the detachable anchor unlatched increases the chance of serious injury or death in a crash. Before using the seat belt, make sure the detachable anchor is correctly latched. Latch Plate Small Latch Plate 2. Line up the triangle marks on the small latch plate and anchor buckle. Make sure the seat belt is not twisted. Attach the belt to the anchor buckle. To unlatch the detachable anchor, insert the latch plate into the slot on the side of the anchor buckle. Latch Plate Anchor Buckle Latch Plate Buckle 46 3. Insert the latch plate into the buckle. Properly fasten the seat belt the same way you fasten the lap/shoulder seat belt. Small Latch Plate 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 47 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt ■ Advice for Pregnant Women Wear the shoulder belt across the chest avoiding the abdomen. Each time you have a checkup, ask your doctor if it is okay for you to drive. To reduce the risk of injuries to both you and your unborn child that can be caused by an inflating front airbag: • When driving, sit upright and adjust the seat as far back as possible while allowing full control of the vehicle. • When sitting in the front passenger's seat, adjust the seat as far back as possible. Safe Driving If you are pregnant, the best way to protect yourself and your unborn child when driving or riding in a vehicle is to always wear a seat belt and keep the lap part of the belt as low as possible across the hips. 1Advice for Pregnant Women Wear the lap part of the belt as low as possible across the hips. 47 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 48 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuSeat BeltsuSeat Belt Inspection Seat Belt Inspection Regularly check the condition of your seat belts as follows: Safe Driving • Pull each belt out fully, and look for frays, cuts, burns, and wear. • Check that the latch plates and buckles work smoothly and the belts retract easily. u If a belt does not retract easily, cleaning the belt may correct the problem. Only use a mild soap and warm water. Do not use bleach or cleaning solvents. Make sure the belt is completely dry before allowing it to retract. Any belt that is not in good condition or working properly will not provide proper protection and should be replaced as soon as possible. A belt that has been worn during a crash may not provide the same level of protection in a subsequent crash. Have your seat belts inspected by a dealer after any collision. 48 1Seat Belt Inspection 3 WARNING Not checking or maintaining seat belts can result in serious injury or death if the seat belts do not work properly when needed. Check your seat belts regularly and have any problem corrected as soon as possible. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 49 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Airbags Airbag System Components 10 9 8 7 Safe Driving 8 12 11 12 6 8 8 8 8 Continued 49 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 50 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components Safe Driving The front, front side, and side curtain airbags are deployed according to the direction and severity of impact. Both side curtain airbags are deployed in a rollover. The airbag system includes: a Two SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) front airbags. The driver's airbag is stored in the center of the steering wheel; the front passenger's airbag is stored in the dashboard. Both are marked SRS AIRBAG. b Two side airbags, one for the driver and one for a front passenger. The airbags are stored in the outer edges of the seatbacks. Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG. side curtain airbags, one for each side of the vehicle. The airbags are stored in the ceiling, above the side windows. The front and rear pillars are marked SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG. d An electronic control unit that, when the vehicle is on, continually monitors information about the various impact sensors, seat and buckle sensors, rollover sensor, airbag activators, seat belt tensioners, and other vehicle information. During a crash event the unit can record such information. e Automatic front seat belt tensioners. In addition, the driver's and front passenger's seat belt buckles incorporate sensors that detect whether or not the belts are fastened. driver's seat position sensor. If the seat is too far forward, the airbag will inflate with less force. h Impact sensors that can detect a moderate-to-severe front or side impact. i An indicator on the dashboard that alerts you that the front passenger's front airbag has been turned off. j An indicator on the instrument panel that alerts you to a possible problem with your airbag system or seat belt tensioners. kA rollover sensor that can detect if your vehicle is about to roll over and signal the control unit to deploy both side curtain airbags. fA l Pressure sensors inside each front door that control side airbag deployment. c Two g Weight sensors in the front passenger's seat. The front passenger's airbag will be turned off if the weight on the seat is approximately 65 lbs (29 kg) or less (the weight of an infant or small child). *1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. 50 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 51 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components ■ Important Facts About Your Airbags What you should do: Always wear your seat belt properly, and sit upright and as far back from the steering wheel as possible while allowing full control of the vehicle. A front passenger should move their seat as far back from the dashboard as possible. Do not attempt to deactivate your airbags. Together, airbags and seat belts provide the best protection. When driving, keep hands and arms out of the deployment path of the front airbag by holding each side of the steering wheel. Do not cross an arm over the airbag cover. Safe Driving Airbags can pose serious hazards. To do their job, airbags must inflate with tremendous force. So, while airbags help save lives, they can cause burns, bruises, and other minor injuries, sometimes even fatal ones if occupants are not wearing their seat belts properly and sitting correctly. 1Important Facts About Your Airbags Remember, however, that no safety system can prevent all injuries or deaths that can occur in a severe crash, even when seat belts are properly worn and the airbags deploy. Do not place hard or sharp objects between yourself and a front airbag. Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap, or driving with a pipe or other sharp object in your mouth, can result in injuries if your front airbag inflates. Do not attach or place objects on the front airbag covers. Objects on the covers marked SRS AIRBAG could interfere with the proper operation of the airbags or be propelled inside the vehicle and hurt someone if the airbags inflate. 51 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 52 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAirbagsuTypes of Airbags Types of Airbags Safe Driving Your vehicle is equipped with three types of airbags: • Front airbags: Airbags in front of the driver's and front passenger's seats. • Side airbags: Airbags in the driver's and front passenger's seat-backs. • Side curtain airbags: Airbags above the side windows. Each is discussed in the following pages. 1Types of Airbags The airbags can inflate whenever the ignition switch is in ON (w *1. After an airbag inflates in a crash, you may see a small amount of smoke. This is from the combustion process of the inflator material and is not harmful. People with respiratory problems may experience some temporary discomfort. If this occurs, get out of the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so. Front Airbags (SRS) The front SRS airbags inflate in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help protect the head and chest of the driver and/or front passenger. SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbags are designed to supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupant's primary restraint system. ■ Housing Locations The front airbags are housed in the center of the steering wheel for the driver, and in the dashboard for the front passenger. Both airbags are marked SRS AIRBAG. 52 1Front Airbags (SRS) During a frontal crash severe enough to cause one or both front airbags to deploy, the airbags can inflate at different rates, depending on the severity of the crash, whether the seat belts are latched, and/or other factors. Frontal airbags are designed to supplement the seat belts to help reduce the likelihood of head and chest injuries in frontal crashes. *1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 53 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS) ■ Operation Safe Driving Front airbags are designed to inflate during moderate-to-severe frontal collisions. When the vehicle decelerates suddenly, the sensors send information to the control unit which signals one or both front airbags to inflate. A frontal collision can be either head-on or angled between two vehicles, or when a vehicle crashes into a stationary object, such as a concrete wall. ■ How the Front Airbags Work 1How the Front Airbags Work While your seat belt restrains your torso, the front airbag provides supplemental protection for your head and chest. The front airbags deflate immediately so that they won't interfere with the driver's visibility or the ability to steer or operate other controls. Although the driver's and front passenger's airbags normally inflate within a split second of each other, it is possible for only one airbag to deploy. This can happen if the severity of a collision is at the margin, or threshold that determines whether or not the airbags will deploy. In such cases, the seat belt will provide sufficient protection, and the supplemental protection offered by the airbag would be minimal. The total time for inflation and deflation is so fast that most occupants are not aware that the airbags deployed until they see them lying in front of them. Continued 53 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 54 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS) ■ When front airbags should not deploy Safe Driving 54 Minor frontal crashes: Front airbags were designed to supplement seat belts and help save lives, not to prevent minor scrapes, or even broken bones that might occur during a less than moderate-to-severe frontal crash. Side impacts: Front airbags can provide protection when a sudden deceleration causes a driver or front passenger to move toward the front of the vehicle. Side airbags and side curtain airbags have been specifically designed to help reduce the severity of injuries that can occur during a moderate-to-severe side impact which can cause the driver or passenger to move toward the side of the vehicle. Rear impacts: Head restraints and seat belts are your best protection during a rear impact. Front airbags cannot provide any significant protection and are not designed to deploy in such collisions. Rollovers: In a rollover, your best form of protection is a seatbelt or, if your vehicle is equipped with a rollover sensor, both a seatbelt and a side curtain airbag. Front airbags, however, are not designed to deploy in a rollover as they would provide little if any protection. ■ When front airbags deploy with little or no visible damage Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy. Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent. ■ When front airbags may not deploy, even though exterior damage appears severe Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they had deployed. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 55 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS) ■ Advanced Airbags 1Advanced Airbags Driver’s Seat Position Sensor Based on information from this sensor and the severity of the impact, the advanced airbag system determines the optimal deployment of the driver’s airbag. The front passenger's advanced airbag system has weight sensors. Passenger’s Seat Weight Sensors If there is a problem with the driver's seat position sensor, the SRS indicator will come on and the airbag will inflate with full (normal) force, regardless of the driver's seating position. For the advanced airbags to work properly: • Do not spill any liquid on or under the seats. • Do not put any object under the passenger’s seat. • Make sure any objects are positioned properly on the floor. Improperly positioned objects can interfere with the advanced airbag sensors. • All occupants should sit upright and wear their seat belts properly. • Do not cover the passenger's side dashboard with a cloth, towel, cover, etc. Safe Driving The airbags have advanced features to help reduce the likelihood of airbag related injuries to smaller occupants. The driver's advanced airbag system includes a seat position sensor. We advise against allowing a child under the age of 12 to ride in the front passenger's seat. However, if you do allow a child under 12 to ride in the front passenger's seat, note that the system will automatically turn off the front passenger's airbag if the sensors detect that the child is approximately 65 lbs (29kg) or less. 55 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 56 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAirbagsuSide Airbags Side Airbags The side airbags help protect the torso and pelvis of the driver or a front passenger during a moderate-to-severe side impact. Safe Driving ■ Housing Locations The side airbags are housed in the outside edge of the driver's and passenger's seatbacks. Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG. Housing Location ■ Operation When inflated Side Airbag 56 When the sensors detect a moderate-tosevere side impact, the control unit signals the side airbag on the impact side to immediately inflate. 1Side Airbags Do not attach accessories on or near the side airbags. They can interfere with the proper operation of the airbags, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates. If the impact is on the passenger's side, the airbag may not deploy when there is no passenger in the front passenger seat. Do not cover or replace the front seat-back covers without consulting a dealer. Improperly replacing or covering front seat-back covers can prevent your side airbags from properly deploying during a side impact. Side airbag deployment is controlled by a pressure sensor inside each front door. Damage or changes to the inside or outside of the doors may negatively affect side airbag deployment. Contact an authorized dealer before changing or repairing a front door. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 57 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAirbagsuSide Airbags ■ When a side airbag deploys with little or no visible damage ■ When a side airbag may not deploy, even though visible damage appears severe It is possible for a side airbag to not deploy during an impact that results in apparently severe damage. This can occur when the point of impact was toward the far front or rear of the vehicle, or when the vehicle's crushable body parts absorbed most of the crash energy. In either case, the side airbag would not have been needed nor provided protection even if it had deployed. Safe Driving Because the airbag system senses sudden acceleration, a strong impact to the side of the vehicle's framework can cause a side airbag to deploy. In such cases, there may be little or no damage, but the side impact sensors detected a severe enough impact to deploy the airbag. 57 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 58 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAirbagsuSide Curtain Airbags Side Curtain Airbags Safe Driving The side curtain airbags help protect the heads of the driver and passengers in the outer seating positions during a moderate-to-severe side impact. The side curtain airbags equipped in this vehicle are also designed to help reduce the likelihood of partial and complete ejection of vehicle occupants through side windows in crashes, particularly rollover crashes. ■ Housing Locations The side curtain airbags are located in the ceiling above the side windows on both sides of the vehicle. 1Side Curtain Airbags If the SRS control unit senses that your vehicle is about to rollover, it immediately deploys both side curtain airbags and activates both front seat belt tensioners. If the impact is on the passenger’s side, the passenger’s side curtain airbag will inflate even if there are no occupants on that side of the vehicle. To get the best protection from the side curtain airbags, occupants should wear their seat belts properly and sit upright and well back in their seats. Do not attach any objects to the side windows or roof pillars as they can interfere with the proper operation of the side curtain airbags. Side Curtain Airbag Storage 58 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 59 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAirbagsuSide Curtain Airbags ■ Operation Safe Driving The side curtain airbag is designed to deploy in a rollover or a moderate-to-severe side impact. Deployed Side Curtain Airbag ■ When side curtain airbags deploy in a frontal collision One or both side curtain airbags may also inflate in a moderate-to-severe angled frontal collision. 59 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 60 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators Airbag System Indicators If a problem occurs in the airbag system, the SRS indicator will come on and a message appears on the driver information interface *. Safe Driving ■ Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator Models with information display * ■ When the ignition switch is turned to ON (w *1 The indicator comes on for a few seconds, then goes off. This tells you the system is working properly. 1Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator 3 WARNING Ignoring the SRS indicator can result in serious injury or death if the airbag systems or tensioners do not work properly. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible if the SRS indicator alerts you to a possible problem. Models with driver information interface If the indicator comes on at any other time, or does not come on at all, have the system checked by a dealer as soon as possible. If you don't, your airbags and seat belt tensioners may not work properly when they are needed. *1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. 60 * Not available on all models 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 61 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators ■ Passenger Airbag Off Indicator U.S. Canada ■ When the passenger airbag off Infants and small children should always ride properly restrained in a back seat. 2 Child Safety P. 63 If the front passenger seat is empty, the passenger's front airbag will not deploy and the indicator will come on. To ensure the passenger is detected properly, confirm that: • There is no child seat or other object pressing against the rear of the seat-back. • There is no rear passenger pushing or pulling on the back of the front passenger’s seat. • The front seat or seat-back is not forced back against an object on the seat or floor behind it. • There is no object placed under or beside the front passenger’s seat. • The occupant is sitting in an upright position and the seat back is not excessively reclined. • The occupant is not leaning against the door or center console. • The occupant’s feet are placed on the floor in front of them. • There are no objects hanging from the front passenger’s seat. • Only small, lightweight objects are in the seat-back pocket. Safe Driving indicator comes on The indicator comes on to alert you that the passenger's front airbag has been turned off. This occurs when the weight sensors detect about 65 lbs (29 kg) or less, the weight of an infant or small child, on the seat. 1Passenger Airbag Off Indicator The passenger airbag off indicator may come on and go off periodically if the total weight on the seat is near the airbag cutoff threshold. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible if: • All of the above conditions are met, and the indicator comes on with an adult seated in the front passenger seat. • The seat is empty and the indicator is off. Do not allow an adult passenger to ride in the front seat when the indicator is on. 61 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 62 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAirbagsuAirbag Care Airbag Care You do not need to, and should not, perform any maintenance on or replace any airbag system components yourself. However, you should have your vehicle inspected by a dealer in the following situations: Safe Driving ■ When the airbags have deployed If an airbag has inflated, the control unit and other related parts must be replaced. Similarly, once an automatic seat belt tensioner has been activated, it must be replaced. ■ When the vehicle has been in a moderate-to-severe collision Even if the airbags did not inflate, have your dealer inspect the following: the driver’s seat position sensor, weight sensors in the passenger’s seat, front seat belt tensioners, and each seat belt that was worn during the crash. ■ Do not remove or modify a front seat without consulting a dealer This would likely disable or affect the proper operation of the driver's seat position sensor or the weight sensors in the passenger's seat. If it is necessary to remove or modify a front seat to accommodate a person with disabilities, contact a Honda dealer, or for U.S. vehicles, American Honda Automobile Customer Service at 1-800999-1009 and for Canadian vehicles, Honda Canada Customer Relations at 1-8889-HONDA-9. 62 1Airbag Care We recommend against the use of salvaged airbag system components, including the airbag, tensioners, sensors, and control unit. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 63 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Child Safety Protecting Child Passengers Each year, many children are injured or killed in vehicle crashes because they are either unrestrained or not properly restrained. In fact, vehicle crashes are the number one cause of death of children ages 12 and under. Children should sit properly restrained in a rear seat. This is because: • An inflating front or side airbag can injure or kill a child sitting in the front seat. • A child in the front seat is more likely to interfere with the driver's ability to safely control the vehicle. • Statistics show that children of all sizes and ages are safer when they are properly restrained in a rear seat. Continued 3 WARNING Children who are unrestrained or improperly restrained can be seriously injured or killed in a crash. Any child too small for a seat belt should be properly restrained in a child seat. A larger child should be properly restrained with a seat belt, using a booster seat if necessary. Safe Driving To reduce the number of child deaths and injuries, every state, Canadian province and territory requires that infants and children be properly restrained when they ride in a vehicle. 1Protecting Child Passengers The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and Transport Canada recommend that all children ages 12 and under be properly restrained in a rear seat. Some states or provinces/territories have laws restricting where children may ride. 63 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 64 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuChild SafetyuProtecting Child Passengers • Any child who is too small to wear a seat belt correctly must be restrained in an approved child seat that is properly secured to the vehicle using either the seat belt or the lower anchors of the LATCH system. Safe Driving • Never hold a child on your lap because it is impossible to protect them in the event of a collision. • Never put a seat belt over yourself and a child. During a crash, the belt would likely press deep into the child and cause serious or fatal injuries. • Never let two children use the same seat belt. Both children could be very seriously injured in a crash. • Do not allow children to operate the doors, windows or seat adjustments. • Do not leave children in the vehicle unattended, especially in hot weather when the inside of the vehicle can get hot enough to kill them. They could also activate vehicle controls causing it to move unexpectedly. 64 1Protecting Child Passengers 3 WARNING Allowing a child to play with a seat belt or wrap one around their neck can result in serious injury or death. Instruct children not to play with any seat belt and make sure any unused seat belt a child can reach is buckled, fully retracted, and locked. To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way. To remind you of the passenger's front airbag hazards and child safety, your vehicle warning came with a label on the dashboard (U.S. models) and has labels on the front visors. Please read and follow the instructions on these labels. 2 Safety Labels P. 77 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 65 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Safety of Infants and Small Children ■ Protecting Infants 1Protecting Infants 3 WARNING Placing a rear-facing child seat in the front seat can result in serious injury or death during a crash. Always place a rear-facing child seat in the rear seat, not the front. Safe Driving An infant must be properly restrained in a rear-facing, reclining child seat until the infant reaches the seat manufacturer’s weight or height limit for the seat, and the infant is at least one year old. Many experts recommend use of a rear-facing seat for a child up to two years old if the child’s height and weight are appropriate for a rearfacing seat. ■ Positioning a rear-facing child seat Child seats must be placed and secured in a rear seating position. Rear-facing child seats should never be installed in a forward facing position. Always refer to the child seat manufacturer’s instructions before installation. When properly installed, a rear-facing child seat may prevent the driver or a front passenger from moving their seat all the way back, or from locking their seat-back in the desired position. It can also interfere with proper operation of the passenger's advanced front airbag system. 2 Airbags P. 49 If this occurs, we recommend that you install the child seat directly behind the front passenger's seat, move the seat as far forward as needed, and leave it unoccupied. Or, you may wish to get a smaller rear-facing child seat. Continued 65 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 66 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children ■ Protecting Smaller Children Safe Driving If a child is at least one year old and within the weight range indicated by the child seat manufacturer, the child should be properly restrained in a firmly secured forward-facing child seat. ■ Forward-facing child seat placement We strongly recommend placing a forwardfacing child seat in a rear seating position. 1Protecting Smaller Children 3 WARNING Placing a forward-facing child seat in the front seat can result in serious injury or death if the front airbag inflates. If you must place a forward-facing child seat in front, move the vehicle seat as far back as possible, and properly restrain the child. Educate yourself about the laws and regulations regarding child seat use where you are driving, and follow the child seat manufacturer's instructions. Placing a forward-facing child seat in the front seat can be hazardous, even with advanced front airbags that automatically turn the passenger's front airbag off. A rear seat is the safest place for a child. 66 Many experts recommend use of a rear-facing seat for a child up to two years old if the child’s height and weight are appropriate for a rear-facing seat. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 67 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children ■ Selecting a Child Seat 1Selecting a Child Seat Installation of a LATCH-compatible child seat is simple. LATCH-compatible child seats have been developed to simplify the installation process and reduce the likelihood of injuries caused by incorrect installation. Safe Driving Most child seats are LATCH-compatible (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren). Some have a rigid-type connector while others have a flexible-type connector. Both are equally easy to use. Some existing and previously owned child seats can only be installed using the seat belt. Whichever type you choose, follow the child seat manufacturer's use and care instructions as well as the instructions in this manual. Proper installation is key to maximizing your child's safety. In seating positions and vehicles not equipped with LATCH, a LATCH-compatible child seat can be installed using the seat belt and a top tether for added security. This is because all child seats are required to be designed so that they can be secured with a lap belt or the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt. In addition, the child seat manufacturer may advise that a seat belt be used to attach a LATCH-compatible seat once a child reaches a specified weight. Please read the child seat owner’s manual for proper installation instructions. ■ Important consideration when selecting a child seat Make sure the child seat meets the following three requirements: • The child seat is the correct type and size for the child. • The child seat is the correct type for the seating position. • The child seat is compliant with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213. Continued 67 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 68 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children ■ Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat Safe Driving A LATCH-compatible child seat can be installed in rear seats. A child seat is attached to the lower anchors with either the rigid or flexible type of connectors. 1. Locate the lower anchors under the marks. Marks Lower Anchors Rigid Type 68 2. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat, then attach the child seat to the lower anchors according to the instructions that came with the child seat. u When installing the child seat, make sure that the lower anchors are not obstructed by the seat belt or any other object. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 69 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children 1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat Flexible Type Outer position Tether Strap Hook Safe Driving For your child’s safety, when using a child seat installed using the LATCH system, make sure that the child seat is properly secured to the vehicle. A child seat that is not properly secured will not adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause injury to the child or other vehicle occupants. Outer position 3. Put the head restraint to its upper-most position, then route the tether strap between the head restraint legs, and secure the tether strap hook to the anchor. 4. Go to step 7. Anchor Center position Cover Center position 3. Put the head restraint to its upper-most position. 4. Open the anchor cover. Center Lower Anchor Continued 69 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 70 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Center position Safe Driving 70 Anchor 5. Route the tether strap through the head restraint legs. Make sure the strap is not twisted. 6. Secure the tether strap hook to the anchor. All models Tether Strap Hook 7. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the child seat manufacturer. 8. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by rocking it forward and back and side to side; little movement should be felt. 9. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor is activated, and the belt is fully retracted and locked. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 71 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children ■ Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt 1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt A child seat that is not properly secured will not adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause injury to the child or other vehicle occupants. Safe Driving 1. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat. 2. Route the seat belt through the child seat according to the seat manufacturer’s instructions, and insert the latch plate into the buckle. u Insert the latch plate fully until it clicks. 3. Slowly pull the shoulder part of the belt all the way out until it stops. This activates the lockable retractor. 4. Let the seat belt if it is completely retracted it unlocks wind up into the retractor, then try to pull it out to make sure the retractor is locked. u If you are able to pull the shoulder belt out, the lockable retractor is not activated. Pull the seat belt all the way out, and repeat steps 3 – 4. Continued 71 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 72 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Safe Driving 5. Grab the shoulder part of the seat belt near the buckle, and pull up to remove any slack from the lap part of the belt. u When doing this, place your weight on the child seat and push it into the vehicle seat. 1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way. 6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by rocking it forward and back and side to side; little movement should be felt. 7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor is activated, and the belt is fully retracted and locked. ■ Adding Security with a Tether Anchor Fitting Tether Anchorage Points 72 Two tether anchorage points are provided behind the rear outer seating positions and one in the ceiling for the rear center. If you have a child restraint system that comes with a tether but can be installed with a seat belt, the tether may be used for additional security. 1Adding Security with a Tether Since a tether can provide additional security to the lap/shoulder seat belt installation, we recommend using a tether whenever one is available. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 73 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Tether Strap Hook Anchor Tether Strap Hook 1. Put the head restraint to its upper-most position, then route the tether strap through the head restraint legs. Make sure the strap is not twisted. 2. Secure the tether strap hook to the anchor. 3. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the child seat manufacturer. Safe Driving Anchor ■ Using an outer anchor ■ Using the center anchor 1. Put the head restraint to its upper-most position. 2. Open the anchor cover. 3. Route the tether strap through the head restraint legs. Make sure the strap is not twisted. 4. Secure the tether strap hook to the anchor. 5. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the child seat manufacturer. 73 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 74 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children Safety of Larger Children ■ Protecting Larger Children Safe Driving The following pages give instructions on how to check proper seat belt fit, what kind of booster seat to use if one is needed, and important precautions for a child who must sit in front. ■ Checking Seat Belt Fit When a child is too big for a child seat, secure the child in a rear seat using the lap/ shoulder seat belt. Have the child sit upright and all the way back, then answer the following questions. ■ Checklist • Do the child's knees bend comfortably over the edge of the seat? • Does the shoulder belt cross between the child's neck and arm? • Is the lap part of the seat belt as low as possible, touching the child's thighs? • Will the child be able to stay seated like this for the whole trip? If you answer yes to all these questions, the child is ready to wear the lap/shoulder seat belt correctly. If you answer no to any question, the child needs to ride on a booster seat until the seat belt fits properly without a booster seat. 74 1Safety of Larger Children 3 WARNING Allowing a child age 12 or under to sit in front can result in injury or death if the passenger's front airbag inflates. If a larger child must ride in front, move the vehicle seat as far to the rear as possible, have the child sit up properly and wear the seat belt properly, using a booster seat if needed. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 75 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children ■ Booster Seats 1Booster Seats When installing a booster seat, make sure to read the instructions that came with it, and install the seat accordingly. There are high- and low-type booster seats. Choose a booster seat that allows the child to wear the seat belt correctly. Safe Driving If a lap/shoulder seat belt cannot be used properly, position the child in a booster seat in a rear seating position. For the child's safety, check that the child meets the booster seat manufacturer's recommendations. Some U.S. states, and Canadian provinces and territories require children to use a booster seat until they reach a given age or weight (e.g. six years or 60 lbs). Be sure to check current laws in the state or province, or territory where you intend to drive. ■ Protecting Larger Children-Final Checks Your vehicle has a rear seat where children can be properly restrained. If you ever have to carry a group of children, and a child must ride in front: • Make sure you read and fully understand the instructions and safety information in this manual. • Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible. • Have the child sit upright and well back in the seat. • Check that the seat belt is properly positioned so that the child is secure in the seat. ■ Monitoring child passengers We strongly recommend that you keep an eye on child passengers. Even older, more mature children sometimes need to be reminded to fasten their seat belts and sit up properly. 75 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 76 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Exhaust Gas Hazard Carbon Monoxide Gas The engine exhaust from this vehicle contains carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless, and highly toxic gas. As long as you properly maintain your vehicle, carbon monoxide gas will not get into the interior. Safe Driving ■ Have the exhaust system inspected for leaks whenever • The exhaust system is making an unusual noise. • The exhaust system may have been damaged. • The vehicle is raised for an oil change. When you operate a vehicle with the tailgate open, airflow can pull exhaust gas into the interior and create a hazardous condition. If you must drive with the tailgate open, open all the windows and set the climate control system as shown below. 1. Select the fresh air mode. 2. Select the mode. 3. Set the fan speed to high. 4. Set the temperature control to a comfortable setting. Adjust the climate control system in the same manner if you sit in your parked vehicle with the engine running. 76 1Carbon Monoxide Gas 3 WARNING Carbon monoxide gas is toxic. Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and even kill you. Avoid any enclosed areas or activities that expose you to carbon monoxide. An enclosed area such as a garage can quickly fill up with carbon monoxide gas. Do not run the engine with the garage door closed. Even when the garage door is open, drive out of the garage immediately after starting the engine. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 77 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Safety Labels Label Locations These labels are in the locations shown. They warn you of potential hazards that can cause serious injury or death. Read these labels carefully. Sun Visor U.S. models Canadian models Safe Driving If a label comes off or becomes hard to read (except for the U.S. dashboard label which may be removed by the owner), contact a dealer for a replacement. Sun Visor U.S. models only Dashboard U.S. models only Air Conditioner System U.S. models Canadian models Radiator Cap 77 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 78 78 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 79 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Instrument Panel This chapter describes the buttons, indicators, and gauges that are used while driving. Indicators Information Display Warning and Information Messages * .................. 102 Driver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages * .................. 103 Gauges and Displays Gauges............................................ 117 Information Display * ........................ 118 Driver Information Interface * ........... 121 * Not available on all models 79 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 80 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Indicators Indicator Name On/Blinking ● Instrument Panel ● ● ● U.S. Canada Parking Brake and Brake System Indicator (Red) ● ● (Red) ● Comes on for a few seconds when you turn the ignition switch to ON (w *1, then goes off if the parking brake has been released. Comes on when the parking brake is applied, and goes off when it is released. Comes on when the brake fluid level is low. Comes on if there is a problem with the brake system. The beeper sounds and the indicator comes on if you drive with the parking brake not fully released. Comes on for about 15 seconds when you pull the electric parking brake switch while the ignition switch is in LOCK (0 *1. Stays on for about 15 seconds when you turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0 *1 while the electric parking brake is set. Explanation ● Comes on while driving - Make sure the parking brake is released. Check the brake fluid level. 2 What to do when the indicator comes on while driving P. 623 ● ● Comes on along with the brake system indicator (amber) Immediately stop in a safe place. Contact a dealer for repair. The brake pedal becomes harder to operate. Depress the pedal further than you normally do. Comes on along with the ABS indicator - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. 2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks P. 623 ● Blinks and the brake system indicator (amber) comes on at the same time There is a problem with the electric parking brake system. The parking brake may not be set. Avoid using the parking brake and have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately. 2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks at the Same Time When the Brake System Indicator (Amber) Comes On P. 624 80 *1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. * Not available on all models Message * 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 81 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name On/Blinking ● ● U.S. Canada Parking Brake and Brake System Indicator (Amber) Comes on for a few seconds when you turn the ignition switch to ON (w *1, then goes off. Comes on if there is a problem with a system related to braking other than the conventional brake system. Comes on if there is a problem with the electric parking brake system or the automatic brake hold system. ● Comes on if there is a problem with the radar sensor. Indicator may come on temporarily when the Maximum Load Limit is exceeded. ● Make sure the total load is within the Maximum Load Limit. ● Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. ● Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. Comes on while driving - Avoid using the parking brake and have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately. Message * U.S. Instrument Panel ● Explanation Canada (Amber) ● ● 2 Maximum Load Limit P. 437 — *1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. * Not available on all models Continued 81 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 82 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name On/Blinking ● Automatic Brake Hold System Indicator Instrument Panel U.S. Canada ● ● Automatic Brake Hold Indicator ● ● Low Oil Pressure Indicator ● Explanation Comes on for a few seconds when you turn the ignition switch to ON (w *1, then goes off. Comes on when the automatic brake hold system is on. 2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 512 Comes on for a few seconds when you turn the ignition switch to ON (w *1, then goes off. Comes on when the automatic brake hold is activated. Comes on when you turn the ignition switch to ON (w *1, and goes off when the engine starts. Comes on when the engine oil pressure is low. 2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 512 ● Comes on while driving - Immediately stop in a safe place. 2 If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On P. 621 *1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. 82 * Not available on all models Message * — 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 83 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name On/Blinking ● ● ● ● Readiness codes are part of the on board diagnostics for the emissions control systems. ● Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. Blinks while driving - Stop in a safe place where there are no flammable objects. Stop the engine for 10 minutes or more, and wait for it to cool down. Then, take your vehicle to a dealer. Message * 2 Testing of Readiness Codes P. 642 ● Instrument Panel Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes on when you turn the ignition switch to ON (w *1, and goes off when the engine starts, or after several seconds if the engine did not start. If “readiness codes” have not been set, it blinks five times before it goes off. Comes on if there is a problem with the emissions control system. Blinks when a misfire in the engine's cylinders is detected. Explanation 2 If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks P. 622 ● Charging System Indicator Shift Lever Position Indicator ● ● Comes on when you turn the ignition switch to ON (w *1, and goes off when the engine starts. Comes on when the battery is not charging. Indicates the current shift lever position. ● Comes on while driving - Turn off the climate control system and rear defogger in order to reduce electricity consumption. 2 If the Charging System Indicator Comes On P. 621 2 Shifting P. 455 — *1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. * Not available on all models Continued 83 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 84 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name On/Blinking ● Transmission Indicator ● Instrument Panel ● Seat Belt Reminder Indicator ● ● ● Low Fuel Indicator ● Explanation Comes on for a few seconds when you turn the ignition switch to ON (w *1, then goes off. Blinks if the transmission system has a problem. ● Blinks while driving - Avoid sudden starts and acceleration and have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately. Comes on and the beeper sounds if you are not wearing a seat belt when you turn the ignition switch to ON (w *1. If the front passenger is not wearing a seat belt, the indicator comes on a few seconds later. Blinks while driving if either you or the front passenger has not fastened a seat belt. The beeper sounds and the indicator blinks at regular intervals. ● The beeper stops and the indicator goes off when you and the front passenger fasten their seat belts. Stays on after you or the front passenger has fastened the seat belt - A detection error may have occurred in the sensor. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. Comes on when the fuel reserve is running low (approximately 2.1 U.S. gal/8.0 liter left). Blinks if there is a problem with the fuel gauge. ● ● 2 Seat Belt Reminder P. 42 ● Comes on - Refuel your vehicle as soon as possible. Blinks - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. *1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. 84 * Not available on all models Message * 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 85 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name On/Blinking ● Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Indicator ● Supplemental Restraint System Indicator ● Comes on for a few seconds when you turn the ignition switch to ON (w *1, then goes off. If it comes on at any other time, there is a problem with the ABS. ● Comes on for a few seconds when you turn the ignition switch to ON (w *1, then goes off. Comes on if a problem with any of the following is detected: - Supplemental restraint system - Side airbag system - Side curtain airbag system - Seat belt tensioner ● Message * Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. With this indicator on, your vehicle still has normal braking ability but no anti-lock function. 2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 514 Instrument Panel ● Explanation Stays on constantly or does not come on at all - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. *1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. * Not available on all models Continued 85 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 86 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name On/Blinking ● ● Instrument Panel Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®) System Indicator ● ● Explanation Comes on for a few seconds when you turn the ignition switch to ON (w *1, then goes off. Blinks when VSA® is active. Comes on if there is a problem with the VSA® system or hill start assist system. ● Comes on if the VSA® system is deactivated temporarily after the battery has been disconnected, then re-connected. ● Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. 2 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System P. 494 Drive a short distance at more than 12 mph (20 km/h). The indicator should go off. If it does not, have your vehicle checked by a dealer. *1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. 86 * Not available on all models Message * 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 87 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name On/Blinking ● Door Open Indicator * ● 2 VSA® On and Off P. 495 ● Comes on if the VSA® system is deactivated temporarily after the battery has been disconnected, then re-connected. ● Drive a short distance at more than 12 mph (20 km/h). The indicator should go off. If it does not, have your vehicle checked by a dealer. ● Comes on for a few seconds if you turn the ignition switch to ON (w *1, then goes off. Comes on if any door is not completely closed. The beeper sounds and the indicator comes on if any door is opened while driving. ● Goes off when all doors are closed. Comes on for a few seconds if you turn the ignition switch to ON (w *1, then goes off. Comes on if the tailgate is not completely closed. The beeper sounds and the indicator comes on if tailgate is opened while driving. ● ● ● ● Tailgate Open Indicator * Comes on for a few seconds when you turn the ignition switch to ON (w *1, then goes off. Comes on when you partially disable VSA®. ● ● Message * Instrument Panel Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®) OFF Indicator Explanation — Goes off when the tailgate is closed. *1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. * Not available on all models — Continued 87 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 88 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name On/Blinking ● Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Instrument Panel 88 ● Comes on when you turn the ignition switch to ON (w *1, and goes off when the engine starts. Comes on if there is a problem with the EPS system. Explanation ● Stays on constantly or does not come on at all - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. 2 If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On P. 625 *1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. * Not available on all models Message * 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 89 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation ● ● Blinks for about one minute, and then stays on if there is a problem with the TPMS, or when a compact spare tire is temporarily installed. ● Blinks and remains on - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. If the vehicle is fitted with a compact spare, get your regular tire repaired or replaced, and put back on your vehicle as soon as you can. ● Comes on if the TPMS is deactivated temporarily after the battery has been disconnected, then re-connected. ● Drive a short distance at more than 12 mph (20 km/h). The indicator should go off. If it does not, have your vehicle checked by a dealer. ● ● Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator ● Comes on while driving - Stop in a safe place, check tire pressures, and inflate the tire(s) if necessary. Stays on after the tires are inflated to the recommended pressures - The system needs to be calibrated. Instrument Panel Comes on for a few seconds when you turn the ignition switch to ON (w *1, then goes off. May come on briefly if the ignition switch is turned to ON (w *1 and the vehicle is not moved within 45 seconds, to indicate the calibration process is not yet complete. Comes on and stays on when: - One or more tires’ pressures are determined to be significantly low. - The system has not been calibrated. ● Message * 2 TPMS Calibration P. 503 *1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. * Not available on all models Continued 89 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 90 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name On/Blinking ● ● Instrument Panel System Message Indicator * ● Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Indicators High Beam Indicator Auto High-beam System Indicator * ● Comes on for a few seconds when you turn the ignition switch to ON (w *1, then goes off. Comes on along with a beep when a problem is detected. A system message on the driver information interface appears at the same time. ● Blink when you operate the turn signal lever. Blinks along with all turn signals when you press the hazard warning button. ● ● Comes on when the high beam headlights are on. ● Comes on when all the operating conditions of the Auto high-beam system are met. ● Lights On Indicator Explanation Comes on whenever the light switch is on, or in AUTO * when the exterior lights are on. ● ● While the indicator is on, press the (display/information) button to see the message again. Refer to the Indicators information in this chapter when a system message appears on the driver information interface. Take the appropriate action for the message. The driver information interface does not return to the normal screen unless the warning is canceled, or the button is pressed. * Not available on all models — Does not blink or blinks rapidly 2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 574 — ● — — 2 Auto High-Beam System * P. 181 — If you remove the key from the ignition switch*1 while the exterior lights are on, a chime sounds when the driver's door is opened. — *1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. 90 Message * 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 91 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name Fog Light Indicator * On/Blinking ● ● Comes on when the fog lights are on. ● ● Indicator Immobilizer System Indicator ● Message * — — Blinks - You cannot start the engine. Depress the brake pedal, then turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0 *1. Pull the key out*2, and then insert the key and turn it to ON (w *1 again. Repeatedly blinks - The system may be malfunctioning. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. Do not attempt to alter this system or add other devices to it. Electrical problems can occur. Models without smart entry system Instrument Panel Blinks if the immobilizer system cannot recognize the key information. Explanation Models with smart entry system *1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. *2:Canadian models only: Apply and hold the brake pedal before turning the ignition on. * Not available on all models Continued 91 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 92 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name On/Blinking ● Instrument Panel Indicator ● Blind spot information (BSI) Indicator * ● ● Message * 2 Security System Alarm * P. 161 — Blinks when the security system alarm has been set. Security System Alarm Indicator ● Explanation Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. Stays on while BSI is turned off. Comes on when mud, snow, or ice accumulates in the vicinity of sensor. Comes on if there is a problem with the system. — ● Comes on while driving - Remove the obstacle in the vicinity of sensor. 2 Blind spot information (BSI) System * P. 497 ● Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. *1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. *2:Canadian models only: Apply and hold the brake pedal before turning the ignition on. 92 * Not available on all models 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 93 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name ECON Mode Indicator CRUISE CONTROL Indicator * ● ● ● ● Maintenance Minder Indicator * Transmission Temperature Indicator * Power Reduced Indicator * ● Explanation Message * Comes on when you press the ECON button. 2 ECON Button P. 457 Comes on when you press the CRUISE button. 2 Cruise Control * P. 461 — Comes on if you have set a speed for cruise control. 2 Cruise Control * P. 461 — 2 Maintenance MinderTM P. 543 — Comes on a few seconds when you turn the ignition switch to ON (w *1, then goes off. Comes on when the scheduled maintenance is due soon. ● Comes on when the transmission Stop in a safe place and move the shift fluid temperature is too high. position to (P . — ● Comes on if there is a problem with the shutter grill, and the radiator coolant temperature is too high. — ● Power output will be reduced, so you may not be able to accelerate or maintain your current speed. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. Instrument Panel CRUISE MAIN Indicator * On/Blinking *1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. * Not available on all models Continued 93 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 94 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name On/Blinking ● Comes on for a few seconds when you turn the ignition switch to ON (w *1, then goes off. Explanation ● Instrument Panel Brake Depressing Indicator * Blinks while driving - Press the electric parking brake switch with the brake pedal depressed. 2 Parking Brake P. 508 Electric Parking Brake System ● — Blinks when the electric parking brake switch is pressed without depressing the brake pedal while the electric parking brake is in operation. Automatic Brake Hold System ● ● Blinks when the automatic brake hold button is pressed without depressing the brake pedal while the automatic brake hold is in operation. Blinks if the automatic brake hold is automatically canceled while it is in operation. The beeper sounds. ● Blinks while driving - Press the automatic brake hold button with the brake pedal depressed. 2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 512 ● Immediately depress the brake pedal. *1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. 94 * Not available on all models Message * — 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 95 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name On/Blinking ● ● ● ● ● Message * Stays on constantly - The engine drives the front wheels only in this state. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. — Blinks while driving - Stop in a safe place, change to (P , and idle the engine until the indicator goes off. If the indicator does not stop blinking, take your vehicle to a dealer. Instrument Panel All-wheel drive (AWD) Indicator * Comes on for a few seconds when you turn the ignition switch to ON (w *1, then goes off. Comes on if there is a problem with the AWD system. Blinks when the differential temperature is too high. Explanation — 2 Real Time AWD with Intelligent Control SystemTM * P. 502 ● ● ● Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) Indicator * Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on if there is a problem with the RDM system. ● Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. Comes on when the RDM system - Indicator may come on temporarily when shuts itself off. passing through an enclosed space, such as tunnel. - The area around the radar sensor is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth. ● Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the indicator does not go off even after you cleaned the radar sensor. 2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * P. 516 *1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. * Not available on all models Continued 95 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 96 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name On/Blinking ● Comes on when the RDM system shuts itself off. Explanation ● Message * Instrument Panel Stays on - The temperature inside the camera is too high. Use the climate control system to cool down the camera. The system activates when the temperature inside the camera cools down. 2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 465 ● Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) Indicator * ● Stays on - The area around the camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the indicator and message come back on after you cleaned the area around the camera. 2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 465 ● ● 96 * Not available on all models Comes on if there is a problem with the RDM system. Indicator may come on temporarily when the Maximum Load Limit is exceeded. ● Make sure the total load is within the Maximum Load Limit. ● Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. 2 Maximum Load Limit P. 437 — 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 97 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name On/Blinking ● ● Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) Indicator (Amber) * ● ● ● ● ● * Not available on all models Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on if there is a problem with ACC with LSF. ● Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. Comes on if anything covers the radar sensor cover and prevents the sensor from detecting a vehicle in front. May come on when driving in bad weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.) ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled. ● When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe off dirt using a soft cloth. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the indicator does not go off even after you clean the sensor cover. Comes on if there is a problem with ACC with LSF. Indicator may come on temporarily when Maximum Load Limit is exceeded. ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled. ● Make sure the total load is within the Maximum Load Limit. ● Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. ● Message * Instrument Panel ● Explanation 2 Maximum Load Limit P. 437 — Continued 97 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 98 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name Instrument Panel Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) Indicator (Green) * Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Indicator (Amber) * 98 * Not available on all models On/Blinking Explanation ● Comes on when you press the MAIN button. ● Comes on when ACC with LSF is in operation, but the temperature inside the front sensor camera is too high. ACC with LSF cancels automatically. The beeper sounds simultaneously. ● Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on if there is a problem with the LKAS. ● ● ● 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * P. 467 ● Use the climate control system to cool down the camera. Goes off - The camera has been cooled down. Pressing the MAIN button can resume the system. 2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 465 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * P. 467 Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. Message * — 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 99 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name ● Comes on when you press the MAIN button. ● Comes on when the LKAS is in operation, or the LKAS button is pressed, but the temperature inside the front sensor camera is too high. The LKAS cancels automatically. The beeper sounds simultaneously. ● Comes on when the area around the camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth. May come on when driving in bad weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.) ● Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the indicator and message come back on after you cleaned the area around the camera. Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on when you deactivate the CMBSTM. A driver information interface message appears for five seconds. Comes on if there is a problem with the CMBSTM. ● Stays on constantly without the CMBSTM off - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. ● ● ● Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) Indicator * ● ● * Not available on all models Explanation 2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) * P. 486 ● Message * — Use the climate control system to cool down the camera. Goes off - The camera has cooled down and the system is working normally. Instrument Panel Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Indicator (Green) * On/Blinking 2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 465 2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * P. 516 Continued 99 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 100 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name Instrument Panel Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) Indicator * On/Blinking Explanation ● Comes on if the CMBSTM is deactivated temporarily after the battery has been disconnected, then re-connected. ● Drive a short distance at more than 12 mph (20 km/h). The indicator should go off. If it does not, have your vehicle checked by a dealer. ● Comes on when the CMBSTM system shuts itself off. ● Stays on - The area around the camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth. ● Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the indicator does not go off even after you cleaned the camera. 2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 465 2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * P. 516 ● Stays on - The temperature inside the camera is too high. Use the climate control system to cool down the camera. The system activates when the temperature inside the camera cools down. 2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 465 100 * Not available on all models Message * 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 101 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name On/Blinking ● Comes on when the CMBSTM system shuts itself off. Indicator may comes on temporarily when passing through an enclosed space, such as tunnel. - The area around the radar sensor is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth. ● Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the indicator does not go off even after you clean the sensor cover. ● 2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * P. 516 ● ● * Not available on all models Message * Instrument Panel Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) Indicator * Explanation Comes on if there is a problem with the CMBSTM. Indicator may come on temporarily when the Maximum Load Limit is exceeded. ● Make sure the total load is within the Maximum Load Limit. ● Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. 2 Maximum Load Limit P. 437 — 101 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 102 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuIndicatorsuInformation Display Warning and Information Messages * Information Display Warning and Information Messages * The following messages appear only on the information display. Message Condition ● Appears when there is a problem with the sensor on the battery. Instrument Panel 102 * Not available on all models Explanation ● Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 103 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages * Driver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages * The following messages appear only on the driver information interface. Press the again with the system message indicator on. Message Condition Explanation ● Goes off when all doors and the tailgate are closed. ● Appears if there is a problem with the shutter grill, and the radiator coolant temperature is too high. ● Power output will be reduced, so you may not be able to accelerate or maintain your current speed. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. ● Appears when the washer fluid gets low. ● Refill the washer fluid. ● Instrument Panel Appears if any door or the tailgate is not completely closed. Appears if any door or the tailgate is opened while driving. The beeper sounds. ● Canadian models (display/information) button to see the message 2 Refilling Window Washer Fluid P. 569 ● ● Appears when the scheduled maintenance is due soon. Consequently, Maintenance Due Now and Maintenance Past Due follow. * Not available on all models 2 Maintenance Minder Messages on the Driver Information Interface P. 549 Continued 103 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 104 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages * Message Condition ● Explanation Appears when the engine coolant temperature gets abnormally high. 2 Overheating P. 617 Instrument Panel ● Appears when you turn the ignition switch to ON (w *1 without fastening the driver's seat belt. ● Fasten the seat belt properly before you start to drive. ● Appears when there is a problem with the sensor on the battery. ● Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. Appears along with the battery charging system indicator when the battery is not charging. ● ● 2 Checking the Battery P. 590 Turn off the climate control system and rear defogger to reduce electricity consumption. 2 If the Charging System Indicator Comes On P. 621 ● Appears if the automatic brake hold is automatically canceled while it is in operation. ● Appears when the automatic brake hold system is turned off. ● ● ● Immediately depress the brake pedal. 2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 512 Appears when the automatic brake hold button is pressed without wearing the driver’s seat belt. ● Appears when the automatic brake hold button is pressed without depressing the brake pedal while the automatic brake hold is in operation. ● Fasten the driver’s seat belt. 2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 512 Press the automatic brake hold button with the brake pedal depressed. 2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 512 *1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. 104 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 105 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages * Message Condition Explanation ● Appears when the parking brake is applied automatically while it is in operation. ● Appears when the electric parking brake switch is pressed without depressing the brake pedal while the electric parking brake is in operation. ● Appears if there is something wrong with the vehicle while you are driving. ● ● Immediately stop in a safe place. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. Appears if the shift position cannot be changed to (P due to a problem with the vehicle. ● Apply the parking brake once you have stopped. ● Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. ● Appears while driving - Press the electric parking brake switch with the brake pedal depressed. 2 Parking Brake P. 508 Instrument Panel ● 2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 512 2 Parking Brake P. 508 2 Parking Brake P. 508 Continued 105 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 106 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages * Models without smart entry system Message Condition Instrument Panel ● Appears when you open the driver’s door while the ignition key is in ACCESSORY (q . ● Appears when the ignition key is turned to ACCESSORY (q from ON (w . (The driver's door is closed.) ● Appears when you open the driver’s door while the ignition key is in LOCK (0 . Explanation ● Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0 , then remove the key. — ● Remove the key from the ignition switch. Models with smart entry system Message Condition ● ● 106 Explanation Appears after you set the power mode to ACCESSORY or ON. Appears when the steering wheel is locked. 2 Starting the Engine P. 448 ● Move the steering wheel left and right while pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 107 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages * Message Condition ● Appears if you push the ENGINE START/STOP button to turn the engine off without the shift lever in (P . Explanation U.S. models ● Move the shift lever to (P . The power mode changes to VEHICLE OFF. Canadian models Appears if you push the ENGINE START/STOP button and the parking brake is not activated or the shift lever is not in (N position. ● Appears when the power mode is in ACCESSORY. Move the shift lever to (P , then press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice. ● Move the shift lever to (P position and start the engine. Instrument Panel ● ● — ● Appears after the driver’s door is opened when the power mode is in ACCESSORY. ● Press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice with your foot off the brake pedal to change the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). ● Appears when you close the door with the power mode in ON without the smart entry remote inside the vehicle. ● Disappears when you bring the smart entry remote back inside the vehicle and close the door. Appears when the smart entry remote battery becomes weak. ● ● 2 Smart Entry Remote Reminder P. 174 Replace the battery as soon as possible. 2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 592 Continued 107 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 108 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages * Message Condition Appears if the smart entry remote battery is too weak to start the engine or the key is not within operating range to start the engine. A beeper sounds six times. ● ● Appears when the starter system has a problem. ● As a temporary measure, press and hold the ENGINE START/STOP button for up to 15 seconds while pressing the brake pedal and manually start the engine. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. ● Appears as soon as a problem is detected in the smart entry system or push button starting system. ● Appears constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. ● Appears if the vehicle is being driven in a manner consistent with drowsy or inattentive driving. ● Instrument Panel U.S. Explanation Bring the smart entry remote in front of the ENGINE START/STOP button to be touched with. 2 If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak P. 611 Canada 2 Driver Attention Monitor P. 125 108 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 109 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages * Models with LED headlight Message Condition Explanation Appears if there is a problem with the light control system. ● Appears while driving - Manually turn the lights on, and have your vehicle checked by a dealer. ● Appears if there is a problem with the headlights. ● Appears while driving - The headlights may not be on. When conditions allow you to drive safely, have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible. Continued Instrument Panel ● 109 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 110 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages * Models with ACC with LSF Message Condition ● ● You can resume the set speed after the condition that caused ACC with LSF to cancel improves. Press the RES/ + button. Instrument Panel 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * P. 467 ● ● ● ● 110 Appears when ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled. Explanation Appears when the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you is too close while ACC with LSF is in operation. ● Appears when pressing the –/SET button while the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you is too close. ● Appears when the driver’s seat belt is unfastened while your vehicle is automatically stopped by ACC with LSF. ● Appears when pressing the –/SET button while the driver’s seat belt is unfastened. ● * Not available on all models ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * P. 467 ACC with LSF cannot be set. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * P. 467 ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * P. 467 ACC with LSF cannot be set. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * P. 467 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 111 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages * Models with ACC with LSF Message Condition ● ● ● Appears when the vehicle in front of you starts moving while your vehicle is stopped automatically by ACC with LSF. ● Appears when the shift lever is moved into any position other than (D or (S while ACC with LSF is in operation. ● Appears when pressing the –/SET button while the shift lever is in any position other than (D or (S . ● Appears when the vehicle is stopped on a very steep slope while ACC with LSF is in operation. ● * Not available on all models Either press the RES/+ button or –/SET button, or depress the accelerator pedal. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * P. 467 ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * P. 467 ACC with LSF cannot be set. Instrument Panel ● Explanation 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * P. 467 ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * P. 467 Continued 111 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 112 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages * Models with ACC with LSF Message Condition ● Instrument Panel ● ● ● ● 112 Explanation Appears when pressing the –/SET button while the vehicle is stopped on a very steep slope. ● Appears when the parking brake is applied automatically while ACC with LSF is in operation. ● Appears when pressing the –/SET button while the parking brake is applied. ● Appears when pressing the –/SET button while the vehicle is moving and the brake pedal is depressed. ● Appears if ACC with LSF is canceled while your vehicle is automatically stopped by ACC with LSF. ● * Not available on all models ACC with LSF cannot be set. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * P. 467 ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * P. 467 2 Parking Brake P. 508 ACC with LSF cannot be set. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * P. 467 2 Parking Brake P. 508 ACC with LSF cannot be set. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * P. 467 Immediately depress the brake pedal. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 113 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages * Models with ACC with LSF Message Condition ● Flashes when the system senses a likely collision with a vehicle in front of you. Explanation ● Take the appropriate means to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, change lanes, etc.) * Not available on all models Continued Instrument Panel 2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * P. 516 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * P. 467 113 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 114 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages * Models with LKAS Message Condition Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) ● ● Instrument Panel Appears when the vehicle is driving out of a detected lane. Keep the vehicle within the lane you are driving. 2 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System * P. 482 Appears when the vehicle is driving out of a detected line. The steering wheel vibrates rapidly. Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System ● Explanation ● Keep the vehicle within the lane you are driving. ● You can change the setting for the road departure mitigation system. Normal, Wide, and Warning Only can be selected. 2 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System * P. 482 When you selected Warning Only - The steering wheel vibrates rapidly when the vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane. 2 Customized Features P. 337 When you selected Normal or Wide - The steering wheel vibrates rapidly when the vehicle is drifting out of a detected line. The system also steers the vehicle to help you remain within your driving lane. ● 114 Blinks when you fail to steer the vehicle. The beeper sounds simultaneously. * Not available on all models ● Operate the steering wheel to resume the LKAS. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 115 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages * Models with remote engine starter Message Condition ● Explanation Appears when you unlock and open the driver’s door while the engine is running by remote engine start. 2 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback * P. 450 Instrument Panel Models with power tail gate Message U.S. Condition ● Appears when there is a problem with the power tailgate system. Explanation ● ● Manually open or close the power tailgate. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. Canada Models with Auto high-beam system Message Condition ● ● Explanation Appears if there is a problem with the Auto highbeam system. ● Appears when the area around the camera on the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. ● ● ● * Not available on all models Manually operate the headlight switch. If you are driving with the high-beam headlights when this happens, the headlights are changed to low beams. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth. If the message does not disappear after cleaning the lens, have your vehicle checked by a dealer. Continued 115 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 116 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages * Models with All-wheel drive (AWD) Message Instrument Panel 116 Condition Explanation ● Appears if there is a problem with the AWD system. ● The engine drives the front wheels only in this state. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. ● Appears when the differential temperature is too high. ● Stop in a safe place, change to (P , and idle the engine until the message disappears. If the message does not disappear, have your vehicle checked by a dealer. 2 Real Time AWD with Intelligent Control SystemTM * P. 502 * Not available on all models 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 117 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Gauges and Displays Gauges Gauges include the speedometer, tachometer, fuel gauge, and related indicators. They are displayed when the ignition switch is in ON (w *1. 1Gauges Models with information display Press and hold the mile (U.S.)/km (Canada) change knob until you hear a beep. The speedometer reading and the displayed measurements switch between mph (U.S.) and /h (Canada). Displays your driving speed in mph (U.S.) or km/h (Canada). ■ Tachometer Shows the number of engine revolutions per minute. ■ Fuel Gauge Displays the amount of fuel left in the fuel tank. Models with driver information interface Press the (display/information) button repeatedly until the icon is shown on the driver information interface. Press ENTER, then press and hold it again. The speedometer reading and the displayed measurements will switch between mph (U.S.) and km/h (Canada). Instrument Panel ■ Speedometer 1Fuel Gauge NOTICE You should refuel when the reading approaches E . Running out of fuel can cause the engine to misfire, damaging the catalytic converter. The actual amount of remaining fuel may differ from the fuel gauge reading. ■ Temperature Gauge Displays the temperature of the engine coolant. *1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. 1Temperature Gauge NOTICE Driving with the temperature gauge pointer in the upper zone can cause serious engine damage. Pull safely to the side of the road and allow engine temperature to return to normal. 2 Overheating P. 617 117 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 118 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuGauges and DisplaysuInformation Display * Information Display * The information display shows the odometer, trip meter, engine oil life and maintenance service item codes, and other gauges. ■ Switching the Display Press the Each time you press the knob, the information display changes as follows: Instant Fuel Economy, Odometer, Trip Meter A, Outside Temperature (TRIP) knob to change the display. Instrument Panel Instant Fuel Economy, Range, Trip Meter A, Outside Temperature (TRIP) knob ■ Odometer Shows the total number of miles (U.S.) or kilometers (Canada) that your vehicle has accumulated. ■ Trip Meter Shows the total number of miles (U.S.) or kilometers (Canada) driven since the last reset. Meters A and B can be used to measure two separate trips. 118 1Switching the Display * Not available on all models Instant Fuel Economy, Average Fuel Economy A, Trip Meter A, Outside Temperature Instant Fuel Economy, Average Fuel Economy B, Trip Meter B, Outside Temperature Engine Oil Life 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 119 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuGauges and DisplaysuInformation Display * ■ Resetting a trip meter To reset a trip meter, display it, then press and hold the reset to 0.0. knob. The trip meter is ■ Average Fuel Economy 1Average Fuel Economy ■ Instant Fuel Economy Gauge Press and hold the mile (U.S.)/km (Canada) change knob to switch the measurement. 1Instant Fuel Economy Gauge Press and hold the mile (U.S.)/km (Canada) change knob to switch the measurement. Shows the instant fuel economy as a bar graph in mpg or l/100km. Instrument Panel Shows the estimated average fuel economy of each trip meter in mpg or l/100 km. The display is updated at set intervals. When a trip meter is reset, the average fuel economy is also reset. ■ Engine Oil Life Shows the remaining oil life and Maintenance MinderTM. 2 Maintenance MinderTM P. 543 ■ Range 1Range Shows the estimated distance you can travel on the remaining fuel. This distance is estimated from the fuel economy of your previous trips. Continued Press and hold the mile (U.S.)/km (Canada) change knob to switch the measurement. 119 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 120 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuGauges and DisplaysuInformation Display * ■ Outside Temperature Shows the outside temperature in Fahrenheit (U.S.) or Celsius (Canada). ■ Adjusting the outside temperature indicator Instrument Panel Adjust the temperature reading up to ± 5°F or ± 3°C if the temperature reading seems incorrect. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (w *1. 2. Press and hold the (TRIP) knob for 10 seconds or more while the outside temperature is shown on the information display. u The information display goes into temperature adjustment mode. The display starts showing from -5°F to +5°F (U.S.) or -3°C to +3°C (Canada). 3. Release the knob when the right adjustment amount is shown. u The adjustment is complete. *1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. 120 1Outside Temperature The temperature sensor is in the front bumper. Road heat and exhaust from another vehicle can affect the temperature reading when your vehicle speed is less than 19 mph (30 km/h). It may take several minutes for the display to be updated after the temperature reading has stabilized. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 121 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface * Driver Information Interface * The driver information interface shows the odometer, trip meter, outside temperature indicator, and other gauges. It also displays important messages such as warnings and other helpful information. ■ Switching the Display Press the (display/information) button and press display. Press ENTER to see detailed information. Range & Fuel or Instrument Panel ■ Main displays to change the Average Speed & Elapsed Time Optional Contents * Turn by Turn Directions * & Compass * Driver Attention Monitor AWD Torque Distribution Monitor * Phone Audio Maintenance MinderTM (Display/ Information) Button Press or . , , Press ENTER. * Not available on all models Warning Messages Speed Unit & Disp OFF Continued 121 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 122 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface * ■ Trip computer Press the (TRIP) knob to change the display. Instrument Panel Menu Menu Odometer Outside temperature Menu Trip A Trip B (TRIP) Knob ■ Odometer Shows the total number of miles (U.S.) or kilometers (Canada) that your vehicle has accumulated. 1Trip Meter ■ Trip Meter Shows the total number of miles (U.S.) or kilometers (Canada) driven since the last reset. Meters A and B can be used to measure two separate trips. 122 Switch between trip meter A and trip meter B by pressing the knob, or by using the customized features on the audio/information display. 2 Customized Features P. 337 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 123 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface * ■ Resetting a trip meter To reset a trip meter, display it, then press and hold the reset to 0.0. knob. The trip meter is Instrument Panel Continued 123 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 124 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface * ■ Average Fuel Economy Shows the estimated average fuel economy of each trip meter in mpg or l/100 km. The display is updated at set intervals. When a trip meter is reset, the average fuel economy is also reset. You can change when to reset the average fuel economy. 2 Customized Features P. 337 Instrument Panel ■ Range Shows the estimated distance you can travel on the remaining fuel. This distance is estimated from the fuel economy of your previous trips. ■ Elapsed Time Shows the time elapsed since Trip A or Trip B was reset. ■ Average Speed Shows the average speed in mph (U.S.) or km/h (Canada) since Trip A or Trip B was reset. ■ Engine Oil Life Shows the remaining oil life and Maintenance MinderTM. 2 Maintenance MinderTM P. 543 124 1Average Fuel Economy 1Elapsed Time You can change when to reset the elapsed time. 2 Customized Features P. 337 1Average Speed You can change when to reset the average speed. 2 Customized Features P. 337 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 125 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface * ■ Driver Attention Monitor 1Driver Attention Monitor The Driver Attention Monitor analyzes steering inputs to determine if the vehicle is being driven in a manner consistent with drowsy or inattentive driving. If it determines that the vehicle is being driven in such a manner, it will display the degree of the driver's attention in the Driver Information Interface. Driver Information Interface Instrument Panel ENTER The Driver Attention Monitor cannot always detect if the driver is tired or inattentive. Regardless of the system's feedback, if you are feeling tired, stop in a safe location and rest for as long as needed. (Display/ Information) Button When the (display/information) button is pressed, bars in the Driver Information Interface light up in white to indicate the degree of the driver's attention. 2 Switching the Display P. 118 Level Continued 125 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 126 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface * If two bars light up, the Driver Attention Level Low message will appear. Instrument Panel If one bar lights up, the Driver Attention Level Low. Time For A Break message will appear, a beep will sound, and the steering wheel will vibrate. If this message appears, stop in a safe location and rest for as long as needed. The message will disappear when the ENTER button is pressed or when the system has determined that the driver is driving normally. If the driver does not take a break and the monitor continues to detect that the driver is very tired, the message will appear again after approximately 15 minutes, accompanied by a beep and steering wheel vibrations. The message does not appear when the traveling time is 30 minutes or less. ■ The Driver Attention Monitor resets when • the engine is turned off. • the driver unfastens the seat belt and opens the door while the vehicle is stopped. 126 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 127 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface * ■ For the Driver Attention Monitor to function 1For the Driver Attention Monitor to function • the vehicle must be traveling above 25 mph (40 km/h). • the electric power steering (EPS) system indicator must be off. The bars in the Driver Information Interface remain grayed out unless the Driver Attention Monitor is functioning. ■ Depending on driving conditions or other factors, the Driver Attention 2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) * P. 486 • the condition of the road is poor, e.g. the surface is unpaved or bumpy. • it is windy. • the driver is frequently operating the vehicle in an assertive manner such as changing lanes or accelerating. Instrument Panel Monitor may not function in the following circumstances. • the steering assist function of the Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) * is active. ■ Customizing You can change the Driver Attention Monitor settings. Select Tactile And Audible Alert, Tactile Alert, or OFF. 2 Customized Features P. 337 * Not available on all models Continued 127 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 128 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface * ■ Outside Temperature 1Outside Temperature Shows the outside temperature in Fahrenheit (U.S.) or Celsius (Canada). ■ Adjusting the outside temperature display Instrument Panel Adjust the temperature reading up to ±5°F or ±3°C if the temperature reading seems incorrect. Use the driver information interface's * or audio/information display's * customized features to correct the temperature. 2 Customized Features P. 337 ■ Instant Fuel Economy Shows the instant fuel economy as a bar graph in mpg or l/100 km. ■ AWD Torque Distribution Monitor * The indicators on the display show the amount of torque being transferred to the right front, left front, right rear, and left rear wheels. 128 * Not available on all models The temperature sensor is in the front bumper. Road heat and exhaust from another vehicle can affect the temperature reading when your vehicle speed is less than 19 mph (30 km/h). It may take several minutes for the display to be updated after the temperature reading has stabilized. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 129 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface * ■ Turn-by-Turn Directions * Shows you turn-by-turn driving directions to your destination linked with the navigation system. 2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual Show the current audio information. 2 Audio System Basic Operation P. 258 ■ Phone The driver information interface shows a compass when the route guidance is not used. You can select whether the turn-by-turn display comes on during the route guidance. 2 Customized Features P. 337 Instrument Panel ■ Audio 1Turn-by-Turn Directions * Show the current phone information. 2 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 373 * Not available on all models 129 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 130 130 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 131 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Controls This chapter explains how to operate the various controls necessary for driving. Clock .................................................. 132 Locking and Unlocking the Doors Key Types and Functions .................. 134 Low Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength*...136 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside .......................................... 137 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside ...144 Childproof Door Locks ..................... 145 Auto Door Locking/Unlocking .......... 146 Customizing the Auto Door Locking/ Unlocking Setting........................... 147 Opening and Closing the Tailgate... 150 Security System Immobilizer System .......................... 161 * Not available on all models Security System Alarm * .................... 161 Opening and Closing the Windows .... 164 Moonroof * .............................................. 167 Panoramic Roof*1 .................................... 168 Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel Ignition Switch * ............................... 171 ENGINE START/STOP Button * ........... 172 Ignition Switch and Power Mode Comparison ................................... 175 Turn Signals ..................................... 176 Light Switches.................................. 177 Fog Lights * ...................................... 180 Auto High-Beam System * ................ 181 Daytime Running Lights ................... 184 Wipers and Washers ........................ 185 Brightness Control ........................... 188 Defogger/Heated Door Mirror * ........ 190 Driving Position Memory System * .... 192 Adjusting the Steering Wheel .......... 194 Adjusting the Mirrors....................... 195 Adjusting the Seats .......................... 197 Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items .. 206 Climate Control System Using Automatic Climate Control .... 224 Synchronized Mode * ....................... 227 Automatic Climate Control Sensors ......228 (*1: Canadian models only, if equipped) 131 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 132 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Clock Adjusting the Clock Models without navigation system 1Adjusting the Clock You can adjust the time in the clock display with the ignition switch in ON (w *1. Models with Display Audio The clock is automatically updated through the audio system, so the time does not need to be adjusted. ■ Adjusting the Time Models with color audio system ■ Using the MENU/CLOCK button Controls 1. Press and hold the MENU/CLOCK button. u Adjust Clock is selected. 2. Rotate to change hour, then press . 3. Rotate to change minute, then press . 4. To enter the selection, rotate and select Set, then press . Models with driver information interface You can customize the clock display to show the 12 hour clock or 24 hour clock. 2 Customized Features P. 337 Models with Display Audio Models with information display You cannot adjust the time while the vehicle is moving. 1Using the MENU/CLOCK button Models with color audio system These indications are used to show how to operate the selector knob. Rotate to select. Press to enter. *1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. 132 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 133 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuClockuAdjusting the Clock Models with Display Audio ■ Using the Settings menu on the audio/ information screen 1. Select Settings. 2. Select Clock. 3. Select Clock Adjustment. 4. Select 3 or 4 to change hour. 5. Select 3 or 4 to change minute, then select OK. 1Using the Settings menu on the audio/information screen Models with Display Audio You can customize the clock display to show the 12 hour clock or 24 hour clock. 2 Customized Features P. 337 The clock display is set to off by factory default. You can turn the clock display on and off. 2 Customized Features P. 337 Controls The clock is automatically updated when your smartphone is connected to the audio system. You can also adjust the clock by touching the clock displayed on the upper right corner of the display. 1. Touch the clock on the display for a few seconds. 2. Select Clock Adjustment. 3. Select 3 or 4 to change hour. 4. Select 3 or 4 to change minute, then select OK. 133 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 134 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Locking and Unlocking the Doors Key Types and Functions This vehicle comes with the following key: ■ Keys Ignition Keys with Remote Transmitter * Smart Entry Remote * Controls Use the key to start and stop the engine, and to lock and unlock the doors and tailgate. You can also lock and unlock the doors and tailgate pressing the buttons on remote transmitter. 1Key Types and Functions All the keys have an immobilizer system. The immobilizer system helps protect against vehicle theft. 2 Immobilizer System P. 161 The keys contain precision electronics. Adhere to the following advice to prevent damage to the electronics: • Do not leave the keys in direct sunlight, or in locations with high temperature or high humidity. • Do not drop the keys or set heavy objects on them. • Keep the keys away from liquids. • Do not take the keys apart except for replacing the battery. If the circuits in the keys are damaged, the engine may not start, and the remote transmitter may not work. If the keys do not work properly, have them inspected by a dealer. Models with remote engine starter You can remotely start the engine using the one-way smart entry remote. 2 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback * P. 450 134 * Not available on all models 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 135 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuKey Types and Functions ■ Smart entry remote * Built-in Key ■ Valet Key * Gray * Not available on all models 1Valet Key * Can be used to start and stop the engine, and lock and unlock driver's door. Continued Controls Release Knob The built-in key can be used to lock/unlock the doors when the smart entry remote battery becomes weak and the power door lock/ unlock operation is disabled. To remove the built-in key, slide the release knob and then pull out the key. To reinstall the built-in key, push the built-in key into the smart entry remote until it clicks. When you need to leave a key with a third party, leave the valet key. 135 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 136 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLow Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength * ■ Key Number Tag 1Key Number Tag Contains a number that you will need if you purchase a replacement key. Keep the key number tag separate from the key in a safe place outside of your vehicle. If you wish to purchase an additional key, contact a dealer. If you lose your key and you cannot start the engine, contact a dealer. Controls Low Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength * The vehicle transmits radio waves to locate the smart entry remote when locking/ unlocking the doors, opening the tailgate, or to start the engine. In the following cases, locking/unlocking the doors, opening the tailgate, or starting the engine may be inhibited or operation may be unstable: • Strong radio waves are being transmitted by nearby equipment. • You are carrying the smart entry remote together with telecommunications equipment, laptop computers, cell phones, or wireless devices. • A metallic object is touching or covering the smart entry remote. 136 * Not available on all models 1Low Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength * Communication between the smart entry remote and the vehicle consumes the smart entry remote’s battery. Battery life is about two years, but this varies depending on regularity of use. The battery is consumed whenever the smart entry remote is receiving strong radio waves. Avoid placing it near electrical appliances such as televisions and personal computers. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 137 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside ■ Using the Smart Entry with Push Button Start System * If the interior light switch is in the door activated position, the interior light comes on when you unlock the doors and tailgate. No doors opened: The light fades out after 30 seconds. Doors and tailgate relocked: The light goes off immediately. 2 Interior Lights P. 206 1Using the Smart Entry with Push Button Start System * Door Lock Button ■ Locking the doors and tailgate Touch the door lock sensor on the front door or press the lock button on the tailgate. u Some exterior lights flash; the beeper sounds; all the doors and tailgate lock; and the security system sets. If you do not open a door or the tailgate within 30 seconds of unlocking the vehicle with the smart entry system, the doors and tailgate will automatically relock. You can change the relock timer setting. 2 Customized Features P. 337 Controls When you carry the smart entry remote, you can lock/unlock the doors and open the tailgate. You can lock/unlock the doors within a radius of about 32 inches (80 cm) of the outside door handle. You can open the tailgate within about 32 inches (80 cm) radius from the tailgate release button. 1Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside You can lock or unlock doors using the smart entry system only when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF. Door Lock Button * Not available on all models Continued 137 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 138 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside ■ Locking the vehicle (Walk away auto Controls 138 The activation range of the auto lock function is about 8 feet (2.5 m) lock) When you walk away from the vehicle while carrying the smart entry remote, the doors will automatically lock. The auto lock function activates when all doors are closed, and the smart entry remote is within about 8 feet (2.5 m) radius of the outside door handle. Exit vehicle while carrying smart entry remote and close door(s). 1. While within about 8 feet (2.5 m) radius of the vehicle. u The beeper sounds; the auto lock function will be activated. 2. Carry the smart entry remote beyond about 5 feet (1.5 m) from the vehicle and remain outside this range for 2 or more seconds. u Some exterior lights flash; the beeper sounds; all doors will then lock. 1Locking the vehicle (Walk away auto lock) The auto lock function is set to OFF as the factory default setting. The auto lock function can be set to ON using the audio/information screen. 2 Customized Features P. 337 After the auto lock function has been activated, when you stay within the locking/unlocking operation range, the indicator on the smart entry remote will continue to flash until the doors are locked. When you stay beside the vehicle within the operation range, the doors will automatically lock approximately 30 seconds after the auto lock function activating beeper sounds. When you open a door after the auto lock function activating beeper sounds, the auto lock function will be canceled. When all doors have been closed and the smart entry remote is inside the vehicle, or if the smart entry remote is not detected within about 8 feet (2.5 m) of the vehicle, auto lock function will not be activated. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 139 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside To temporarily deactivate the function: 1. Set the power mode to OFF. 2. Open the driver’s door. 3. Using the master door lock switch, operate the lock as follows: Lock Unlock Lock Unlock. u The beeper sounds and the function is deactivated. Continued The auto lock function does not operate when any of the following conditions are met. • The smart entry remote is inside the vehicle. • A door or the hood is not closed. • The power mode is set to any mode other than OFF. • The smart entry remote is not located within a radius of about 8 feet (2.5 m) from the vehicle when you get out of the vehicle and close the doors. Auto lock function operation stop beeper After the auto lock function has been activated, the auto lock operation stop beeper sounds for approximately two seconds in the following cases. • The smart entry remote is put inside the vehicle through a window. • You are located too close to the vehicle. • The smart entry remote is put inside the tailgate. If the warning beeper sounds, check that you are carrying the smart entry remote. Then, open/close a door and confirm the auto lock activation beeper sounds once. Controls To restore the function: • Set the power mode to ON. • Lock the vehicle without using the auto lock function. • Walk away at least more than about 8 feet (2.5 m) away from the vehicle while carrying the smart entry remote. 1Locking the vehicle (Walk away auto lock) 139 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 140 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside ■ Unlocking the doors and tailgate Controls Grab the driver’s door handle: u The driver’s door unlocks. u Some exterior lights flash twice and the beeper sounds twice. Grab the front passenger’s door handle: u All the doors and tailgate unlock. u Some exterior lights flash twice and the beeper sounds twice. Press the tailgate release button: u The tailgate unlocks. u Some exterior lights flash twice and the beeper sounds twice. 1Using the Smart Entry with Push Button Start System * • Do not leave the smart entry remote in the vehicle when you get out. Carry it with you. • Even if you are not carrying the smart entry remote, • • • 2 Using the Tailgate Release Button P. 159 Release Button • • • • 140 * Not available on all models you can lock/unlock the doors and tailgate while someone else with the remote is within range. The door may be locked or unlocked if the door handle is covered with water in heavy rain or in a car wash if the smart entry remote is within range. If you grip a front door handle or touch a door lock sensor wearing gloves, the door sensor may be slow to respond or may not respond by locking or unlocking the doors. After locking the door, you have up to 2 seconds during which you can pull the door handle to confirm whether the door is locked. If you need to unlock the door immediately after locking it, wait at least 2 seconds before gripping the handle, otherwise the door will not unlock. The door might not open if you pull it immediately after gripping the door handle. Grip the handle again and confirm that the door is unlocked before pulling the handle. Even within the 32 inches (80 cm) radius, you may not be able to lock/unlock the doors with the smart entry remote if it is above or below the outside handle. The smart entry remote may not operate if it is too close to the door and door glass. The light flashes, and beeper sounds and unlock settings can be customized on the audio/ information screen. 2 Customized Features P. 337 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 141 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside ■ Using the Remote Transmitter Ignition keys with remote transmitter LED Lock Button Unlock Button LED Unlock Button Lock Button ■ Locking the doors Press the lock button. Once: u Some exterior lights flash, all the doors and tailgate lock, and the security system sets. Twice (within five seconds after the first push): u The beeper sounds and verifies the security system is set. ■ Unlocking the doors Press the unlock button. Once: u Some exterior lights flash twice, and the driver's door unlocks. Twice: u The remaining doors and tailgate unlock. If you do not open a door or the tailgate within 30 seconds of unlocking the vehicle with the remote transmitter, the doors and tailgate will automatically relock. You can change the relock timer setting. 2 Customized Features P. 337 The remote transmitter will not work when: Ignition keys with remote transmitter • The key is in the ignition switch. Models with smart entry remote • The power mode is in VEHICLE OFF. Controls Models with smart entry remote 1Using the Remote Transmitter The remote transmitter uses low-power signals, so the operating range may vary depending on the surroundings. The remote will not lock the vehicle when a door is open. If the distance at which the remote transmitter works varies, the battery is probably low. If the LED does not come on when you press a button, the battery is dead. 2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 592 You can customize the door unlock mode setting. 2 Customized Features P. 337 Continued 141 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 142 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside ■ Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key If the smart entry remote battery or the vehicle battery is dead, use the key instead of the keyless remote. Fully insert the key and turn it. When you lock the driver's door with a key, all the other doors and tailgate lock at the same time. When unlocking, the driver's door unlocks first. Turn the key a second time within a few seconds to unlock the remaining doors and the tailgate. You can customize the door unlock mode setting. 2 Customized Features P. 337 Lock Controls 142 1Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key Unlock Unlocking the doors with the key causes the security system to alarm. Always unlock the doors with the remote transmitter. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 143 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside ■ Locking a Door Without Using a Key ■ Locking the driver's door Push the lock tab forward a or push the master door lock switch in the lock direction b, and close the door. ■ Locking the passenger's doors 1Locking a Door Without Using a Key When you lock the driver's door, all the other doors and tailgate lock at the same time. Make sure you have the key in your hand when you lock the driver's door, any of the other doors or the tailgate, otherwise you may end up locking the key inside the vehicle. Push the lock tab forward and close the door. Controls ■ Lockout prevention system Ignition keys with remote transmitter The doors and tailgate cannot be locked when the key is in the ignition switch. Models with smart entry remote The doors and tailgate cannot be locked when the smart entry remote is inside the vehicle. 143 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 144 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside ■ Using the Lock Tab To Lock Lock Tab 1Using the Lock Tab ■ Locking a door Push the lock tab forward. ■ Unlocking a door To Unlock Pull the lock tab rearward. Controls ■ Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle Inner Handle When you lock the door using the lock tab on the driver's door, all of the other doors and tailgate lock at the same time. When you unlock the door using the lock tab on the driver's door, only the driver's door will unlock. Pull the front door inner handle. u The door unlocks and opens in one motion. 1Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle The front door inner handles are designed to allow front seat occupants to open the door in one motion. However, this feature requires that front seat occupants never pull a front door inner handle while the vehicle is in motion. Children should always ride in a rear seat where childproof door locks are provided. 2 Childproof Door Locks P. 145 144 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 145 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuChildproof Door Locks ■ Using the Master Door Lock Switch Press the master door lock switch in as shown to lock or unlock all doors and the tailgate. To Lock 1Using the Master Door Lock Switch When you lock/unlock the driver’s door using the master door lock switch, all the other doors and the tailgate lock/unlock at the same time. The front passenger’s door also has the master door lock switch. To Unlock Controls Master Door Lock Switch Childproof Door Locks The childproof door locks prevent the rear doors from being opened from the inside regardless of the position of the lock tab. ■ Setting the Childproof Door Locks Slide the lever in the rear door to the lock position, and close the door. 1Childproof Door Locks To open the door from the inside when the childproof door lock is on, put the lock tab in the unlock position, lower the rear window, put your hand out of the window, and pull the outside door handle. ■ When opening the door Unlock Open the door using the outside door handle. Lock 145 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 146 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuAuto Door Locking/Unlocking Auto Door Locking/Unlocking Your vehicle locks all doors and unlocks the all doors automatically when a certain condition is met. ■ Auto Door Locking ■ Drive lock mode 1Auto Door Locking/Unlocking You can turn off or change to another auto door locking/unlocking setting using the master door lock switch. 2 Customizing the Auto Door Locking/ Unlocking Setting P. 147 All doors and tailgate lock when the vehicle’s speed reaches about 10 mph (15 km/h). Models with Display Audio ■ Auto Door Unlocking Controls 146 ■ Driver’s door open mode All doors unlock when the driver’s door is opened. You can turn off or change to another auto door locking/unlocking setting using the audio/ information screen. 2 Customized Features P. 337 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 147 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuCustomizing the Auto Door Locking/Unlocking Setting Customizing the Auto Door Locking/Unlocking Setting You can customize the auto door locking/unlocking setting to your liking using the master door lock switch. ■ List of the Auto Door Locking/Unlocking Customizable Options ■ Auto door locking Mode Description All doors lock when the vehicle’s speed reaches about 10 mph (15 km/h). Off The auto door locking is deactivated all the time. Controls Drive Lock Mode*1 ■ Auto door unlocking Mode Description Driver’s Door Open Mode*1 All doors unlock when the driver’s door is opened. Park Unlock Mode All doors unlock when the shift lever is moved into (P with the brake pedal depressed. Off The auto door unlocking is deactivated all the time. *1:Default setting Continued 147 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 148 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuCustomizing the Auto Door Locking/Unlocking Setting ■ Customizing Flow for Auto Door Locking Options Steps Drive Lock Mode*2 Controls 1 Apply the parking brake. Move the shift lever to (P . 2 Close the driver’s door. 3 Turn the ignition switch to ON (w . 4 Move the shift lever out of (P with the brake pedal depressed. Off Open the driver’s door. *1 — Press and hold the right side of the master door lock switch on the driver’s door for more than five seconds. Release the switch after you hear a click twice. Press and hold the right side of the master door lock switch on the driver’s door for more than five seconds. Release the switch after you hear one click. 5 6 Move the shift lever to (P . 7 Turn the ignition switch to ACCESSORY (q *1 within 20 seconds. u Customization is completed. *1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. *2:Default setting 148 — 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 149 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuCustomizing the Auto Door Locking/Unlocking Setting ■ Customizing Flow for Auto Door Unlocking Options Steps Driver's Door Open Mode*2 Park Unlock Mode 1 Apply the parking brake. Move the shift lever to (P . 2 Close the driver’s door. 3 Turn the ignition switch to ON (w . 4 Move the shift lever out of (P with the brake pedal depressed. Off Open the driver's door. *1 Press and hold the left side of the master door lock switch on the driver’s door for more than five seconds. Release the switch after you hear a click twice. Controls — 5 6 Move the shift lever to (P . 7 Turn the ignition switch to ACCESSORY (q *1 within 20 seconds. u Customization is completed. — *1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. *2:Default setting 149 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 150 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Opening and Closing the Tailgate Precautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate Always make sure individuals and objects are clear of the tailgate before opening or closing it. Models without power tailgate • Open the tailgate all the way. u If it is not fully opened, the tailgate may begin to close under its own weight. • Be careful when it is windy. The wind may cause the tailgate to close. All models Controls Keep the tailgate closed while driving to: u Avoid possible damage. u Prevent exhaust gas from leaking into the vehicle. 2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 76 1Precautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate 3 WARNING Anyone caught in the path of a tailgate that is being opened or closed can be seriously injured. Make sure that all people are clear of the tailgate before opening or closing it. Be careful not to hit your head on the tailgate or to put your hands between the tailgate and the cargo area when closing the tailgate. When you are storing or picking up luggage from the cargo, or by raising and lowering your foot under the center of the rear bumper for hands free access, while the engine is idling, do not stand in front of the exhaust pipe. You may get burned. Do not allow any passenger in the cargo space. They may get hurt during hard braking, a sudden acceleration, or a crash. 150 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 151 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuPrecautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate Models with power tailgate The power tailgate can be operated by pressing the power tailgate button on the remote transmitter, pressing the power tailgate button in the driver side control panel, pressing the button on the tailgate, or by raising and lowering your foot under the center of the rear bumper for hands free access. The power tailgate can be opened/closed when the transmission is in (P . 1Precautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate NOTICE Do not push or pull on the power tailgate when it is being automatically opened or closed. Forcibly opening or closing the power tailgate while in operation can deform the tailgate frame. Controls When operating the power tailgate, make sure there is enough space around your vehicle. People near the tailgate may be seriously hurt if the tailgate hits or closes on their heads. Be especially cautious if children are around. The power tailgate may not open or close under the following conditions: • You start the engine while the tailgate is automatically opening or closing. • The vehicle is parked on a steep hill. • The vehicle is swayed in a strong wind. • The tailgate or the roof is covered with snow or ice. If you close the power tailgate with all the doors locked, the power tailgate locks automatically. 151 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 152 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate * Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate * ■ Using the Hands Free Access * With the smart entry remote on you, you can open or close the tailgate hands free by raising and lowering your foot (in a kicking motion) under the center of the rear bumper. u Some exterior lights flash twice and a beeper sounds once, then the tailgate begins to move. Controls 152 * Not available on all models 1Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate * During heavy rain or in other instances when the vehicle becomes very wet, the sensor may not properly detect your foot motion. When performing work on or around the rear section of the vehicle, you may inadvertently open or close the tailgate. To prevent this from happening, select Customized Features on the audio/information screen display and then select OFF for the feature. 2 Customized Features P. 337 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 153 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate * ■ Using the Remote Transmitter 1Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate * Press the power tailgate button for more than one second to operate when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). u Some exterior lights flash and the beeper sounds. If you press the button again while the power tailgate is moving, it will stop. Press the button for more than one second, and the power tailgate will reverse direction. Installing aftermarket components other than genuine Honda accessories on the power tailgate may prevent it from fully opening or closing. Make sure the power tailgate is fully open before you get your luggage in and out. ■ Customizing when to open the tailgate ANYTIME: The power tailgate unlocks and opens at the same time. This is the default setting. WHEN UNLOCKED: The tailgate opens when all doors are unlocked. 2 Customized Features P. 337 * Not available on all models If you replace the battery or the power tailgate fuse while the tailgate is open, the power tailgate may be disabled. The power tailgate resumes once you manually close the tailgate. Controls Power Tailgate Button If you close the power tailgate when all the doors are locked, the power tailgate locks automatically. Make sure the power tailgate is fully closed before you start the vehicle. The beeper sounds when you start driving while the power tailgate is still open, or closing. Continued 153 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 154 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate * ■ Using the Power Tailgate Button To open or close the power tailgate, press the power tailgate button for about one second. Some exterior lights flash and the beeper sounds. u Some exterior lights flash and the beeper sounds. Controls If you press the button again while the power tailgate is moving, it will stop. Press the button for about one second, and the power tailgate will reverse direction. 1Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate * If the power tailgate meets resistance while opening or closing, the auto reverse feature reverses the direction. The beeper sounds three times. The auto reverse function stops sensing when the tailgate is almost closed to make sure that it fully closes. Do not touch the sensors located on both sides of the tailgate. The power tailgate does not close if you touch either sensor when you are trying to close the tailgate. Be careful not to scratch the sensors with a sharp object. If scratched, they can be damaged, and the power tailgate closing feature malfunctions. 154 * Not available on all models 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 155 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate * ■ Using the Tailgate Outer Handle 1Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate * If you press the outer handle of the tailgate for no longer than one second, the tailgate opens automatically. u The beeper sounds. u If you want to open the tailgate manually, press the button for more than one second. Even if you are not carrying the smart entry remote, you can lock/unlock the tailgate while someone else with the remote is within range. You can change the power tailgate operation setting on and off. 2 Customized Features P. 337 Controls Outer Handle 2 Opening and Closing the Tailgate P. 150 Do not leave the key, remote transmitter*, or smart entry remote* in the cargo area before closing the tailgate. If you are carrying the keyless remote, you do not have to unlock the tailgate before opening it. To close the tailgate, press the outer handle again while the tailgate opening. If you press the outer handle again while the power tailgate is moving, it will stop. Press the outer handle, and the power tailgate will reverse direction. * Not available on all models Continued 155 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 156 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate * ■ Using the Tailgate Inner Button Press the button on the tailgate to close the power tailgate. u The beeper sounds. Controls 156 If you press the button again while the power tailgate is moving, it will stop. Press and release the button again, and the power tailgate will reverse direction. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 157 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate * ■ Programming Tailgate Position 1Programming Tailgate Position The extent to which the power tailgate automatically opens can be programed. Continued Controls To program: 1. Open the tailgate to the desired position. u If you want to reprogram the power tailgate to open all the way, manually raise the tailgate to its upper most position and follow the next step. 2. Press and hold the tailgate inner button until you hear short two beeps following one long buzzer. If the tailgate is only slightly opened, the position cannot be programmed, even if you push the inner button. 157 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 158 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate * ■ Auto-Closer If you manually close the power tailgate, it latches automatically. 1Auto-Closer The auto-closer feature does not activate if you press the tailgate outer handle while the power tailgate is closing. Do not put any force on the tailgate while the power tailgate is latching. Controls Keep your hands away from the tailgate when you manually close the tailgate and let it latch automatically. It is dangerous to put your hands around the tailgate as it starts to latch itself. ■ Power Tailgate Fall Detection Automatically lowers the power tailgate when there is a possibility that the fully opened power tailgate can fall down by its own weight (for example, by snow on the tailgate). The beeper sounds while the power tailgate lowers. 1Power Tailgate Fall Detection If you try to manually close the power tailgate immediately after it fully opens, the power tailgate fall detection may activate Once the power tailgate fall detection activates, wait until the power tailgate fully closes. Keep away from the power tailgate when it is in motion. If the power tailgate fall detection constantly activates, consult at a dealer. 158 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 159 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Tailgate Opening/Closing the Tailgate ■ Using the Tailgate Release Button 1Using the Tailgate Release Button When all the doors are unlocked or press the tailgate unlock button on the remote transmitter, the tailgate is unlocked. Press the tailgate release button and lift open the tailgate. Models with smart entry system Models with smart entry system Even if you are not carrying the smart entry remote, you can lock/unlock the tailgate while someone else with the remote is within range. Controls Outer Handle If you are carrying the smart entry remote, you do not have to unlock the tailgate before opening it. To close the tailgate, grab the inner handle, pull the tailgate down, and push it closed from outside. Do not leave the key, remote transmitter *, or smart entry remote* in the cargo area before closing the tailgate. Inner Handle * Not available on all models Continued 159 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 160 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Tailgate ■ Using the Remote Transmitter * Press the tailgate unlock button to unlock the tailgate. Controls Tailgate Unlock Button Tailgate Unlock Button 160 * Not available on all models 1Using the Remote Transmitter * If you have unlocked and opened the tailgate using the remote transmitter or smart entry remote*, when closing, the tailgate locks automatically. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 161 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Security System Immobilizer System The immobilizer system prevents a key that has not been pre-registered from starting the engine. Each key contains electronic transmitters that use electronic signals to verify the key. NOTICE Leaving the key in the vehicle can result in theft or accidental movement of the vehicle. Always take the key with you whenever you leave the vehicle unattended. Do not alter the system or add other devices to it. Doing so may damage the system and make your vehicle inoperable. Canadian models only: Apply and hold the brake pedal before turning the vehicle on the first time after the battery has been disconnected. Controls Pay attention to the following when inserting the key into the ignition switch or pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button *: • Do not allow objects that emit strong radio waves near the ignition switch*1. • Make sure the key is not covered by or touching a metal object. • Do not bring a key from another vehicle's immobilizer system near the ignition switch. 1Immobilizer System Security System Alarm * The security system alarm activates when the tailgate, hood or doors are forcibly opened. The alarm does not go off if the tailgate or doors are opened with the key, remote transmitter or smart entry system. 1Security System Alarm * The security alarm continues for a maximum of two minutes until the security system deactivates. However, the alarm goes off if a door is opened with the key, then the shift lever is moved out of (P or the hood is opened before the power mode is set to ON. ■ When the security system alarm activates The horn sounds intermittently and all the exterior lights flash. *1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. * Not available on all models Continued 161 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 162 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm * ■ To deactivate the security system alarm Unlock the vehicle using the remote transmitter or smart entry system. The system, along with the horn and flashing lights, is deactivated. ■ Setting the security system alarm Controls The security system alarm automatically sets when the following conditions have been met: • The power mode is set to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). • The hood and tailgate are closed. • All doors and tailgate are locked with the key or the remote transmitter. ■ When the security system alarm sets The security system alarm indicator in the instrument panel blinks. When the blinking interval changes after about 15 seconds, the security system alarm is set. ■ To cancel the security system alarm The security system is canceled when the vehicle is unlocked using the key, remote transmitter, smart entry system, or the power mode is set to ON. The security system alarm indicator goes off at the same time. 162 * Not available on all models 1Security System Alarm * Do not set the security system alarm when someone is in the vehicle or a window is open. The system can accidentally activate when: • Unlocking the door with the lock tab. • Opening the hood with the hood release handle. • Moving the shift lever out of (P . If the battery goes dead after you have set the security system alarm, the security alarm may go off once the battery is recharged or replaced. If this occurs, deactivate the security system alarm by unlocking a door using the key or remote transmitter. Do not attempt to alter this system or add another device to it. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 163 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm * ■ Panic Mode ■ The panic button on the remote ■ Canceling panic mode Press any button on the remote transmitter, or turn the ignition switch to ON (w *1. Controls Panic Button transmitter If you press the panic button for approximately one second, the following will occur for about 30 seconds: • The horn sounds. • Some exterior lights flash. Panic Button *1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. 163 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 164 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Opening and Closing the Windows Opening/Closing the Power Windows The power windows can be opened and closed when the ignition switch is in ON (w *1, using the switches on the doors. The driver side switches can be used to open and close all the windows. The power window lock button on the driver side must be switched off (not pushed in, indicator off) to open and close the windows from anywhere other than the driver's seat. Controls When the power window lock button is switched on (pushed in, indicator on), you can only operate the driver's window. Turn the power window lock button on if a child is in the vehicle. ■ Opening/Closing Windows with Auto-Open/Close Function ON OFF Power Window Lock Button ■ Automatic operation To open: Push the switch down firmly. To close: Pull the switch up firmly. The window opens or closes completely. To stop the window at any time, push or pull the switch briefly. Driver’s Window Switch Indicator Front Passenger’s Window Switch ■ Manual operation To open: Push the switch down lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached. To close: Pull the switch up lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached. *1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. 164 1Opening/Closing the Power Windows 3 WARNING Closing a power window on someone's hands or fingers can cause serious injury. Make sure your passengers are away from the windows before closing them. The power windows can be operated for up to 10 minutes after you turn the ignition switch off*1. Opening either front door cancels this function. Auto Reverse If a power window senses resistance when closing automatically, it stops closing and reverse direction. The driver’s window auto reverse function is disabled when you continuously pull up the switch. The auto reverse function stops sensing when the window is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes. You cannot fully open the rear windows. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 165 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuOpening and Closing the WindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows ■ Opening/Closing Windows without Auto-Open/Close Function To open: Push the switch down. To close: Pull the switch up. Close Release the switch when the window reaches the desired position. Open Controls ■ Opening Windows and the Moonroof * or Panoramic Roof*1 with the Remote Unlock Button To open: Press the unlock button, and then within 10 seconds, press it again and keep it pressed. If the windows and moonroof * or Panoramic Roof*1 stop midway, repeat the procedure. *1: Canadian models only, if equipped * Not available on all models Continued 165 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 166 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuOpening and Closing the WindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows ■ Opening/Closing Windows and the Moonroof * or Panoramic Roof*1 with the Key To open: Unlock the driver’s door with the key. Within 10 seconds of returning the key to the central position, turn the key in the unlock direction and hold it there. Close Controls Open To close: Lock the driver’s door with the key. Within 10 seconds of returning the key to the central position, turn the key in the lock direction and hold it there. Release the key to stop the windows/ moonroof or panoramic roof*1 at the desired position. If you want further adjustment, repeat the same operation. *1: Canadian models only, if equipped 166 * Not available on all models 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 167 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Moonroof * Opening and Closing the Moonroof You can operate the moonroof when the power mode is in ON. Use the switch in the front of the ceiling to open and close the moonroof. ■ Using the Moonroof Switch ■ Automatic operation Open The moonroof automatically opens or closes all the way. To stop the moonroof midway, touch the switch briefly. ■ Manual operation To open: Pull the switch back lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached. To close: Push the switch forward lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached. ■ Tilting the moonroof up To tilt: Push on the center of the moonroof switch. To close: Push the switch forward firmly, then release. *1: Canadian models only, if equipped * Not available on all models 3 WARNING Opening or closing the moonroof on someone's hands or fingers can cause serious injury. Make sure all hands and fingers are clear of the moonroof before opening or closing it. NOTICE Opening the moonroof in below freezing temperature or when it is covered with snow or ice can damage the moonroof panel or motor. The power moonroof can be operated for up to 10 minutes after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). Opening either front door cancels this function. When resistance is detected, the auto reverse function causes the moonroof to change directions, then stop. Auto reverse stops sensing when the moonroof is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes. Make sure that all objects, including fingers, are clear of the moonroof. You can use the remote transmitter or the key to operate the moonroof. 2 Opening Windows and the Moonroof * or Panoramic Roof*1 with the Remote P. 165 2 Opening/Closing Windows and the Moonroof * or Panoramic Roof*1 with the Key P. 166 Controls Tilt Close To open: Pull the switch back firmly. To close: Push the switch forward firmly. 1Using the Moonroof Switch 167 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 168 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Panoramic Roof*1 Opening/Closing the Panoramic Roof You can operate the panoramic roof when the power mode is in ON. Use the switch in the front of the ceiling to open and close the panoramic roof. 1Opening/Closing the Panoramic Roof 3 WARNING Opening or closing the panoramic roof on someone’s hands or fingers can cause serious injury. Controls Make sure all hands and fingers are clear of the panoramic roof before opening or closing it. NOTICE Opening the panoramic roof in below freezing temperature or when it is covered with snow or ice can damage the panoramic roof panel or motor. The panoramic roof and sunshade can be operated for up to 10 minutes after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). Opening either front door cancels this function. When resistance is detected, the auto reverse function causes the panoramic roof to change directions, then stop. Auto reverse stops sensing when the panoramic roof is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes. Make sure that all objects, including fingers, are clear of the panoramic roof. *1: Canadian models only, if equipped 168 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 169 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuPanoramic Roof*1 uOpening/Closing the Panoramic Roof You can use the remote transmitter or the key to operate the panoramic roof. 2 Opening Windows and the Moonroof * or Panoramic Roof*1 with the Remote P. 165 2 Opening/Closing Windows and the Moonroof * or Panoramic Roof*1 with the Key P. 166 1Using the Sunshade Switch The sunshade can be opened or closed to adjust the amount of light that enters the cabin. ■ Automatic operation To open: Pull the switch back firmly. To close: Push the switch forward firmly. Open The sunshade automatically opens or closes all the way. To stop the sunshade midway, touch the switch briefly. Close ■ Manual operation To open: Pull the switch back lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached. To close: Push the switch forward lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached. *1: Canadian models only, if equipped * Not available on all models Continued Controls ■ Using the Sunshade Switch When you use the sunshade switch to open the sunshade, the panoramic roof does not move. The sunshade cannot be fully closed if the panoramic roof is open. When you close the sunshade with the panoramic roof open, the sunshade stops slightly ahead of the panoramic roof glass. When you push the switch forward again, the sunshade and the panoramic roof close together. 169 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 170 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuPanoramic Roof*1 uOpening/Closing the Panoramic Roof ■ Using the Panoramic Roof Switch ■ Automatic operation 1Using the Panoramic Roof Switch Comfort Position To open: Pull the switch back firmly. To close: Push the switch forward firmly. Open Tilt Controls Close The panoramic roof automatically opens or closes all the way. To stop the panoramic glass midway, touch the switch briefly. ■ Manual operation To open: Pull the switch back lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached. To close: Push the switch forward lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached. ■ Tilting the panoramic roof up To tilt: Push on the centre of the panoramic roof switch. To close: Push the switch forward firmly. Full Open Position The panoramic roof cannot be fully opened in a single operation. The panoramic roof has a “comfort” position or wind noise reduction position at which the roof first stops. To open fully, pull the switch back again after the roof has stopped at this position. Whenever the panoramic roof is opening, the sunshade moves along with it. However, when the panoramic roof is closing, the sunshade does not move. When you tilt open the panoramic roof, the sunshade opens slightly to let in fresh air. When you close the panoramic roof from this position, the sunshade returns to its closed position. 170 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 171 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel Ignition Switch * 1Ignition Switch * (0 LOCK: Insert and remove the key in this position. (q ACCESSORY: Operate the audio system and other accessories in this position. You cannot take the key out unless the shift lever is in (P . If you open the driver's door when the key is in LOCK (0 or ACCESSORY (q , a warning buzzer will sound to remind you to take the key out. (w ON: This is the position when driving. you let go of the key. When this happens, the following messages appear on the driver information interface *: • In LOCK (0 : or the symbol with a Remove Key From Ignition • In ACCESSORY (q : or the symbol with a Return Ignition Switch To Lock (0) Position The buzzer will stop when you take the key out. Controls (e START: This position is for starting the engine. The switch returns to ON (w when If the key won't turn from LOCK (0 to ACCESSORY (q , turn the key while moving the steering wheel left and right. The steering wheel will unlock, allowing the key to turn. * Not available on all models 171 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 172 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button * ENGINE START/STOP Button * ■ Changing the Power Mode 1ENGINE START/STOP Button * ENGINE START/STOP Button Operating Range VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) The button is off. The steering wheel is locked*1. The power to all electrical components is turned off. Controls ACCESSORY The button blinks (in red). Operate the audio system and other accessories in this position. Without pressing the brake pedal ON The button blinks (in red). All electrical components can be used. Press the button without the shift lever in (P . Shift to (P then press the button. *1:Except U.S. models 172 * Not available on all models Press the button. U.S. models Shift to (P . Operating Range You can start the engine when the smart entry remote is inside the vehicle. The engine may also run if the smart entry remote is close to the door or window, even if it is outside the vehicle. If the smart entry remote battery is weak, beeper sounds and the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message appears on the MID. 2 If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak P. 611 The power system may also start if the keyless access remote is close to the door or window, even if it is outside the vehicle. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 173 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button * ■ Automatic Power Off 1ENGINE START/STOP Button * If you leave the vehicle for 30 to 60 minutes with the shift lever in (P and the power mode in ACCESSORY, the vehicle automatically goes into the mode similar to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) to avoid the battery drain. Canadian models * Not available on all models Continued Do not leave the power mode in ACCESSORY or ON when you get out. Controls When in this mode: The steering wheel does not lock. You cannot lock or unlock doors with the remote transmitter or the smart entry system. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button three times to switch the mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). Canadian models If the power mode does not change from VEHICLE OFF to ACCESSORY, press the ENGINE START/STOP button while moving the steering wheel left and right. The steering wheel will unlock, allowing the mode to change. 173 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 174 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button * ■ Power Mode Reminder If you open the driver’s door when the power mode is set to ACCESSORY, a warning buzzer sounds. ■ Smart Entry Remote Reminder Models with information display Controls Models with driver information interface Warning buzzers may sound from inside or/ and outside the vehicle to remind you that the smart entry remote is out of the vehicle. If the buzzer continues even after the remote is put back inside, place it within its operational range. ■ When the power mode is in ON If the smart entry remote is taken out of the vehicle, and the driver’s door is closed, warning buzzers sound from both inside and outside the vehicle. A warning message on the information display/driver information interface notifies the driver inside that the remote is out. ■ When the power mode is in ACCESSORY If the smart entry remote is taken out of the vehicle, and all the doors are closed, a warning buzzer sounds from outside the vehicle. 174 1Smart Entry Remote Reminder When the smart entry remote is within the system’s operational range, and the driver’s door is closed, the warning function cancels. If the smart entry remote is taken out of the vehicle after the engine has been started, you can no longer change the ENGINE START/STOP button mode or restart the engine. Always make sure if the remote is in your vehicle when you operate the ENGINE START/STOP button. Removing the smart entry remote from the vehicle through a window does not activate the warning buzzer. Do not put the smart entry remote on the dashboard or in the glove box. It may cause the warning buzzer to go off. Under some other conditions that can prevent the vehicle from locating the remote, the warning buzzer may also go off even if the remote is within the system’s operational range. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 175 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluIgnition Switch and Power Mode Comparison Ignition Switch and Power Mode Comparison Ignition Switch Position LOCK (0) (with/without the key) Without Smart Entry System ● ● ● VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) ● ● Engine is turned off. Some electrical components such as the audio system and the accessory power socket can be operated. ACCESSORY ON (II) ● ● Normal key position while driving. All electrical components can be used. ON Button is: Blinking With Smart Entry Button-Off Button-Blinking System and ENGINE ● Engine is turned off and ● Engine is turned off. ● Some electrical power is shut down. START/STOP ● The steering wheel is components such as the Button locked*1. audio system and the ● No electrical accessory power socket components can be can be operated. used. START (III) ● ● Use this position to start the engine. The ignition switch returns to the ON (II) position when you release the key. Controls Power Mode Engine is turned off and power is shut down. The steering wheel is locked*1. No electrical components can be used. ACCESSORY (I) START On ButtonButton-On Blinking (engine is turned ● The mode automatically returns to ON after the off) engine starts. On (engine is running) ● All electrical components can be used. *1:Canadian models 175 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 176 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluTurn Signals Turn Signals Right Turn The turn signals can be used when the ignition switch is in ON (w *1. ■ One-touch turn signal When you lightly push up or down and release the turn signal lever, the exterior turn signals and turn signal indicator blink three times. Left Turn Controls This feature can be used when signaling for a lane change. *1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. 176 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 177 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches Light Switches ■ Manual Operation High Beams Turns on parking, side marker, tail, and rear license plate lights Turns on headlights, parking, side marker, tail, and rear license plate lights Rotating the light switch turns the lights on and off, regardless of the power mode setting or position of the ignition switch. ■ High beams Push the lever forward until you hear a click. ■ Low beams When in high beams, pull the lever back to return to low beams. ■ Flashing the high beams Pull the lever back, and release it. Models without smart entry system If you remove the key from the ignition switch with the lights on, a light on reminder chime sounds when you open the driver's door. Models with smart entry system If you leave the power mode in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) while the lights are on, a chime sounds when the driver’s door is opened. All models When the lights are on, the lights on indicator in the instrument panel will be on. 2 Indicators P. 80 Controls Flashing the high beams Low Beams 1Light Switches Do not leave the lights on when the engine is off because it will cause the battery to discharge. ■ Lights off Turn the lever to OFF either when: • The shift lever is in (P . • The parking brake is applied. To turn the lights on again, turn the lever to OFF to cancel the lights off mode. Even if you do not cancel the lights off mode, the lights come on automatically when: • The shift lever is moved out of (P and the parking brake is released. • The vehicle starts to move. Continued 177 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 178 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches ■ Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control) * Automatic lighting control can be used when the power mode is in ON. Controls When you turn the light switch to AUTO, the headlights and other exterior lights will switch on and off automatically depending on the ambient brightness. u You can change the auto light sensitivity setting. 2 Customized Features P. 337 1Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control) * We recommend that you turn on the lights manually when driving at night, in a dense fog, or in dark areas such as long tunnels or parking facilities. The light sensor is in the location shown below. Do not cover this light sensor with anything; otherwise, the automatic lighting system may not work properly. Models without automatic intermittent wipers Light Sensor Models with automatic intermittent wipers Light Sensor 178 * Not available on all models 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 179 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches ■ Automatic Lighting Off Feature The headlights, all other exterior lights, and the instrument panel lights turn off 15 seconds after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), take the remote with you, and close the driver’s door. u You can change the headlight auto off timer setting. 2 Customized Features P. 337 Adjust the auto light sensitivity as follows: Setting Max High Mid Low Min The exterior lights come on when the ambient light is at Bright Dark Controls If you turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0 *1 with the headlight switch on, but do not open the door, the lights turn off after 10 minutes (3 minutes, if the switch is in the AUTO position). 1Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control) * The lights turn on again when you unlock or open the driver's door. If you unlock the door, but do not open it within 15 seconds, the lights go off. If you open the driver's door, you will hear a lights on reminder chime. *1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. * Not available on all models 179 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 180 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluFog Lights * Fog Lights * Can be used when the low beam headlights are on. Rotate the switch up from the OFF position to the position. Fog Light Switch Controls 180 * Not available on all models 1Fog Lights * When the fog lights are on, the indicator in the instrument panel will be on. They go off when the headlights turn off, or when the daytime running lights are on. 2 Daytime Running Lights P. 184 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 181 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAuto High-Beam System * Auto High-Beam System * Uses the camera attached, monitors the space ahead of your vehicle, and automatically changes the low beam headlights to high beam headlights when necessary. The system operates when: ■ The headlight switch is in AUTO. ■ The lever is in the low beam position. ■ The system recognizes that you The system changes between high and low beam headlights when: The camera is not detecting any lights coming from preceding or oncoming vehicles: The headlights change to high beams. The camera detects lights coming from a preceding or oncoming vehicle: The headlights are returned to low beams. The view angle or distance that the camera can detect lights ahead differs depending on conditions, such as the brightness of the lights and the weather. The auto high-beam system determines when to change the headlight beams by responding to the brightness of the lights ahead of your vehicle. In the following cases, the system may not respond to the lights properly: • The brightness of the lights from the preceding or oncoming vehicle is intense or poor. • Visibility is poor due to the weather (rain, snow, fog, windshield frost, etc.). • Other light sources, such as streetlights and electric billboards are illuminating the road ahead. • The brightness level of the road ahead constantly changes. • The road is bumpy or with many curves. • A vehicle cuts in front of you, or a vehicle in front of you is not in the preceding or oncoming direction. • Your vehicle is tilted with a heavy load in the rear. Controls are driving at night and the low beam headlights come on. ■ The vehicle speed is above 25 mph (40 km/h). 1Auto High-Beam System * If you find the timing of beam changes inconvenient for driving, change the headlight beams manually. If you do not want the system to be activated at any time when the headlight switch is in AUTO, consult a dealer. * Not available on all models Continued 181 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 182 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAuto High-Beam System * ■ To Operate the System 1To Operate the System Turn the headlight switch in AUTO and pull the headlight lever to low beam. 2 Light Switches P. 177 The auto high-beam indicator (green) comes on. Controls Headlight Switch ■ Temporary cancellation The auto high-beam operation is temporarily canceled while: • You are continuously driving at a speed below 15 mph (24 km/h). • The vehicle speed is below 6 mph (10 km/h). • The windshield wipers run at high speed for more than a few seconds. 182 For the auto high-beam system to work properly: • Do not place an object that reflects light on the dashboard. • Keep the windshield around the camera clean. When cleaning the windshield, be careful not to apply the windshield cleanser to the camera lens. • Do not attach an object, sticker or film in the area around the camera. • Do not touch the camera lens. If the camera receives a strong impact, or repairing of the area near the camera is required, consult a dealer. If the message appears: • Use the climate control system to cool down the interior and, if necessary, also use defroster mode with the air flow directed towards the camera. • Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield temperature, which cools down the area around the camera. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 183 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAuto High-Beam System * ■ To manually cancel the system temporarily You can cancel the operation when you manually change the headlights to high beams. Push the lever forward until you hear a click, or lightly pull the lever towards you to flash high beams. The auto high-beam system indicator goes off. If you want the auto high-beam system operation to resume at once, pull the lever towards you. If the message appears: • Park your vehicle in a safe place, and clean the windshield. If the message does not disappear after you have cleaned the windshield and driven for a while, have your vehicle checked by a dealer. 1To Disable the System Disable the system when the vehicle is parked with the power mode in ON and the light switch is in the AUTO position. To disable the system: Pull the light switch lever towards you and hold it for 40 seconds. The auto high-beam indicator in the meter will blink twice. To enable the system: Pull the light switch lever towards you and hold it for 30 seconds. The auto high-beam indicator in the meter will blink once. The auto high-beam system will remain in the selected disabled or enabled setting each time you start the engine. Controls ■ To Disable the System 1To Operate the System 183 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 184 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDaytime Running Lights Daytime Running Lights The parking/daytime running lights come on when the following conditions have been met: • The ignition switch is in ON (w *1. • The headlight switch is AUTO or OFF or . • The parking brake is released. The lights remain on even if you set the parking brake. Turning off the ignition switch or setting the power mode to VEHICLE OFF will turn off the daytime running lights. Controls The daytime running lights are off once the headlight switch is turned on, or when the headlight switch is in AUTO and it is getting darker outside. *1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. 184 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 185 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers Wipers and Washers ■ Windshield Wipers/Washers Pull to use washer. MIST OFF The windshield wipers and washers can be used when the ignition switch is in ON (w *1. ■ MIST The wipers run at high speed until you release the lever. ■ Wiper switch (OFF, INT*2/AUTO*3, LO, HI) Move the lever up or down to change the wiper settings. ■ Adjusting wiper operation * Turn the adjustment ring to adjust the wiper operation. Lower speed, fewer sweeps INT*2/AUTO*3 LO: Low speed wipe HI: High speed wipe Higher speed, more sweeps ■ Washer Sprays while you pull the lever toward you. When you release the lever for more than one second, the spray stops, the wipers sweep two or three more times to clear the windshield, then stop. *1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. *2: Models with manual intermittent operation *3: Models with automatic intermittent operation Continued * Not available on all models NOTICE Do not use the wipers when the windshield is dry. The windshield will get scratched, or the rubber blades will get damaged. NOTICE In cold weather, the blades may freeze to the windshield. Operating the wipers in this condition may damage the wipers. Use the defogger to warm the windshield, then turn the wipers on. Controls Intermittent Time Adjustment Ring * 1Wipers and Washers Turn the washers off if no washer fluid comes out. The pump may get damaged. Models with intermittent time adjustment ring If the vehicle speeds up while the wipers are operating intermittently, the length of the wipe interval shortens. When the vehicle starts moving, the wipers make a single sweep. When the vehicle speeds up, the wiper operation’s shortest delay setting ( ) and the LO setting become the same. If the wiper stops operating due to an obstacle such as the build-up of snow, park the vehicle in a safe place. Rotate the wiper switch to OFF, and turn the ignition switch to ACCESSORY (q or LOCK (0 *1, then remove the obstacle. 185 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 186 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers ■ Automatic Intermittent Wipers * 1Wipers and Washers When you push the lever down to AUTO, the windshield wipers sweep once, and go into the automatic mode. Controls Adjustment Ring The wipers operate intermittently, at low speed, or at high speed and stops in accordance with the amount of rainfall the rainfall sensor detects. 1Automatic Intermittent Wipers * The rainfall sensor is in the location shown below. Rainfall Sensor ■ AUTO sensitivity adjustment When the wiper function is set to AUTO, you can adjust the sensitivity of the rain fall sensor (using the adjustment ring) so that wipers will operate in accordance with your preference. Sensor sensitivity Low Sensitivity High Sensitivity 186 The wiper motor may stop motor operation temporarily to prevent an overload. Wiper operation will return to normal within a few minutes, once the circuit has returned to normal. * Not available on all models AUTO should always be turned OFF before the following situation in order to prevent severe damage to the wiper system: • Cleaning the windshield • Driving through a car wash • No rain present 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 187 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers ■ Rear Wiper/Washer The rear wiper and washer can be used when the ignition switch is in ON (w *1. ■ Wiper switch (OFF, INT, ON) Change the wiper switch setting according to the amount of rain. INT: Intermittent ON: Continuous wipe OFF Washer ) Sprays while you rotate the switch to this position. Hold it to activate the wiper and to spray the washer. Once released, it stops operating after a few more sweeps. Controls ■ Washer ( ■ Operating in reverse When you shift the transmission to (R with the windshield wipers activated, the rear wiper operates automatically as follows even if its switch is off. Front Wiper Position Rear Wiper Operation INT (Intermittent) Intermittent LO (Low speed wipe) HI (High speed wipe) Continuous *1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. 187 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 188 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluBrightness Control Brightness Control With the parking lights are turned on and the ignition switch is in ON (w *1, you can use the brightness control knob to adjust instrument panel brightness. Brighten: Turn the knob to the right. Dim: Turn the knob to the left. Control Knob Controls You will hear a beeper when the brightness reaches minimum or maximum. Several seconds after adjusting the brightness, you will be returned to the previous screen. Instrument panel brightness differs between when the exterior lights are on and when they are off. The instrument panel dims to reduce glare when the lights are on. Turn the knob to the right until the brightness display is up to max. This cancels the reduced instrument panel brightness when the exterior lights are on. The brightness can be set differently for when the exterior lights are on, and when they are off. To cancels the reduced instrument panel brightness when the exterior lights are on, turn the knob to the right until the brightness display is up to max, the beeper sounds. *1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. 188 1Brightness Control 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 189 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluBrightness Control Information display ■ Brightness level indicator The brightness level is shown on the information display while you are adjusting it. Controls Driver information interface 189 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 190 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDefogger/Heated Door Mirror * Defogger/Heated Door Mirror * ■ Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror * Button Press the rear defogger and heated door mirror button to defog the rear window and mirrors when the ignition switch is in ON (w *1. Models without heated door mirror Controls The rear defogger automatically switches off after 10-30 minutes depending on the outside temperature. However, if the outside temperature is 32°F (0°C) or below, it does not automatically switch off. Models with heated door mirror The rear defogger and heated door mirror automatically switches off after 10-30 minutes depending on the outside temperature. However, if the outside temperature is 32°F (0°C) or below, it does not automatically switch off. *1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. 190 * Not available on all models 1Defogger/Heated Door Mirror * NOTICE When cleaning the inside of the rear window, be careful not to damage the heating wires. It is critical to wipe the window from side to side along the defogger heating wires. This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off when the window has been defogged or deiced. Also, do not use the system for a long period when the engine is idling. This may weaken the battery, making it difficult to start the engine. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 191 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDefogger/Heated Door Mirror * Canadian models ■ Heated Windshield Button Press the heated windshield button to deice the windshield when the power mode is in ON. 1Heated Windshield Button This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off when the window has been defogged or deiced. Also, do not use the system for a long period when the engine is idling. This may weaken the battery, making it difficult to start the engine. Controls 191 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 192 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System * Driving Position Memory System * You can store two driver’s seat positions (except for power lumbar) with the driving position memory system. When you unlock and open the driver’s door with a remote transmitter or the smart entry system, the seat adjusts automatically to one of the two preset positions. • DRIVER 1 transmitter is linked to memory button 1. • DRIVER 2 transmitter is linked to memory button 2. DRIVER 1 DRIVER 2 Controls 192 * Not available on all models 1Driving Position Memory System * Using the audio/information screen, you can disable the automatic seat adjustment function. 2 Customized Features P. 337 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 193 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System * ■ Storing a Position in Memory Memory Button 1 Memory Button 2 ■ Recalling the Stored Position Memory Button 1 Memory Button 2 1. Move the shift lever to (P . 2. Apply the parking brake. 3. Press a memory button ( (1 or (2 ). u You will hear a beep, and the indicator light will blink. After you press the SET button, the storing operation will be canceled when: • You do not press the memory button within five seconds. • You readjust the seat position before the doublebeep. • You set the power mode to any position except ON. Controls SET Button 1. Set the power mode to ON. Adjust the driver’s seat to the desired position. 2. Press the SET button. u You will hear a beep, and the memory button indicator light will blink. 3. Press and hold memory button (1 or (2 within five seconds of pressing the SET button. u Once the seat position has been memorized, the indicator light on the button you pressed stays on. 1Storing a Position in Memory 1Recalling the Stored Position The seat will stop moving if you: • Press the SET button, or a memory button ( (1 or (2 ). • Adjust the seat position. • Shift into any position except (P . The seat will automatically move to the memorized position. When it has finished moving, you will hear a beeper, and the indicator light stays on. 193 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 194 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAdjusting the Steering Wheel Adjusting the Steering Wheel Controls 194 The steering wheel height and distance from your body can be adjusted so that you can comfortably grip the steering wheel in an appropriate driving posture. 1. Pull the steering wheel adjustment lever up. To adjust u The steering wheel adjustment lever is under the steering column. 2. Move the steering wheel up or down, and in or out. u Make sure you can see the instrument panel gauges and indicators. 3. Push the steering wheel adjustment lever Lever To lock down to lock the steering wheel in position. u After adjusting the position, make sure you have securely locked the steering wheel in place by trying to move it up, down, in, and out. 1Adjusting the Steering Wheel 3 WARNING Adjusting the steering wheel position while driving may cause you to lose control of the vehicle and be seriously injured in a crash. Adjust the steering wheel only when the vehicle is stopped. Make any steering wheel adjustments before you start driving. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 195 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Adjusting the Mirrors Interior Rearview Mirror Adjust the angle of the rearview mirror when you are sitting in the correct driving position. ■ Rearview Mirror with Day and Night Positions * Tab Up Flip the tab to switch the position. The night position will help reduce the glare from headlights behind you when driving after dark. 1Adjusting the Mirrors Keep the inside and outside mirrors clean and adjusted for best visibility. Adjust the mirrors before you start driving. 2 Front Seat P. 197 Controls Daytime Position Down Night Position ■ Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror * When driving after dark, the automatic dimming rearview mirror reduces the glare from headlights behind you. This feature is always active. 1Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror * The auto dimming function cancels when the shift position is in (R . Sensor * Not available on all models 195 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 196 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAdjusting the MirrorsuPower Door Mirrors Power Door Mirrors You can adjust the door mirrors when the ignition switch is in ON (w *1. ■ Mirror position adjustment Adjustment Switch Selector Switch Controls L/R selector switch: Select the left or right mirror. After adjusting the mirror, return the switch to the center position. Mirror position adjustment switch: Press the switch left, right, up, or down to move the mirror. *1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. 196 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 197 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Adjusting the Seats Front Seat Allow sufficient space. Move back. ■ Adjusting the Seat Positions 1Adjusting the Seats 3 WARNING Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious injury or death if the front airbags inflate. Always sit as far back from the front airbags as possible while maintaining control of the vehicle. The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and Transport Canada recommend that drivers allow at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the steering wheel and the chest. ■ Adjusting the front power seat * Controls Adjust the driver's seat as far back as possible while allowing you to maintain full control of the vehicle. You should be able to sit upright, well back in the seat and be able to adequately press the pedals without leaning forward, and grip the steering wheel comfortably. The passenger's seat should be adjusted in a similar manner, so that it is as far back from the front airbag in the dashboard as possible. Always make seat adjustments before driving. Horizontal Position Adjustment Height Adjustment (Driver’s seat only) Seat-back Angle Adjustment * Not available on all models Continued 197 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 198 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAdjusting the SeatsuFront Seat ■ Lumbar Support Adjustment Switch * Higher part of the Lumbar support Controls Lower part of the Lumbar support 198 Lumbar Support Adjustment Switch * Not available on all models Press the top: To increase the higher part of the lumbar support. Press the bottom: To increase the lower part of the lumbar support. (The higher part support is decreased.) Press the front: To increase the entire lumbar support. Press the rear: To decrease the entire lumbar support. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 199 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAdjusting the SeatsuFront Seat ■ Adjusting the front manual seat(s) * 1Adjusting the front manual seat(s) * Once a seat is adjusted correctly, rock it back and forth to make sure it is locked in position. Height Adjustment Controls (Driver’s seat only) Pull up or push down the lever to raise or lower the seat. Seat-back Angle Adjustment Horizontal Position Adjustment Pull up the lever to change the angle. Pull up on the bar to move the seat, then release the bar. * Not available on all models Continued 199 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 200 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAdjusting the SeatsuFront Seat ■ Adjusting the Seat-Backs 1Adjusting the Seat-Backs Adjust the driver's seat-back to a comfortable, upright position, leaving ample space between your chest and the airbag cover in the center of the steering wheel. Controls 200 The front seat passenger should also adjust their seat-back to a comfortable, upright position. Reclining a seat-back so that the shoulder part of the belt no longer rests against the occupant's chest reduces the protective capability of the belt. It also increases the chance of sliding under the belt in a crash and being seriously injured. The farther a seat-back is reclined, the greater the risk of injury. 3 WARNING Reclining the seat-back too far can result in serious injury or death in a crash. Adjust the seat-back to an upright position, and sit well back in the seat. Do not put a cushion, or other object, between the seat-back and your back. Doing so may interfere with proper seat belt or airbag operation. If you cannot get far enough away from the steering wheel and still reach the controls, we recommend that you investigate whether some type of adaptive equipment may help. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 201 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints Head Restraints Your vehicle is equipped with head restraints in all seating positions. ■ Adjusting the Front Head Restraints 1Adjusting the Front Head Restraints Position head in the center of the head restraint. To raise the head restraint: Pull it upward. To lower the head restraint: Push it down while pressing the release button. Continued 3 WARNING Improperly positioning head restraints reduces their effectiveness and increases the likelihood of serious injury in a crash. Make sure head restraints are in place and positioned properly before driving. Controls Head restraints are most effective for protection against whiplash and other rearimpact crash injuries when the center of the back of the occupant's head rests against the center of the restraint. The tops of the occupant's ears should be level with the center height of the restraint. In order for the head restraint system to work properly: • Do not hang any items on the head restraints, or from the restraint legs. • Do not place any objects between an occupant and the seat-back. • Install each restraint in its proper location. 201 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 202 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints ■ Changing the Rear Center Seat Head Restraint Position Controls A passenger sitting in the center back seating position should adjust the height of their head restraint to an appropriate position before the vehicle begins moving. To raise the head restraint: Pull it upward. To lower the head restraint: Push it down while pressing the release button. ■ Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints Front and rear center head restraints Head restraints can be removed for cleaning or repair. To remove a head restraint: Pull the restraint up as far as it will go. Then push the release button, and pull the restraint up and out. To reinstall a head restraint: Insert the legs back in place, then adjust the head restraint to an appropriate height while pressing the release button. Pull up on the restraint to make sure it is locked in position. 202 1Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints 3 WARNING Failure to reinstall, or correctly reinstall, the head restraints can result in severe injury during a crash. Always replace the head restraints before driving. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 203 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAdjusting the SeatsuMaintain a Proper Sitting Position Maintain a Proper Sitting Position After all occupants have adjusted their seats and head restraints, and put on their seat belts, it is very important that they continue to sit upright, well back in their seats, with their feet on the floor, until the vehicle is safely parked and the engine is off. Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury during a crash. For example, if an occupant slouches, lies down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward or sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash is greatly increased. 3 WARNING Sitting improperly or out of position can result in serious injury or death in a crash. Always sit upright, well back in the seat, with your feet on the floor. Controls In addition, an occupant who is out of position in the front seat can be seriously or fatally injured in a crash by striking interior parts of the vehicle or being struck by an inflating front airbag. 1Maintain a Proper Sitting Position 203 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 204 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAdjusting the SeatsuRear Seats Rear Seats ■ Folding Down the Rear Seats Latch plate 1Folding Down the Rear Seats 1. Store the center seat belt first. Insert the latch plate into the slot on the side of the anchor buckle. 2. Retract the seat belt into the holder on the ceiling. 2 Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor P. 46 Controls Anchor buckle Release Lever 3. Lower the rear seat head restraint to its lowest position. Put the armrest back into the seat-back. From the rear seat side 4. Pull the release lever and fold down the seat. 3 WARNING Make sure the seat-backs are latched securely before driving. The rear seat-backs can be folded down to accommodate bulkier items in the cargo area. Never drive with the seat-back folded down and the tailgate open. 2 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 76 When returning the seat-back to its original position, push it firmly back. Also, make sure all rear shoulder belts are positioned in front of the seat-back. Make sure all items in the cargo area or items extending through the opening into the rear seats are properly secured. Loose items can fly forward if you have to brake hard. From the cargo area side Release Lever 204 4. Pull the release lever and fold down the seat. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 205 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAdjusting the SeatsuArmrest Armrest ■ Using the Front Seat Armrest The console lid can be used as an armrest. To adjust: Slide the armrest to a desired position. Controls ■ Using the Rear Seat Armrest Pull down the armrest in the center seat-back. 205 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 206 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items Interior Lights ■ Interior Light Switches 1Interior Light Switches ■ ON Models with moonroof Front Off Controls Door Activated Position Models with panoramic roof Front Door Activated Position The interior lights come on regardless of whether the doors are open or closed. ■ Door activated The interior lights come on in the following situations: • When any doors are opened. • You unlock the driver's door. Models without smart entry system • You remove the key from the ignition switch. Models with smart entry system On Off • When the power mode is set to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). ■ OFF The interior lights remain off regardless of whether the doors are open or closed. In the door activated position, the interior lights fade out and go off about 30 seconds after the doors are closed. The lights go off after 30 seconds in the following situations: • When you unlock the driver's door but do not open it. Models without smart entry system • When you remove the key from the ignition switch but do not open a door. Models with smart entry system • When you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) but do not open a door. You can change the interior lights dimming time. 2 Customized Features P. 337 The interior lights go off immediately in the following situations: • When you lock the driver's door. Models without smart entry system • When you close the driver's door with the key in the ignition switch. Models with smart entry system • When you close the driver’s door in ACCESSORY mode. • When you turn the ignition switch to ON (w *1. If you leave any doors open in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) mode, or without the key in the ignition switch, the interior lights go off after about 15 minutes. *1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. 206 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 207 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Lights ■ Map Lights Models without panoramic roof ■ Front The map lights can be turned on and off by pressing the lens. Controls Models with panoramic roof Continued 207 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 208 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Lights Models without panoramic roof ■ Rear The map lights can be turned on and off by pressing the button when the front interior light switch is in the door activated position. Off On Controls Models with panoramic roof ■ Cargo Area Lights ■ ON Off The light comes on when you open the tailgate, and goes off when closed. ■ OFF The light stays off with or without opening the tailgate. On 208 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 209 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items Interior Convenience Items ■ Glove Box 1Glove Box Pull the handle to open the glove box. You can lock the glove box with the master key or the built-in key. 3 WARNING An open glove box can cause serious injury to your passenger in a crash, even if the passenger is wearing the seat belt. Always keep the glove box closed while driving. Glove Box Controls Continued 209 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 210 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items ■ Center Console Box Knob To open, pull the knob. You can change the position of the tray by sliding it forward or back. Tray Controls ■ Removing the tray 1. Slide the tray back. 2. Lift the edge of the tray up slightly, then pull it out. 210 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 211 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items Slot Storing the tray: Line the tray up with the slots located at the rear section of the console box, and then push it down all the way until it is in the locked position. Controls Continued 211 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 212 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items ■ Under-floor Storage Area Pull the strap to open the cargo floor lid. Controls ■ Storing items on the lid at the bottom position This is convenient when storing a tall item. 1. Pull the strap upwards to lift the lid. 2. Pull the lid towards you until it disengages from the support rods. Support Rod 212 3. Push the far end of the lid down to the bottom under the support rod, then lower the other end. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 213 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items ■ Beverage Holders 1Beverage Holders NOTICE ■ Front seat beverage holders Are located in the console between the front seats. Spilled liquids can damage the upholstery, carpeting, and electrical components in the interior. Be careful when you are using the beverage holders. Hot liquid can scald you. Controls ■ Rear seat beverage holders Fold the armrest down to use the rear seat beverage holders. Continued 213 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 214 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items Front ■ Door side beverage holders Are located on the both of front and rear door side pockets. Controls 214 Rear 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 215 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items ■ Accessory Power Sockets 1Accessory Power Sockets The accessory power sockets can be used when the ignition switch is in ACCESSORY (q or ON (w *1. ■ Accessory power socket on the console panel Open the cover to use it. NOTICE Do not insert an automotive type cigarette lighter element. This can overheat the power socket. The accessory power socket is designed to supply power for 12-volt DC accessories that are rated 180 watts or less (15 amps). Controls To prevent battery drain, only use the power socket with the engine running. *1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. Continued 215 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 216 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items ■ Accessory power socket in the console compartment Open the console lid and the cover to use it. Controls ■ Accessory power socket (cargo area)*1 Open the cover to use it. *1: Canadian models only, if equipped 216 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 217 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items ■ Coat Hook 1Coat Hook There is a coat hook on the rear left grab handle. Pull it down to use it. Hooks 1Tie-down Anchors The tie-down anchors on the cargo area floor can be used to install a net for securing items. Controls ■ Tie-down Anchors The coat hook is not designed for large or heavy items. Do not let anyone access items in the cargo area while driving. Loose items can cause injury if you have to brake hard. Hooks Continued 217 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 218 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items ■ Cargo Hooks 1Cargo Hooks The cargo hooks on the driver's side of the cargo area can be used to hang a light items. Controls 218 Hook NOTICE Do not hang a large object or an object that weighs more than 6 lbs (3 kg) on the side cargo hooks. Hanging heavy or large objects may damage the hooks. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 219 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items ■ Sunglasses Holder 1Sunglasses Holder To open the sunglasses holder, press and release the indent. To close, press it again until it latches. Press Keep the holder closed while driving except when accessing stored items. You can store eyeglasses and other small items in this holder. Controls ■ Conversation mirror The sunglasses holder comes with a mirror. Open the sunglasses holder fully, then push it back to the first detent. You can use the mirror to view the rear seats. Continued 219 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 220 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items ■ Heated Steering Wheel*1 1Heated Steering Wheel*1 The power mode must be in ON to use the heated steering wheel. Press the button on the right side of the steering wheel. Controls When a comfortable temperature is reached, press the button again to turn it off. The heated steering wheel is turned off every time you start the engine, even if you turned it on the last time you drove the vehicle. *1: Canadian models only, if equipped 220 Do not use the heated steering wheel continuously when the engine is off. Under such conditions, the battery may be weakened, making the engine difficult to start. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 221 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items ■ Front Seat Heaters * 1Front Seat Heaters * The power mode is in ON to use the seat heaters. The HI setting heats the seats faster than the LO setting. 3 WARNING Heat induced burns are possible when using seat heaters. * Not available on all models Press the seat heater button: Once - The HI setting (three indicators on) Twice - The MID setting (two indicators on) Three times - The LO setting (one indicator on) Four times - The OFF setting (no indicators on) Do not use the seat heaters even in LO when the engine is off. Under such conditions, the battery may be weakened, making the engine difficult to start. When the power mode is turn on after it is turned off, the previous setting of seat heaters is maintained. After a certain period of time, the strength setting for the seat heater as well as that for the seat ventilation system will automatically be reduced by one level at a time until the seat heater or ventilation system shuts off. The elapsed time varies according to the interior environment. Continued Controls Persons with a diminished ability to sense temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes, lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or with sensitive skin should not use seat heaters. 221 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 222 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items ■ Rear Seat Heaters*1 1Rear Seat Heaters*1 There is no heater in the rear center seating position. Press the seat heater button: Once - The HI setting (three indicators on) Twice - The MID setting (two indicators on) Three times - The LO setting (one indicator on) Four times - The OFF setting (no indicators on) Controls The rear seat heaters is turned off every time you start the engine, even if you turned it on the last time you drove the vehicle. 3 WARNING Heat induced burns are possible when using seat heaters. Persons with a diminished ability to sense temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes, lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or with sensitive skin should not use seat heaters. Do not use the seat heaters even in LO when the engine is off. Under such conditions, the battery may be weakened, making the engine difficult to start. The rear seat heater is turned off every time you start the engine, even if you turned it on the last time you drove the vehicle. When the power mode is turned on after it is turned off, the previous setting of front seat heaters is maintained. *1: Canadian models only, if equipped 222 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 223 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items ■ Rear Cargo Cover * Handle The rear cargo cover can be used to conceal items in the cargo area and protect them from direct sunlight. ■ To extend: Slightly lift up on the handle at the center edge of the cover to unhook each end, then pull the cover rearward and clip the mounting rods in the hooks at both sides of the tailgate opening. ■ To retract: Slip the rods out of the hooks, then slowly roll it back until it is completely retracted. Do not let anyone access items in the cargo area while driving. Loose items can cause injury if you have to brake hard. Do not stack objects higher than the top of the seat in the cargo area. They could block your view and be thrown about the vehicle during a sudden stop. To prevent rear cargo cover damage: • Do not place items on the rear cargo cover. • Do not put weight on the rear cargo cover. Be sure that each mounting rod sets in its respective retention groove when you retract the rear cargo cover. If they are not set in the grooves, the rods may rattle as they contact the surrounding surfaces. Controls Mounting Rod 1Rear Cargo Cover * Hook ■ To remove: Push either end of the housing inward, then lift it out of its position. * Not available on all models 223 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 224 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Climate Control System Using Automatic Climate Control The automatic climate control system maintains the interior temperature you select. The system also selects the proper mix of heated or cooled air that raises or lowers the interior temperature to your preference as quickly as possible. Models without SYNC button Models with SYNC button 1Using Automatic Climate Control Press the CLIMATE button to display A/C, MODE, fan control information on the audio/information screen to operate manually. Select icon to turn on or off A/C, change the vent mode, or change the fan speed. If any buttons are pressed while using the climate control system in auto, the function of the button that was pressed will take priority. Controls The AUTO indicator will go off, but functions unrelated to the button that were pressed will be controlled automatically. To prevent cold air from blowing in from outside, the fan may not start immediately when the AUTO button is pressed. If the interior is very warm, you can cool it down more rapidly by partially opening the windows, turning the system on AUTO, and setting the temperature to low. Change the fresh mode to recirculation mode until the temperature cools down. Use the system when the engine is running. 1. Press the AUTO button. Models without SYNC button 2. Adjust the interior temperature using the temperature control dial. Models with SYNC button 2. Adjust the interior temperature using the driver’s side or passenger’s side control dial. 3. Press the (on/off) button to cancel. 224 When you set the temperature to the lower or upper limit, Lo or Hi is displayed. Pressing the button switches the climate control system between on and off. When turned on, the system returns to your last selection. While ECON mode is active, the climate control system may have reduced cooling performance. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 225 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control ■ Switching between the recirculation and fresh air modes Press the (recirculation) or (fresh air) button to switch the mode depending on environmental conditions. Recirculation mode (indicator on): Recirculates air from the vehicle’s interior through the system. Fresh air mode (indicator on): Maintains outside ventilation. Keep the system in fresh air mode in normal situations. ■ Defrosting the Windshield and Windows 1Defrosting the Windshield and Windows Press the button again to turn off, the system returns to the previous settings. Continued For your safety, make sure you have a clear view through all the windows before driving. Do not set the temperature near the upper or lower limit. When cold air hits the windshield, the outside of the windshield may fog up. Controls Pressing the (windshield defroster) button turns the air conditioning system on and automatically switches the system to fresh air mode. If the side windows fog up, adjust the vents so that the air hits the side windows. 225 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 226 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control ■ To rapidly defrost the windows 1. Press the 2. Press the Controls 226 1To rapidly defrost the windows button. button. After defrosting the windows, switch over to fresh air mode. If you keep the system in recirculation mode, the windows may fog up from humidity. This impedes visibility. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 227 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuClimate Control SystemuSynchronized Mode * Synchronized Mode * 1Synchronized Mode * When the system is in dual mode, the driver’s side temperature and the passenger’s side temperature can be set separately. Passenger’s Side Temperature Control Dial Controls Driver’s Side Temperature Control Dial SYNC Button You can set the temperature synchronously for the driver’s side and the passenger’s side in synchronized mode. 1. Press the SYNC button. u The system switches to synchronized mode. 2. Adjust the temperature using the driver’s side temperature control dial. Press the SYNC button to return to dual mode. * Not available on all models 227 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 228 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuClimate Control SystemuAutomatic Climate Control Sensors Automatic Climate Control Sensors The automatic climate control system is equipped with sensors. Do not cover or spill any liquid on them. Sensor Controls 228 Sensor 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 229 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Features This chapter describes how to operate technology features. Audio System About Your Audio System................ 230 USB Port(s) ....................................... 231 Audio System Theft Protection ......... 232 Audio Remote Controls.................... 233 Models with color audio system Audio System Basic Operation Audio/Information Screen ................ 238 Adjusting the Sound ........................ 242 Display Setup ................................... 243 Playing AM/FM Radio ....................... 244 Playing an iPod ................................ 246 Playing Pandora®.............................. 249 Playing a USB Flash Drive ................. 251 * Not available on all models Playing Bluetooth® Audio................. 254 Siri® Eyes Free .................................. 257 Models with Display Audio Audio System Basic Operation Audio/Information Screen ................ 259 Adjusting the Sound ........................ 280 Display Setup ................................... 281 Voice Control Operation .................. 283 Playing AM/FM Radio....................... 287 Playing SiriusXM® Radio * ................. 291 Playing an iPod ................................ 298 Song By VoiceTM (SBV)...................... 301 Playing Pandora® *............................ 305 Playing a USB Flash Drive ................. 307 Playing Bluetooth® Audio ................ 310 HondaLink® ..................................... 312 Wi-Fi Connection............................. 317 Siri® Eyes Free .................................. 319 Apple CarPlayTM ............................... 320 Android AutoTM ............................... 323 Audio Error Messages ...................... 327 General Information on the Audio System ............................................. 332 Customized Features........................ 337 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver *.. 370 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®..... 373, 396 Compass * .......................................... 430 229 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 230 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Audio System About Your Audio System The audio system features AM/FM radio and SiriusXM® Radio service *. It can also play USB flash drives, and iPod, iPhone and Bluetooth® devices. You can operate the audio system from the buttons and switches on the panel, the remote controls on the steering wheel, or the icons on the touchscreen interface *. 1About Your Audio System SiriusXM® Radio is available on a subscription basis only. For more information on SiriusXM® Radio *, contact a dealer. 2 General Information on the Audio System P. 332 SiriusXM® Radio is available in the United States and Canada, except Hawaii, Alaska, and Puerto Rico. SiriusXM® is a registered trademark of SiriusXM Radio, Inc. Features iPod USB Flash Drive Remote Controls 230 * Not available on all models iPod, iPhone and iTunes are trademarks of Apple Inc. State or local laws may prohibit the operation of handheld electronic devices while operating a vehicle. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 231 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio SystemuUSB Port(s) USB Port(s) In the console compartment Models with Display Audio Models with color audio system Models with Display Audio Models with Display Audio u The USB port (1.5A) is for charging devices, playing audio files and connecting compatible phones with Apple CarPlayTM or Android AutoTM. 1USB Port(s) • Do not leave the iPod or USB flash drive in the vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may damage it. • We recommend using an extension cable with the USB port. • Do not connect the iPod or USB flash drive using a hub. • Do not use a device such as a card reader or hard disk drive, as the device or your files may be damaged. • We recommend keeping your data backed up before using the device in your vehicle. • Displayed messages may vary depending on the device model and software version. ■ On the back of the center console compartment * The USB ports (2.5A) are only for charging devices. If the audio system does not recognize the iPod, try reconnecting it a few times or reboot the device. To reboot, follow the manufacturer’s instructions provided with the iPod or visit www.apple.com/ipod. Features On the back of the center console compartment Install the iPod USB connector or the USB flash drive to the USB port. u The USB port (1.0A) is for playing audio files on a USB flash drive, connecting a cellular phone, and charging devices. The USB port can supply up to 1.0A/1.5A/2.5A of power. It does not output 1.0A/1.5A/2.5A unless the device requests. For amperage details, read the operating manual of the device that needs to be charged. Turn the ignition switch to ACCESSORY (q or ON (w *1 first. USB Port (2.5A) This port is for battery charge only. You cannot play music even if you have connected a music player to it. *1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. * Not available on all models Under certain conditions, a device connected to the port may generate noise in the radio you are listening to. 231 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 232 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio SystemuAudio System Theft Protection Audio System Theft Protection The audio system is disabled when it is disconnected from the power source, such as when the battery is disconnected or goes dead. In certain conditions, the system may display a code entry screen. If this occurs, reactivate the audio system. ■ Reactivating the audio system 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (w *1. 2. Turn on the audio system. 3. Press and hold the audio system power button for more than two seconds. u The audio system is reactivated when the audio control unit establishes a connection with the vehicle control unit. If the control unit fails to recognize the audio unit, you must go to a dealer and have the audio unit checked. Features *1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. 232 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 233 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls Audio Remote Controls Models with color audio system 1Audio Remote Controls Allow you to operate the audio system while driving. SOURCE Button SOURCE Button Cycles through the audio modes as follows: (+ Button FM1 FM2 AM USB/iPod Pandora® Button Bluetooth® Audio Button (- Button Depending on the Bluetooth® device you connect, some functions may not be available. (+ (- (Volume) Buttons Press (+ : To increase the volume. Press (- : To decrease the volume. Continued Features Buttons • When listening to the radio Press : To select the next preset radio station. Press : To select the previous preset radio station. Press and hold : To select the next station with strong reception. Press and hold : To select the previous station with strong reception. • When listening to an iPod, USB flash drive, or Bluetooth® Audio Press : To skip to the next song. Press : To go back to the beginning of the current or previous song. • When listening to a USB flash drive, or Bluetooth® Audio * Press and hold : To skip to the next folder. Press and hold : To go back to the previous folder. • When listening to Pandora® Press : To skip to the next track. Press and hold : To select the next station. Press and hold : To select the previous station. * Not available on all models Some modes appear only when an appropriate device or medium is used. 233 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 234 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls Models with Display Audio Allow you to operate the audio system while driving. The information is shown on the driver information interface. 3 4 Buttons (+ (- Bar Press 3 or 4 to cycle through the audio ENTER Button 3 Button mode as follows: FM AM SiriusXM® * USB iPod Button Bluetooth® Audio Pandora® * Apps * Button Audio Apps * 4 Button Features (Display/Information) Button • When listening to the radio and SiriusXM® * 1. From the audio screen in the Driver Information Interface, press ENTER to switch the display to a preset list you stored in the preset buttons. 2. Press 3 or 4 to select a preset, then press ENTER. • When listening to a USB flash drive 1. From the audio screen in the Driver Information Interface, press ENTER to display the folder list. 2. Press 3 or 4 to select a folder. 3. Press ENTER to display a list of tracks in that folder. 4. Press 3 or 4 to select a track, then press ENTER. You can also swipe up or down to scroll through the list of tracks alphabetically. 234 * Not available on all models 1Audio Remote Controls Some modes appear only when an appropriate device or medium is used. Depending on the Bluetooth® device you connect, some functions may not be available. Press the (Hang-up/back) button to go back to the previous command or cancel a command. Press the (Display/information) button to switch display. 2 Switching the Display P. 238 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 235 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls Features • When listening to an iPod 1. From the audio screen in the Driver Information Interface, press ENTER to display the iPod music list. 2. Press 3 or 4 to select a category. 3. Press ENTER to display a list of items in the category. 4. Press 3 or 4 to select an item, then press ENTER. u Press ENTER and press 3 or 4 repeatedly until the desired mode you want to listen to is displayed. You can also swipe up or down to scroll through the list of tracks alphabetically. • When listening to Pandora® * 1. From the audio screen in the Driver Information Interface, press ENTER to display the station list. 2. Press 3 or 4 to select an item, then press ENTER. • When listening to Bluetooth® Audio 1. From the audio screen in the Driver Information Interface, press ENTER to display the track list. 2. Press 3 or 4 to select a track, then press ENTER. (+ (- (Volume) Bar Press (+ : To increase the volume. Press (- : To decrease the volume. Slide your finger up or down to increase or decrease the volume, respectively. * Not available on all models Continued 235 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 236 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls Features 236 Buttons • When listening to the radio Press : To select the next preset radio station. Press : To select the previous preset radio station. Press and hold : To select the next strong station. Press and hold : To select the previous strong station. • When listening to an iPod, USB flash drive, or Bluetooth® Audio Press : To skip to the next song. Press : To go back to the beginning of the current or previous song. • When listening to a USB flash drive Press and hold : To skip to the next folder. Press and hold : To go back to the previous folder. • When listening to Pandora® * Press : To skip to the next track. Press and hold : To select the next station. Press and hold : To select the previous station. * Not available on all models 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 237 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Audio System Basic Operation Models with color audio system 1Audio System Basic Operation To use the audio system, the ignition switch must be in ACCESSORY (q or ON (w . Use the selector knob or MENU/CLOCK (Day/Night) Button button to access some audio functions. (Sound) Button These indications are used to show how to operate the selector knob. Rotate Press Press to switch between the normal and extended display for some functions. (Back) Button Menu Display MENU/CLOCK button: Press to select any mode. The available mode includes the wallpaper, display, clock, language setup, and play modes. Play modes can be also selected from scan, random, repeat, and so on. Menu Items 2 Adjust Clock P. 132 2 Wallpaper Setup P. 240 2 Display Setup P. 243 2 Scan P. 245, 253 2 Play Mode P. 248, 253 2 RDS Settings P. 245 2 Bluetooth P. 254 Press the SOURCE, , , or button on the steering wheel to change any audio setting. 2 Audio Remote Controls P. 233 Features MENU/ CLOCK Button Selector Knob Selector knob: Rotate left or right to scroll through the available choices. Press to set your selection. to select. to enter. (Back) button: Press to go back to the previous display. (Sound) button: Press to select the sound setting mode. (Day/Night) button: Press to change the audio/information screen brightness. Press the button, then adjust the brightness using . u Each time you press the button, the mode switches between the daytime mode, nighttime mode and off mode. 237 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 238 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen Audio/Information Screen Displays the audio status and wallpaper. From this screen, you can go to various setup options. ■ Switching the Display Audio/Information Screen Audio Features Clock/Wallpaper 238 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 239 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen ■ Audio Shows the current audio information. ■ Clock/Wallpaper Shows a clock screen or an image you import. ■ Change display 1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button. 2. Rotate to select Settings, then press . 3. Rotate to select Display Change, then press . 4. Rotate to select Wallpaper, then press . u If you want to return to the audio/information screen, select Audio. Features Continued 239 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 240 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen ■ Wallpaper Setup 1Wallpaper Setup You can change, store, and delete the wallpaper on the audio/information screen. ■ Import wallpaper You can import up to three images, one at a time, for wallpaper from a USB flash drive. 1. Connect the USB flash drive to the USB port. • When importing wallpaper files, the image must be • • • • 2 USB Port(s) P. 231 Features 2. Press the MENU/CLOCK button. 3. Rotate to select Settings, then press . • 4. Rotate to select Wallpaper, then press . 5. Rotate to select Import, then press . u The picture name is displayed on the list. 6. Rotate to select a desired picture, then press . u The selected picture is displayed. 7. Press to save the picture. 8. Press to select OK. 9. Rotate to select a location to save the picture, then press . u The display will return to the wallpaper setting screen. 240 • • in the USB flash drive’s root directory. Images in a folder cannot be imported. The file name must be fewer than 64 characters. The file format of the image that can be imported is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg). The individual file size limit is 2 MB. The maximum image size is 1,920 x 936 pixels. If the image size is less than 480 × 234 pixels, the image is displayed in the middle of the screen with the extra area appearing in black. Up to 255 files can be selected. If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures, the error message appears. The wallpaper setup is limited while driving. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 241 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen ■ Select wallpaper 1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button. 2. Rotate to select Settings, then press . 3. Rotate to select Wallpaper, then press . 4. Rotate to select Select, then press . u The screen changes to the wallpaper list. 5. Rotate to select a desired wallpaper, then press 1Wallpaper Setup To go back to the previous screen, press the (Back) button. When the file size is large, it takes a while to be previewed. . ■ To view wallpaper once it is set Features 1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button. 2. Rotate to select Settings, then press . 3. Rotate to select Display Change, then press . 4. Rotate to select Wallpaper, then press . 5. Press the (Back) button until the top screen is displayed. ■ Delete wallpaper 1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button. 2. Rotate to select Settings, then press . 3. Rotate to select Wallpaper, then press . 4. Rotate to select Delete, then press . u The screen changes to the wallpaper list. 5. Rotate to select a wallpaper that you want to delete, then press 6. Rotate to select Yes, then press . u The display will return to the wallpaper setting screen. . 241 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 242 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuAdjusting the Sound Adjusting the Sound (Sound) Button Press the (sound) button, and rotate to scroll through the following choices: Selector Knob MID is selectable. Features BAS Bass MID Middle TRE Treble FAD Fader BAL Balance SVC Speed-sensitive Volume Compensation Rotate to adjust the sound setting, then press . 242 1Adjusting the Sound The SVC has four modes: Off, Low, Mid, and High. SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases. As you slow down, audio volume decreases. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 243 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup Display Setup You can change the brightness or color theme of the audio/information screen. ■ Changing the Screen Brightness ■ Changing the Screen’s Color Theme You can change the Contrast and Black Level settings in the same manner. Features 1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button. 2. Rotate to select Settings, then press . 3. Rotate to select Display Adjustment, then press . 4. Rotate to select Brightness, then press . 5. Rotate to adjust the setting, then press . 1Changing the Screen Brightness 1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button. 2. Rotate to select Settings, then press . 3. Rotate to select Color Theme, then press . 4. Rotate to select the setting you want, then press . 243 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 244 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio Playing AM/FM Radio RADIO Button Press to select a band. Audio/Information Screen Features VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume. / (Seek/Skip) Buttons Press or to search up and down the selected band for a station with a strong signal. Preset Buttons (1-6) To store a station: 1. Tune to the selected station. 2. Pick a preset button and hold it until you hear a beep. To listen to a stored station, select a band, then press the preset button. 244 Selector Knob Turn to tune the radio frequency. Press, and then turn to select an item. After that, press again to make your selection. MENU/CLOCK Button Press to display the menu items. (Back) Button Press to go back to the previous display or cancel a setting. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 245 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio ■ Radio Data System (RDS) 1Playing AM/FM Radio Provides text data information related to your selected RDS capable FM station. ■ To find an RDS station from Station List 1. Press while listening to an FM station. 2. Rotate to select the station, then press You can store 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations into the preset memory. FM1 and FM2 let you store 6 stations each. . ■ Update List Updates your available station list at any time. 1. Press while listening to an FM station. 2. Rotate to select Update List, then press The ST indicator appears on the display indicating stereo FM broadcasts. Stereo reproduction in AM is not available. Switching the Audio Mode Press the SOURCE button on the steering wheel. 2 Audio Remote Controls P. 233 . 1Radio Data System (RDS) Displays the radio text information of the selected RDS station. 1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button. 2. Rotate to select Settings, then press . 3. Rotate to select RDS Settings, then press . 4. Rotate to select Radio Text, then press . When you select an RDS-capable FM station, the RDS automatically turns on, and the frequency display changes to the station name. However, when the signals of that station become weak, the display changes from the station name to the frequency. Features ■ Radio text ■ Scan Samples each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds. 1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button. 2. Rotate to select Scan, then press . To turn off scan, press . 245 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 246 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod Playing an iPod Connect the iPod using your dock connector to the USB port, then press the MEDIA button. 2 USB Port(s) P. 231 USB Indicator Appears when an iPod is connected. Audio/Information Screen Album Art Features MEDIA Button Press to select iPod (if connected). VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume. Selector Knob Turn to change songs. Press, and then turn to select an item. After that, press again to make your selection. / (Seek/Skip) Buttons Press or to change songs. Press and hold to move rapidly within a song. MENU/CLOCK Button Press to display the menu items. Play Button Press to resume a Pause Button song. Press to pause a song. 246 Play Mode Buttons Press to select a play mode. (Back) Button Press to go back to the previous display or cancel a setting. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 247 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod ■ How to Select a Song from the iPod Music List with the Selector Knob 1. Press to display the iPod music list. 1Playing an iPod Available operating functions vary on models or versions. Some functions may not be available on the vehicle’s audio system. If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the audio/information screen. 2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 327 Item Selection 2. Rotate to select a category. Features Category Selection 3. Press to display a list of items in the category. 4. Rotate to select an item, then press . u Press and rotate repeatedly until a desired item you want to listen is displayed. Continued 247 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 248 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod ■ How to Select a Play Mode You can select repeat and shuffle modes when playing a song. Available mode icons appear above the play mode buttons. Press the button corresponding to the mode you want to select. 1How to Select a Play Mode Play Mode Menu Items Shuffle Albums: Plays all available albums in a selected category (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres, or podcasts, audiobooks, and composers) in random order. Shuffle All: Plays all available songs in a selected category (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres, podcasts, audiobooks, and composers) in random order. Repeat One Track: Repeats the current song. Play Mode Buttons Features 248 ■ To turn off a play mode Press the selected button. You can also select a play mode by pressing the MENU/CLOCK button. Rotate to select Play Mode, then press . Rotate to select a mode, then press . To turn it off, rotate to select Normal Play, then press . 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 249 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Pandora® Playing Pandora® Your audio system allows you to listen to music from the Pandora® app on a compatible smartphone. This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle’s Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system, or with an iPhone, you can connect using your USB cable to the USB port. 2 Phone Setup P. 379 2 USB Port(s) P. 231 1Playing Pandora® Pandora®, the Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade dress are trademarks or registered trademarks of Pandora Media, Inc., used with permission. Pandora is only available in certain countries. Visit the Pandora website for more information. To find out if your phone is compatible with this feature, visit www.handsfreelink.honda.com, or call 1-888-528-7876. MEDIA Button Press to select Pandora®. Audio/Information Screen Selector Knob Turn to change a station. Press, and then turn to select an item. After that, press again to make your selection. Play/Pause Button Select to resume or play a track. MENU/CLOCK Button Press to display the menu items. (Back) Button Press to go back to the previous display or cancel a setting. Like/Dislike Buttons Select to evaluate a track. Bookmark Button Select to set a track as a bookmark. (Skip) Button Press to skip a track. Continued Pandora® is free, personalized radio that plays music and comedy you’ll love. Just start with the name of one of your favorite artists, tracks, comedians or composers and Pandora® will create a custom station that plays similar tracks. Pandora® also features hundreds of genre stations ranging from Dubstep to Smooth Jazz to Power Workout. Features VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume. To use this service in your vehicle, the Pandora® app must first be installed on your phone. Visit www.pandora.com. for more information. If you cannot operate Pandora® through the audio system, it may be streaming through Bluetooth® Audio. Make sure Pandora® mode on your audio system is selected. 249 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 250 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Pandora® ■ How to Create a Station 1How to Create a Station You can create a station when playing Pandora®. 1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button. Available operating functions vary on software versions. Some functions may not be available on the vehicle’s audio system. If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the audio/information screen. 2 Pandora® * P. 329 Pandora® may limit the total number of skips allowed on the service. If you dislike a track after the skip limit has been reached, your feedback will be saved but the current track will continue to play. Features 2. Rotate press to select New Station, then . 3. Rotate to select an item, then press . u You can select Genre, Current Artist, or Current Track. 250 * Not available on all models To change stations, press on the main Pandora® screen, and rotate to select Station List, and then select a new station. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 251 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive Playing a USB Flash Drive Your audio system reads and plays sound files on a USB flash drive in either MP3, WMA, AAC*1 or WAV format. Connect your USB flash drive to the USB port, then press the MEDIA button. 2 USB Port(s) P. 231 USB Indicator Appears when a USB flash drive is connected. Audio/Information Screen Features MEDIA Button Press to select USB flash drive (if connected). VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume. Selector Knob Turn to change files. Press, and then turn to select an item. After that, press again to make your selection. / (Seek/Skip) Buttons Press or to change files. Press and hold to move rapidly within a file. MENU/CLOCK Button Press to display the menu items. Play Mode Buttons (1-6) Press to select a play mode. (Back) Button Press to go back to the previous display. *1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit. Continued 251 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 252 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive ■ How to Select a File from a Folder with the Selector Knob 1. Press to display a folder list. 1Playing a USB Flash Drive Use the recommended USB flash drives. 2 General Information on the Audio System P. 332 Files in WMA format protected by digital rights management (DRM) cannot be played. The audio system displays Unplayable File, and then skips to the next file. Folder Selection 2. Rotate to select a folder. Features Track Selection 3. Press to display a list of files in that folder. 4. Rotate to select a file, then press . 252 If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the audio/information screen. 2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 327 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 253 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive ■ How to Select a Play Mode You can select repeat, random, and scan modes when playing a file. Available mode icons appear above the play mode buttons. Press the button corresponding to the mode you want to select. Play Mode Buttons Press the selected button. Play Mode Menu Items Repeat Repeat One Folder: Repeats all files in the current folder. Repeat One Track: Repeats the current file. Random Random in Folder: Plays all files in the current folder in random order. Random All: Plays all files in random order. Scan Scan Folders: Provides 10-second sampling of the first file in each of the main folders. Scan Tracks: Provides 10-second sampling of all files in the current folder. Features ■ To turn off a play mode 1How to Select a Play Mode You can also select a play mode by pressing the MENU/CLOCK button. Rotate to select Play Mode, then press . Rotate to select a mode, then press . To turn it off, rotate to select Normal Play, then press . 253 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 254 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio Playing Bluetooth® Audio Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth-compatible phone. This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle’s Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system. 2 Phone Setup P. 379 MEDIA Button Press to select Bluetooth Audio mode (if connected) Bluetooth Indicator Appears when your phone is connected to HFL. Audio/Information Screen (Back) Button Press to go back to the previous display. Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming audio capabilities are compatible with the system. For a list of compatible phones: • U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.honda.com, or call 1-888-528-7876. • Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888528-7876. In some states, it may be illegal to perform some data device functions while driving. Features Only one phone can be used with HFL at a time. When there are more than two paired phones in the vehicle, the first paired phone the system finds is automatically connected. VOL/ (Volume/ Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume. / (Seek/Skip) Buttons Press or to change files. Play Button (Preset 1) Press to resume a file. 254 1Playing Bluetooth® Audio Pause Button (Preset 2) Press to pause a file. MENU/ CLOCK Button Press to display the menu items. Selector Knob Turn to change groups. Press, and then turn to select an item. After that, press again to make your selection. If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system, there will be a delay before the system begins to play. In some cases, the name of the artist, album, or track may not appear correctly. Some functions may not be available on some devices. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 255 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio ■ To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files MEDIA Button Pause Button Play Button 1To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files 1. Make sure that your phone is paired and connected to HFL. 2. Press the MEDIA button until the Bluetooth® Audio mode is selected. If the phone is not recognized, another HFLcompatible phone, which is not compatible for Bluetooth® Audio, may already be connected. To play the audio files, you may need to operate your phone. If so, follow the phone maker's operating instructions. The pause function may not be available on some phones. If any audio device is connected to the USB port, you may need to press the MEDIA button repeatedly to select the Bluetooth® Audio system. ■ To pause or resume a file Press the Play or Pause button to select a mode. Continued Features Switching to another mode pauses the music playing from your phone. 255 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 256 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio ■ How to Select a Song from the Music Search List with the Selector Knob 1. Press to display the music search list. Features Category Selection 2. Rotate to select a category. Item Selection 3. Press to display a list of items in the category. 4. Rotate to select an item, then press . u Press and rotate repeatedly until a desired item you want to listen is displayed. 256 1How to Select a Song from the Music Search List with the Selector Knob Depending on the Bluetooth® device you connect, some or all of the categories may not be displayed. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 257 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuSiri® Eyes Free Siri® Eyes Free You can talk to Siri using the (Talk) button on the steering wheel when your iPhone is paired to the Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system. 1Siri® Eyes Free Siri is a trademark of Apple Inc. 2 Phone Setup P. 404 Check Apple Inc. website for features available for Siri. We recommend against using Siri other than in Siri® Eyes Free while operating a vehicle. ■ Using Siri® Eyes Free 1Using Siri® Eyes Free Some commands work only on specific phone features or apps. This audio system cannot operate the audio functions by using Siri® Eyes Free. Features (Hang-up/back) Button Press to deactivate Siri® Eyes Free. Appears when Siri is activated in Siri® Eyes Free While in Siri® Eyes Free: The display remains the same. No feedback or commands appear. (Talk) Button Press and hold until the display changes as shown. 257 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 258 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Audio System Basic Operation Models with Display Audio 1Audio System Basic Operation To use the audio system function, the power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON. (Home): Select to go to the home screen. (Home) Icon (Map) Icon * (Audio) Icon 2 Switching the Display P. 259 (Map) *: Select to display the map screen. (Audio): Select to display the audio screen. (Phone): Select to display the phone screen. (Back): Select to go back to the previous screen when the icon is illuminated. Features (Day/Night) Icon (Back) Icon (Phone) Icon (Day/Night): Select to change the audio/ information screen brightness. Select once and select (- or (+ to make an adjustment. u Each time you select , the mode switches among the daytime mode, nighttime mode and off mode. 258 * Not available on all models Audio Menu Items 2 Station List P. 288, 289 2 Music Search List P. 299, 308 2 Scan P. 289, 290, 297, 309 2 Play Mode P. 300, 309 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 259 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen Audio/Information Screen Displays the audio status and wallpaper. From this display, you can go to various setup options. ■ Switching the Display ■ Using the Press the 1Using the (display/information) button You can edit, add, and delete the contents shown on the driver information interface. 2 Customizing the Meter P. 264 (display/information) button (display/information) button to change the display. Features (Display/Information) Button Driver Information Interface Continued 259 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 260 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen ■ Using the audio/information screen 1Using the audio/information screen Home Screen Models without navigation system Touchscreen operation • Use simple gestures - including touching, swiping and scrolling - to operate certain audio functions. • Some items may be grayed out during driving to reduce the potential for distraction. • You can select them when the vehicle is stopped or use voice commands. • Wearing gloves may limit or prevent touchscreen response. Models with navigation system You can change the touchscreen sensitivity setting. 2 Customized Features P. 337 Features Select to go to the home screen. Select Phone, Info, Audio, Settings, Navigation *, HondaLink, Smartphone Connection (Apple CarPlay, Android Auto), App List */ (APPS icon) *, or Instrument Panel. ■ Phone Displays the HFL information. 2 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 396 260 * Not available on all models 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 261 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen ■ Info Displays Trip Computer, Voice Info, Clock/Wallpaper, or System/Device Information. Select MENU on the Info Menu screen to see all available options: Trip Computer, Voice Info, Clock/Wallpaper and System/Device Information. Features Trip Computer: • Current Drive tab: Displays the current trip information. • History of Trip A tab: Displays information for the three previous drives. The information is stored every time you reset Trip A. To delete the history manually, select Delete history on the History of Trip A tab. The confirmation message appears on the screen, then select Yes. Voice Info: Displays the All Commands list. Clock/Wallpaper: Displays the clock and wallpaper. System/Device Information: • System Info: Displays the software version of the audio system. • USB Info: Displays the memory usage of the USB device. ■ Audio Displays the current audio information. ■ Settings Enters the customizing menu screen. 2 Customized Features P. 337 ■ Navigation * Displays the navigation screen. 2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual * Not available on all models Continued 261 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 262 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen ■ HondaLink Connects with your smartphone*1 to play personalized music, information, and social media streams. 2 HondaLink® P. 312 ■ Smartphone Connection Displays the Apple CarPlayTM or Android AutoTM. 2 Apple CarPlayTM P. 320 2 Android AutoTM P. 323 ■ App List ( ) Adds or removes apps or widgets on the home screen. Features 2 Home Screen P. 270 ■ Instrument Panel Selects from three customizable settings for the driver information interface. *1: Available on specific phones only. Check handsfreelink.honda.com for U.S. and www.handsfreelink.ca for Canada for compatible phones and hondalink.com for U.S. and honda.ca/hondalink for Canada for feature details. 262 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 263 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen ■ Changing the Home Screen Icon Layout 1. Select . 2. Select and hold an icon. u The screen switches to the customization screen. 3. Drag and drop the icon to where you want it to be. 4. Select OK. u The screen will return to the home screen. Features Continued 263 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 264 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen ■ Customizing the Meter You can edit, add, or delete the meter contents on the driver information interface. 1. 2. Settings 3. System 4. Configuration of Instrument Panel Features 264 1Customizing the Meter You can store up to three customized configurations. To select or customize a configuration, select Swap Config.. When you select Swap Config. during customization, the settings you changed will be saved. When you select during customization, the settings you changed will not be saved and you will be returned to the Instrument Panel screen. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 265 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen ■ Editing order 1Editing order To change the order of the icons on the driver information interface, first select: 1. Edit Order You can use an alternative method to change the order of the icons. First select: 1. Edit Order 2. Select and hold the icon you want to move. 3. Drag and drop the icon to where you want it to be. 4. Select OK. uThe screen will return to the Instrument Panel screen. Edit Order Features 2. Select the icon you want to move. u You will see arrows on both sides of the selected icon. Select 3. Select the left or right arrow repeatedly to move the icon to your desired position. 4. Select OK. u The screen will return to the Instrument Panel screen. Arrow icons OK Continued 265 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 266 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen ■ Adding contents 1Adding contents You can add up to 10 contents on the driver information interface. To add contents, first select: 1. Add Add Features 2. Select an icon you want to add. u You will see a plus mark on the upper right hand corner of the selected icon. Select 3. Select OK. u The screen will return to the Instrument Panel screen. OK 266 Icons that are grayed out cannot be selected. If an icon has a plus mark in the upper-right corner, it means that the icon has already been added. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 267 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen ■ Deleting contents 1Deleting contents To delete contents on the driver information interface, first select: 1. Delete You can also delete contents by selecting: 1. Delete or Edit Order 2. Select and hold an icon you want to delete. 3. Drag and drop the icon to the trash icon. 4. Select OK. uThe screen will return to the Instrument Panel screen. Delete Features 2. Select an icon you want to delete. u The icon with an X on the upper right hand corner can be deleted. Select 3. Select OK. u The screen will return to the Instrument Panel screen. OK Continued 267 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 268 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen ■ Wallpaper Setup 1Wallpaper Setup You can change, store, and delete the wallpaper on the audio/information screen. ■ Import wallpaper You can import up to five images, one at a time, for wallpaper from a USB flash drive. 1. Connect the USB flash drive to the USB port. 2 USB Port(s) P. 231 Features 268 2. Select Settings. 3. Select Clock. 4. Select Clock/Wallpaper Type, select Next, then open the Wallpaper tab. 5. Select Add New. u The picture name is displayed on the list. 6. Select a desired picture. u The preview is displayed on the left side on the screen. 7. Select Start Import to save the data. u The display will return to the wallpaper list. The wallpaper you set up on Clock/Wallpaper Type cannot be displayed on the driver information interface. • When importing wallpaper files, the image must be in the USB flash drive’s root directory. Images in a folder cannot be imported. • The file name must be fewer than 64 characters. • The file format of the image that can be imported is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg). • The individual file size limit is 5 MB. • The maximum image size is 4,096 × 4,096 pixels. If the image size is less than 800 × 480 pixels, the image is displayed in the middle of the screen with the extra area appearing in black. • If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures, the No files detected message appears. After changing the screen interface design, you can change the wallpaper by following procedure. 1. Select . 2. Select . 3. Select and hold empty space on the home screen. The pop-up menu appears on the screen. 4. Select Change wallpaper. 5. Select Gallery, Live wallpapers, or Wallpapers. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 269 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen ■ Select wallpaper 1Wallpaper Setup 1. Select Settings. 2. Select Clock. 3. Select Clock/Wallpaper Type, select Next, then open the Wallpaper tab. u The screen changes to the wallpaper list. 4. Select a desired wallpaper. u The preview is displayed on the left side on the screen. u The pop-up menu appears on the screen. 5. Select Set. u The display will return to the wallpaper list. From the pop-up menu, select Preview to see a preview at full-size screen. ■ To view wallpaper once it is set Features 1. Select . 2. Select Info. 3. Select MENU. 4. Select Clock/Wallpaper. ■ Delete wallpaper 1. Select Settings. 2. Select Clock. 3. Select Clock/Wallpaper Type, select Next, then open the Wallpaper tab. u The screen changes to the wallpaper list. 4. Select a wallpaper that you want to delete. u The preview is displayed on the left side on the screen. u The pop-up menu appears on the screen. 5. Select Delete. u A confirmation message appears on the screen. 6. Select Yes to delete completely. u The display will return to the wallpaper list. Continued To go back to the previous screen, select OK, or select . When the file size is large, it takes a while to be previewed. To delete all wallpapers you add, select Delete All, then Yes. 269 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 270 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen ■ Home Screen 1Home Screen The home screen has 5 pages (fixed). You cannot add any more pages. ■ To change to a next screen Select to go directly back to the first page of the home screen from any page. Swipe Icon Features 270 Selecting or Icon Current page position , or swiping the screen left or right changes to the next screen. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 271 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen ■ To use apps or widgets 1To use apps or widgets 1. Select . 2. Select App List ( ). u The apps screen appears. 3. Select the app or widget you want to use. App List ( ) Icon Pre-installed apps may not start up normally. If this occurs, you need to reset the system. 2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 369 If you perform Factory Data Reset, it may reset all the settings to their factory default. 2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 369 In case those apps still do not startup normally even after Factory Data Reset, contact your dealer. There is a possibility that a browser is shut down in the situation of the use. In that situation, the screen will return to before the browser startup. Features Preinstall app list: • Browser: Displays the web browser utilized by smartphone and Wi-Fi connection. • Calculator: Displays Calculator. • Gallery: Displays images. • Downloads: Displays the data downloaded from the web browser and so on. • App Installer: Check with a Honda dealer for apps that are available for installation. • Search: Displays various retrieval screen. Select and hold a selected app or widget to add that app’s or widget’s shortcut on the home screen. Do not install apps other than those confirmed by a Honda dealer. Installation of unauthorized apps may introduce data corruption risks to your vehicle's information and your privacy. You can delete user installed apps by the following procedure. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Select . Select Settings. Select System. Select the Others tab. Select Detail Information. Select an App that you want to delete. Select Delete. Pre-installed apps cannot be deleted. Continued 271 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 272 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen ■ To add app or widget icons on the home screen App or widget icons can be added on the home screen. 1. Select . 2. Select . Features 3. Select and hold empty space on the home screen. u The pop-up menu appears on the screen. Select and hold. 4. Select Add App or Add Widget. u The apps/widget screen appears. 272 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 273 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen 5. Select and hold an app or widget icon you want to add. u The screen switches to the customization screen. Select and hold. Features 6. Drag and drop the icon to where you want it to be. 7. Select OK. u The screen will return to the home screen. Drag and drop. Continued 273 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 274 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen ■ To move icons on the home screen You can change location on the home screen. 1. Select and hold an icon. u The screen switches to the customization screen. Select and hold. Features 2. Drag and drop the icon to where you want it to be. 3. Select OK. u The screen will return to the home screen. Drag and drop. 274 * Not available on all models 1To move icons on the home screen You can also move the Phone, Info, Audio, Settings, Navigation *, HondaLink, Smartphone Connection, App List ( ), and Instrument Panel icons in the same manner. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 275 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen ■ To remove icons on the home screen 1To remove icons on the home screen You can delete the icons on the home screen. 1. Select and hold an icon. u The screen switches to the customization screen. You cannot delete the Phone, Info, Audio, Settings, Navigation *, HondaLink, Smartphone Connection, App List ( ), and Instrument Panel icons. Apps or widgets will not be deleted by deleting the icon on the home screen. Select and hold. * Not available on all models Continued Features Drag and drop to trash icon. 2. Drag and drop the icon you want to remove to the trash icon. u The icon is removed from the home screen. 3. Select OK. u The screen will return to the home screen. 275 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 276 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen ■ Status Area 1. Swipe the upper area of the screen. u The status area appears. Swipe Features 2. Select an item to see the details. 3. Select or swipe up the bottom bar to close the area. Status Area 276 Bar 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 277 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen ■ Changing the Screen Interface 1Changing the Screen Interface You can change the screen interface design. 1. Select . 2. Select Settings. 3. Select System. 4. Select the Others tab. 5. Select Change Skin. 6. Select Next, then a confirmation message appears on the screen. Select Yes. After changing the screen interface design, you can change the wallpaper by following procedure. 1. Select . 2. Select . 3. Select and hold empty space on the home screen. The pop-up menu appears on the screen. 4. Select Change wallpaper. 5. Select Gallery, Live wallpapers, or Wallpapers. If you change the screen interface, some of the setting items will change. 2 Customized Features P. 337 Features Continued 277 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 278 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen ■ Menu Customize 1Menu Customize You can change menu icons on the right side of Audio, Phone, and Info screen. 1. Select any of the three icons (Audio/ Menu Icons Phone/Info) on the screen, then select and hold the menu icon. u Selecting the or icon, you can change Audio, Phone, or Info on the Select and hold Menu Customize screen. Features To change Menu Icon 2. Select and hold the menu icon you want to change, then drag and drop the icon to the bottom. Drag and drop 3. Select and hold the menu icon you want to add, then drag and drop the icon above. 4. Select OK. To add Drag and drop 278 You can also use the method below to change the menu icon: Select Settings System Home tab Menu Icon Position 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 279 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen ■ Closing Apps 1Closing Apps You can close specific apps running in the background on the system. 1. Select and hold . 2. Select the Active tab. u If you select the Active/History tab, you can close the apps that are currently running and delete the app activity history simultaneously. 3. Select an app you want to close. * Not available on all models To close all apps on the system, select Clear All, then Yes. You cannot close the HondaLink® and Garmin * apps. Features 4. Select Clear. u The display will return to the app list. If you have a number of apps running in the background and something goes wrong with the audio system, some of those apps may not work properly. If this happens, close all the apps and relaunch the app/apps that you want to use. 279 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 280 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuAdjusting the Sound Adjusting the Sound 1. Select . 2. Select MENU. 3. Select Sound. Features 280 Select a tab from the following choices: • BAS-MID-TRE: Bass, Middle, Treble • FAD-BAL-SUBW: Fader, Balance, Subwoofer • SVC: Speed Volume Compensation 1Adjusting the Sound The SVC has four modes: Off, Low, Mid, and High. SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases. As you slow down, audio volume decreases. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 281 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup Display Setup You can change the brightness or color theme of the audio/information screen. ■ Changing the Screen Brightness 1Changing the Screen Brightness You can change the Contrast and Black Level settings in the same manner. 1. Select . 2. Select Settings. 3. Select System. 4. Select the Display tab. 5. Select Display Settings. 6. Select the setting you want. 7. Select OK. Features ■ Changing the Screen’s Color Theme 1. Select . 2. Select Settings. 3. Select System. 4. Select the Display tab. 5. Select Background Color. 6. Select Next, then select the setting you want. 7. Select OK. Continued 281 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 282 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup ■ Selecting an Audio Source Select the source icon. 1Selecting an Audio Source Source Select Screen Source List Icons Features Select the current source icon, then select an icon on the source list to switch the audio source. ■ Limitations for Manual Operation Certain manual functions are disabled or inoperable while the vehicle is in motion. You cannot select a grayed-out option until the vehicle is stopped. 282 If you startup preinstalled audio apps, is displayed on the screen. These preinstalled apps cannot be displayed on the source select screen. You can startup those audio apps from . 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 283 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation Voice Control Operation Your vehicle has a voice control system that allows hands-free operation. The voice control system uses the (Talk) and (hang-up/back) buttons on the steering wheel and a microphone near the map lights on the ceiling. 1Voice Control Operation ■ Voice Recognition 1Voice Recognition * Not available on all models Continued The voice control system can only be used from the driver’s seat because the microphone unit removes noises from the front passenger’s side. Features To achieve optimum voice recognition when using the voice control system: • Make sure the correct screen is displayed for the voice command that you are using. • Close the windows and moonroof *. • Adjust the dashboard and side vents so air does not blow onto the microphone on the ceiling. • Speak clearly in a natural speaking voice without pausing between words. • Reduce any background noise if possible. The system may misinterpret your command if more than one person is speaking at the same time. When you press the button, a helpful prompt asks what you would like to do. Press and release the button again to bypass this prompt and give a command. 283 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 284 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation ■ Voice Portal Screen Features When the (Talk) button is pressed, available voice commands appear on the screen. For a complete list of commands, say “Voice Help” after the beep or select Voice Help. You can see the list of commands in Voice Info on the Info Menu screen. Select Info, then select MENU. The system only recognizes the commands on the following pages, at certain screens. Free form voice commands are not recognized. ■ Phone Call ■ Audio*1 This can be only used when the phone is connected. When the system recognizes the Phone call command, the screen will change to the voice recognition screen for phone commands. • Dial by number • Call history • Redial • Call • Call • Call Police • Call 911 Phone Call commands are not available if using Apple CarPlay TM. When the system recognizes the Audio command, the screen will change to the audio voice recognition screen. • Audio On/Off • Radio FM/AM/SXM * • PANDORA * • iPod • USB • Other Sources Pandora® * cannot be used while Android AutoTM is active. 284 * Not available on all models The screen changes to the navigation screen. ■ Music Search This can be only used when the iPod or USB device is connected. ■ HondaLink ■ Climate Control*1 This can be only used when the phone is connected. When the system recognizes the Climate Control command, the screen will change the dedicated screen to the climate control voice recognition screen. 2 Climate Control Commands*1 P. 286 *1: Models with navigation system ■ Navigation*1 2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual ■ Voice Setting The screen changes to the Voice Recog. tab on the System Settings screen. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 285 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation ■ Voice Help You can see a list of the available commands on the screen. • Useful Commands • Phone Commands • Audio Commands • Climate Control Commands • General Commands • Music Search Commands • On Screen Commands The system accepts these commands on the voice portal top screen. • Call • Call • What time is it? • What is today’s date? The system accepts these commands on the dedicated screen for the voice recognition of the phone. • Call by number • Call by name • Call • Call • SXM channel • Radio SXM preset <1-12> ■ Pandora® Commands * • PANDORA play ■ iPod Commands The system accepts these commands on the dedicated screen for the voice recognition of the audio. • • • • • ■ Radio FM Commands ■ USB Commands ■ Audio Commands*1 • Radio tune to <87.7-107.9> FM • Radio tune to <87.7 -107.9> HD <1-8> FM • Radio FM preset # (#:1-12) ■ Radio AM Commands • Radio tune to <530-1710> AM • Radio AM preset # (#:1-6) ■ Radio SXM Commands * • SXM channel <1-999> • • • • • iPod play iPod play track # (#:1-30) Music Search What album is this? What am I listening to? Features ■ Useful Commands ■ Phone Commands USB play USB play track # (#:1-30) Music Search What album is this? What am I listening to? ■ Bluetooth® audio Commands • Bluetooth audio play NOTE: Bluetooth® Audio commands may not work on some phones or Bluetooth® Audio devices. *1: Models with navigation system * Not available on all models Continued 285 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 286 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation ■ On Screen Commands When On Screen Commands is selected, the explanation screen is displayed. ■ Music Search Commands The system accepts these commands on the Music Search screen. ■ Using Song By Voice Song By Voice is a feature that allows you to select music from your iPod or USB device using Voice Commands. To activate this mode, you must press the (Talk) button and say: “Music search”. TM Features ■ Song By Voice Commands • • • • • • What am I listening to? Who am I listening to? Who is this? What’s playing? Who’s playing? What album is this? *1: Models with navigation system 286 ■ Play Commands • • • • • • Play artist Play track/song Play album Play genre/category Play playlist Play composer ■ List Commands • • • • • List artist List album List genre/category List playlist List composer ■ General Commands • What time is it? • What is today’s date? ■ Climate Control Commands*1 • Climate Control On • Climate Control Off • Fan Speed <1-7> • Temperature max heat • Temperature max cool • Temperature <57-87> degrees (U.S.) • Temperature <18-32> degrees (Canada) • Defrost On • Defrost Off • Air conditioner On • Air conditioner Off • More • Vent • Dash and floor • Floor vents • Floor and Defrost • Climate Control Automatic • Fan Speed up/down • Temperature up • Temperature down NOTE: These commands toggle the function on and off, so the command may not match your intended action. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 287 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio Playing AM/FM Radio Driver Information Interface Audio/Information Screen Open/Close Icon*1 Displays/hides the detailed information. (Audio) Icon Select to display the audio screen. VOL/ AUDIO (Volume/Power Audio) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume. (Back) Icon Select to go back to the previous display. Features Scan Icon Select to scan each station with a strong signal. Seek Icons Select or to search the selected band up or down for a station with a strong signal. Tune Icons Select or to tune the radio frequency. Preset Icons Tune the preset radio frequency. Select and hold the preset icon to store that station. Select to display preset 7 onwards. *1:Some or all of the lists may not be displayed. Continued 287 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 288 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio ■ Preset Memory To store a station: 1. Tune to the selected station. 2. Select and hold the preset number for the station you want to store. You can also store a preset station by the following procedure. 1. Tune to the selected station. 2. Select the open/close icon to display a list. 3. Select the Preset tab. 4. Select and hold the preset number for the station you want to store. Features ■ Station List Lists the strongest stations on the selected band. 1. Select the open/close icon to display a list. 2. Select the Station List tab. 3. Select the station. ■ Manual update Updates your available station list at any time. 1. Select the open/close icon to display a list. 2. Select the Station List tab. 3. Select Refresh. 288 1Preset Memory The ST indicator appears on the display indicating stereo FM broadcasts. Stereo reproduction in AM is not available. Switching the Audio Mode Press the 3 or 4 button on the steering wheel or select SOURCE on the screen. 2 Audio Remote Controls P. 233 You can store 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations into preset memory. HD Radio Technology manufactured under license from iBiquity Digital Corporation. U.S. and Foreign Patents. HD RadioTM and the HD, HD Radio, and “Arc” logos are proprietary trademarks of iBiquity Digital Corp. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 289 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio ■ Scan Samples each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds. To turn off scan, select Cancel or . Models with HD RadioTM ■ HD Subchannel ■ Radio Data System (RDS) 1Radio Data System (RDS) Provides text data information related to your selected RDS-capable FM station. ■ To find an RDS station from Station List 1. Select the open/close icon to display a list while listening to an FM station. 2. Select the Station List tab. 3. Select the station. When you select an RDS-capable FM station, the RDS automatically turns on, and the frequency display changes to the station name. However, when the signals of that station become weak, the display changes from the station name to the frequency. Features Displays the subchannel list when an HD RadioTM station is selected while listening to an FM station. 1. Select MENU. 2. Select HD Radio Subchannel. 3. Select the channel number. ■ Manual update Updates your available station list at any time. 1. Select the open/close icon to display a list while listening to an FM station. 2. Select the Station List tab. 3. Select Refresh. Continued 289 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 290 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio ■ Radio text Displays the radio text information of the selected RDS station. 1. Select MENU. 2. Select View Radio Text. ■ Scan Samples each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds. To turn off scan, select Cancel or Features 290 . 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 291 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio * Playing SiriusXM® Radio * Driver Information Interface Channel Icons Select or to the previous or next channel. Select and hold to rapidly skip 10 channels at a time. Category Icons Select or to display and select a SiriusXM® Radio category. Scan Icon Select to scan each channel. (Audio) Icon Select to display the audio screen. Features Audio/Information Screen Station Art Open/Close Icon*1 Displays/hides the detailed information. VOL/ AUDIO (Volume/Power Audio) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume. (Back) Icon Select to go back to the previous display. *1:Some or all of the lists may not be displayed. * Not available on all models Skip Icons Select or to change section in the channel. Select and hold to move rapidly within the section. Preset Icons Tune the preset radio station. Select and hold the preset icon to store that station. Select to display preset 7 onwards. Continued 291 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 292 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio * ■ To Change the Tune Mode 1. Select MENU. 2. Select Tune Mode. 3. Select Channel Mode or Category Mode. 1Playing SiriusXM® Radio * In the channel mode, all available channels are selectable. In the category mode, you can select a channel within a category (Jazz, Rock, Classical, etc.). There may be instances when SiriusXM® Radio does not broadcast all the data fields (artist name, title). This does not indicate a problem with your audio system. Features SiriusXM® Radio stations load in ascending order, which can take about a minute. Once they have loaded you will be able to scroll up or down to make your selections. Switching the Audio Mode Press the 3 or 4 button on the steering wheel or select SOURCE on the screen. 2 Audio Remote Controls P. 233 Tune Start: When you change to a preset channel, a song being played on that channel restarts from the beginning with this function. This can be turned on or off from the Audio Settings screen. 2 Customized Features P. 337 292 * Not available on all models 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 293 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio * ■ Preset Memory 1Playing SiriusXM® Radio * You can store 12 SiriusXM® channels into the preset memory. To store a channel: 1. Tune to the selected channel. 2. Press and hold the preset number for the station you want to store. 3. Select OK. You can also store a channel by the following procedure. 1. Tune to the selected channel. 2. Select the open/close icon to display a list. 3. Select the Preset tab. 4. Select and hold the preset number for the station you want to store. 1Multi-channel preset (for music channels only) You can store up to five of your preferred music channels in total. 1. Tune a station. 2. Select the open/close icon to display a list. 3. Select the Preset tab. 4. Select and hold the preset number you want to add a music channel. u A message appears if there are no available presets. 5. Select Combine. * Not available on all models Continued To store a multi-channel preset, you need to setup the Multiple Channel Mix Preset setting to On. 2 Customized Features P. 337 Features ■ Multi-channel preset (for music channels only) 293 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 294 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio * ■ Listening to Featured Channels Suggested channel listing received from SiriusXM® can be displayed and selected. 1. Select the open/close icon to display a channel list. 2. Select the Channel tab. 3. Select the featured channel list title you want to listen to. u The selected channel list of the title is displayed. 4. Select the channel. Features 294 1Listening to Featured Channels Up to three featured channels by SiriusXM® can be displayed. Featured channel lists are at the top of the channel list. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 295 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio * ■ Replay Function 1Replay Function The system can record up to the last 60 minutes of your currently tuned channel’s broadcast, as well as the last 30 minutes of your preset channel’s broadcast, starting from the moment you turn the vehicle on. If you tuned to a preset channel, the system records up to 60 minutes of a broadcast instead of up to 30 minutes. You can rewind and replay the last 30 or 60 minutes of a broadcast. 1. Select MENU. 2. Select Playback. 3. Move the time marker to the position you want to replay. You can no longer replay any program once the power mode is turned off as it erases memory. You can check how long the program has been stored in memory from the audio/information screen. After 30 or 60 minutes of recording the system will automatically start deleting the oldest data. Audio/Information Screen (A) Features The following items are available on the pop-up screen: (Skip Down): Skips to the previously stored channel. Select and hold to fastrewind the current selection. (Skip Up): Skips to the next channel. Select and hold to fast-forward the current selection. (15sec Back): Select to skip back 15 seconds in the current selection. Select and hold to fast-rewind the current selection. (15sec Skip): Select to skip forward 15 seconds in the current selection. Select and hold to fast-forward the current selection. u Select OK to close the pop-up menu. Replay in playback mode continues. The system starts storing broadcast in memory when the power mode is turned ON. You can go back to the program from that point. (B) (C) (A): Shows how much time the replayed segment is behind the real-time broadcast (B): Replayed segment (C): Length stored in memory To play or pause on playback mode: 1. Select MENU. 2. Select Play/Pause. ■ Returning to real-time broadcast 1. Select MENU. 2. Select Go to Live. Continued 295 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 296 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio * ■ Live Sports Alert 1Live Sports Alert While listening to other channels, you can receive sports alerts such as scores from the games of your favorite teams. ■ To set up a favorite team 1To set up a favorite team 1. Select . 2. Select Settings. 3. Select Audio. 4. Select SportsFlash Setup. 5. Select Favorite Team. 6. Select a team. Features ■ To set up an alert message 1. Select . 2. Select Settings. 3. Select Audio. 4. Select SportsFlash Setup. 5. Select Interrupt. 6. Select On(One Time) or On(Continue). 296 The sports alert function is available in SiriusXM® mode only. Sports alerts cut in only when SiriusXM® mode is on. Selecting On(One Time) from the customize settings disables the alert feature next time you turn the power mode to ON. 2 Customized Features P. 337 You can also set up a favorite team by the following procedure. 1. Select Audio. 2. Select MENU. 3. Select Setting. 4. Select SportsFlash Setup. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 297 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio * ■ To set up an alert beep 1. Select . 2. Select Settings. 3. Select Audio. 4. Select SportsFlash Setup. 5. Select Interrupt Beep. 6. Select On. ■ Traffic and Weather Information ■ Scan Sample each channel on the selected mode for 10 seconds. 1. Select Scan. 2. Select Scan Channels. u You can select the desired channel by songs using Scan Song in Preset. To turn off scan, select Cancel. You can also set up a alert beep by the following procedure. 1. Select Audio. 2. Select MENU. 3. Select Setting. 4. Select SportsFlash Setup. 1Traffic and Weather Information The traffic and weather information function at SiriusXM® mode only. You can also set up the traffic and weather information by the following procedure. 1. Select Audio. 2. Select MENU. 3. Select Setting. 4. Select Traffic & Weather Setup. Features You can receive traffic and weather information. 1. Select . 2. Select Settings. 3. Select Audio. 4. Select Traffic & Weather Setup. 5. Select the region. u When you do not want to receive the information, select Unregistered. 1To set up an alert beep 1Scan The “Scan Songs in Preset” function is based on TuneScanTM technology of SiriusXM®. The “Featured Channels” function is based on Featured FavoritesTM technology of SiriusXM®. TuneScanTM and Featured FavoritesTM are registered trademarks of SiriusXM® Radio, Inc. 297 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 298 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod Playing an iPod Connect the iPod using your dock connector to the USB port, then select the iPod mode. 2 USB Port(s) P. 231 Driver Information Interface Features (Audio) Icon Select to display the audio screen. Audio/Information Screen (Back) Icon Select to go back to the previous display. Open/Close Icon*1 Displays/hides the detailed information. VOL/ AUDIO (Volume/Power Audio) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume. Song Icons Select or to change songs. Select and hold to move rapidly within a song. *1:Some or all of the lists may not be displayed. 298 Play/Pause Icon Cover Art 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 299 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod ■ How to Select a Song from the Music Search List 1Playing an iPod 1. Select MENU and select Music Search. Available operating functions vary on models or versions. Some functions may not be available on the vehicle’s audio system. If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the audio/information screen. 2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 327 Category Selection 2. Select the items on that menu. If an iPhone is connected via Apple CarPlayTM, the iPod/USB source is unavailable and audio files on the phone can only be played within Apple CarPlayTM. Features If you operate any music app on your iPhone/iPod while the phone is connected to the audio system, you may no longer be able to operate the same app on the audio/information screen. Reconnect the device if necessary. Item Selection Continued 299 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 300 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod ■ How to Select a Play Mode You can select shuffle and repeat modes when playing a file. Select a play mode. Features 300 ■ To turn off a play mode Select the mode you want to turn off. 1How to Select a Play Mode Play Mode Menu Items Shuffle Albums: Plays all available albums in a selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, podcasts, genres, composers, or audiobooks) in random order. Shuffle All Songs: Plays all available files in a selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, podcasts, genres, composers, or audiobooks) in random order. Repeat: Repeats the current track. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 301 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By VoiceTM (SBV) Song By VoiceTM (SBV) Use SBV to search for and play music from your USB flash drive or iPod using voice commands. 1Song By VoiceTM (SBV) Setting options: • On (factory default): Song By VoiceTM commands ■ To enable SBV are available. 1. Select . 2. Select Settings. 3. Select System. 4. Select the Voice Recog. tab. 5. Select Song by Voice. 6. Select Next, then select On or Off. • Off: Disable the feature. Features Continued 301 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 302 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By VoiceTM (SBV) ■ Searching for music using SBV 1Searching for music using SBV Features 1. Set the Song by Voice setting to On. 2. Press the (Talk) button and say “Music Search” to activate the SBV feature for the USB flash drive and iPod. 3. Then, say a next command. u Example 1: Say “(List)‘Artist A’”to view a list of songs by that artist. Select the desired song to start playing. u Example 2: Say “Play ‘Artist A’” to start playing songs by that artist. 4. To cancel SBV, press the (hang-up/ back) button on the steering wheel. The selected song continues playing. Once you have canceled this mode, you need to press the button and say “Music Search” again to re-activate this mode. 302 Song By VoiceTM Commands List 2 Song By Voice Commands P. 286 NOTE: Song By VoiceTM commands are available for tracks stored on the USB flash drive or iPod. You can add phonetic modifications of difficult words so that it is easier for SBV to recognize artists, songs, albums, and composers in voice commands. 2 Phonetic Modification P. 303 SBV is not available when using Apple CarPlayTM. Use Siri® Eyes Free instead. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 303 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By VoiceTM (SBV) ■ Phonetic Modification 1Phonetic Modification Add phonetic modifications of difficult or foreign words so that it is easier for SBV to recognize artists, songs, albums, and composers in voice commands when searching for music on the USB flash drive or iPod. 1. Select . 2. Select Settings. 3. Select System. 4. Select the Voice Recog. tab. 5. Select Song by Voice Phonetic Modification. 6. Select New Modification. Song by Voice Phonetic Modification is grayed out when Song By Voice is set to Off. You can store up to 2,000 phonetic modification items. Features 7. Select USB or iPod. Continued 303 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 304 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By VoiceTM (SBV) 8. Select the item to modify (e.g., Artist). u The list of the selected item appears on the screen. 9. Select an entry to modify. u The pop-up menu appears on the screen. u To listen to the current phonetic modification, select Play. u To delete the current phonetic modification, select Delete. Features 10.Select Modify. 11.Select the phonetic spelling you want to use (e.g., “Artist A”) when prompted. 12.Select Done. u The artist “No Name” is phonetically modified to “Artist A.” When in the SBV mode, you can press the (Talk) button and use the voice command “Play ‘Artist A’” to play songs by the artist “No Name.” 304 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 305 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Pandora® * Playing Pandora® * Your audio system allows you to listen to music from the Pandora® app on a compatible smartphone. This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle’s Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system, or with an iPhone, you can connect using your USB cable to the USB port. 2 Phone Setup P. 404 2 USB Port(s) P. 231 Pandora®, the Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade dress are trademarks or registered trademarks of Pandora Media, Inc., used with permission. Pandora is only available in certain countries. Visit the Pandora website for more information. To find out if your phone is compatible with this feature, visit www.handsfreelink.honda.com, or call 1-888-528-7876. Driver Information Interface (Audio) Icon Select to display the audio screen. Audio/Information Screen (Back) Icon Select to go back to the previous display. Station Up/ Down Icons Select to change a station. Like/Dislike Icons Select to evaluate a track. Play/Pause Icon Select to resume or play a track. Skip Icon Select to skip a track. To use this service in your vehicle, the Pandora® app must first be installed on your phone. Visit www.pandora.com. for more information. Pandora® is free, personalized radio that plays music and comedy you’ll love. Just start with the name of one of your favorite artists, tracks, comedians or composers and Pandora® will create a custom station that plays similar tracks. Pandora® also features hundreds of genre stations ranging from Dubstep to Smooth Jazz to Power Workout. Features Cover Art VOL/ AUDIO (Volume/Power Audio) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume. 1Playing Pandora® * If you cannot operate Pandora® through the audio system, it may be streaming through Bluetooth® Audio. Make sure Pandora® mode on your audio system is selected. If your phone is connected to Android AutoTM, Pandora® is only available through the Android AutoTM interface. Visit the Android AutoTM website to check compatibility. *1:Some or all of the lists may not be displayed. * Not available on all models Continued 305 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 306 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Pandora® * ■ Pandora® Menu 1Pandora® Menu You can operate some of the Pandora® menu items from your vehicle’s audio system. The available items are: • Bookmark • Station List • New Station • Switch USB device • Sound • Setting ■ Operating a menu item Features 1. Select MENU. 2. Select an item. 306 * Not available on all models Available operating functions vary on software versions. Some functions may not be available on the vehicle’s audio system. If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the audio/information screen. 2 Pandora® * P. 329 Pandora® may limit the total number of skips allowed on the service. If you dislike a track after the skip limit has been reached, your feedback will be saved but the current track will continue to play. To change stations, activate the Pandora® menu, select Station List, and then select a new station. It also changes stations on the main Pandora® screen. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 307 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive Playing a USB Flash Drive Your audio system reads and plays sound files on a USB flash drive in either MP3, WMA, or AAC*1 format. Connect your USB flash drive to the USB port, then select the USB mode. 2 USB Port(s) P. 231 Driver Information Interface Features (Back) Icon Select to go back to the previous display. (Audio) Icon Select to display the audio screen. Audio/Information Screen VOL/ AUDIO (Volume/Power Audio) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume. Folder Icons Select to skip to the next folder, and Open/Close Icon*2 Displays/hides the detailed information. to skip to the beginning of the previous folder. Track Icons Select or to change files. Select and hold to move rapidly within a track. *1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit. *2:Some or all of the lists may not be displayed. Continued 307 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 308 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive ■ How to Select a File from the Music Search List 1. Select MENU and select Music Search. 1Playing a USB Flash Drive Use the recommended USB flash drives. 2 General Information on the Audio System P. 332 WMA files protected by digital rights management (DRM) cannot be played. The audio system displays Unplayable File, then skips to the next file. If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the audio/information screen. 2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 327 Folder Selection Features 2. Select a folder. Track Selection 3. Select a track. 308 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 309 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive ■ How to Select a Play Mode You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a file. ■ Scan 1. Select MENU. 2. Select Scan. 3. Select a play mode. Select a play mode. Play Mode Menu Items Scan Scan Folders: Provides 10-second sampling of the first file in each of the main folders. Scan Tracks: Provides 10-second sampling of all files in the current folder. Random/Repeat Random in Folder: Plays all files in the current folder in random order. Random All Tracks: Plays all files in random order. Repeat Folder: Repeats all files in the current folder. Repeat Track: Repeats the current file. Features ■ Random/Repeat 1How to Select a Play Mode ■ To turn off a play mode To turn off Scan, select or Cancel. To turn off Random or Repeat, select the mode you want to turn off. 309 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 310 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio Playing Bluetooth® Audio Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth-compatible phone. This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle’s Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system. 2 Phone Setup P. 404 1Playing Bluetooth® Audio Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming audio capabilities are compatible. To check if your phone is compatible, visit http://www.handsfreelink.com/Honda/. It may be illegal to perform some data device functions while driving. Driver Information Interface Features (Back) Icon Select to go back to the previous display. (Audio) Icon Select to display the audio screen. VOL/ AUDIO (Volume/Power Audio) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume. Play Icon Audio/ Information Screen Bluetooth Indicator Appears when your phone is connected to HFL. Open/Close Icon*1 Displays/hides the detailed information. Track Icons Select or to change tracks. Group Icons Select or to change group. Pause Icon *1:Depending on the Bluetooth® device you connect, some or all of the lists may not be displayed. 310 Only one phone can be used with HFL at a time. When there are more than two paired phones in the vehicle, the first paired phone the system finds is automatically connected. The connected phone for Bluetooth® Audio can be different. If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system, there may be a delay before the system begins to play. In some cases, the name of the artist, album, or track may not appear correctly. Some functions may not be available on some devices. If a phone is currently connected via Apple CarPlayTM or Android AutoTM, Bluetooth® Audio from that phone is unavailable. However, a second previously paired phone can stream Bluetooth® Audio by selecting Connect from the Bluetooth Device List screen. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 311 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio ■ To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files 1. Make sure that your phone is paired and connected to the system. 1To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files To play the audio files, you may need to operate your phone. If so, follow the phone maker’s operating instructions. 2 Phone Setup P. 404 2. Select the Bluetooth® Audio mode. If the phone is not recognized, another HFLcompatible phone, which is not compatible for Bluetooth® Audio, may already be connected. Switching to another mode pauses the music playing from your phone. You can change the connected phone in the Bluetooth® settings on the Audio Menu screen by the following procedure. 1. Select MENU. 2. Select Setting. Select the play icon or pause icon. ■ Searching for Music 1Searching for Music 1. Select MENU. 2. Select Music Search. 3. Select a search category (e.g., Albums). 4. Select an item. u The selection begins playing. Features ■ To pause or resume a file Depending on the Bluetooth® device you connect, some or all of the lists may not be displayed. 311 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 312 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuHondaLink® HondaLink® HondaLink® connects you to the latest information from Honda. You can connect your phone wirelessly through Wi-Fi or Bluetooth®. 2 Wi-Fi Connection P. 317 2 Phone Setup P. 404 ■ HondaLink® Menu 1HondaLink® The HondaLink® connect app is compatible with most iPhone and Android phones. Some cell phone carriers charge for tethering and smartphone data use. Check your phone’s data subscription package. If Apple CarPlayTM or Android AutoTM is enabled, HondaLink® can be accessed without the need to connect to Wi-Fi. Features ■ Places * Displays restaurants, gas stations, Honda dealers, etc. and provides navigation instructions to those locations via the navigation system. ■ Vehicle Displays instruction messages when the vehicle needs service. ■ Help & Support Displays tips on vehicle usage and provides information on roadside assistance and the customer service center. 312 * Not available on all models 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 313 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuHondaLink® ■ Messages from Honda Displays helpful and important information from Honda. ■ Weather * Displays a weekly five-day weather forecast for any location you want. You can change the ZIP Code at any time. ■ To Set Up to Connect HondaLink® Service Use the following procedure to connect to the HondaLink® service. ■ To enable the HondaLink® service Features 1. Select . 2. Select Settings. 3. Select Info. 4. Select the HondaLink tab. 5. Select Diagnostics & Location Data. 6. Select On. To complete the procedure, you must consent to the collection and transmission of data pertaining to your vehicle. Enable once: Allows only one time. (Prompt shows again next time.) Always Enable: Allows anytime. (Prompt does not show again.) Cancel: Does not allow this consent. * Not available on all models Continued 313 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 314 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuHondaLink® ■ To link with HondaLink® You can see this screen after launching HondaLink®. Features 314 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 315 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuHondaLink® ■ Vehicle Information and Message from Honda Tips Using the shortcut operation, you can quickly gain access to new messages. 1. In the header area, a message appears to notify you of a new message. u When the message is received, a notification ring can be heard. Message Icon Continued Features 2. The notification message is replaced by an icon which remains displayed until the new message is read. 315 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 316 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuHondaLink® 3. From the top of the screen, swipe down to see the messages. Features 316 4. Select a new message to open. u If you have selected the update option for HondaLink®, follow the directions on the screen to complete the process. 1Vehicle Information and Message from Honda Tips When you update HondaLink®, you must keep the engine running and maintain a constant connection with HondaLink®. If the update is interrupted, the system will automatically resume the process. If, however, a week has elapsed since the process was first interrupted, you must repeat the process from the beginning. You can update HondaLink® by selecting Message from Honda on the HondaLink® menu. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 317 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuWi-Fi Connection Wi-Fi Connection You can connect the Display Audio to the Internet using Wi-Fi and browse websites or use online services on the audio/information screen. If your phone has wireless hotspot capabilities, the system can be tethered to the phone. Use the following steps to setup. ■ Wi-Fi mode (setting for the first time) 1Wi-Fi mode (setting for the first time) Continued You cannot go through the setting procedure while a vehicle is moving. Park in a safe place to setup the Wi-Fi connection. Some cell phone carriers charge for tethering and smartphone data use. Check your phone’s data subscription package. Check your phone manual to find out if the phone has Wi-Fi connectivity. Features 1. Select . 2. Select Settings. 3. Select Bluetooth / Wi-Fi. 4. Select the Wi-Fi tab. 5. Select Wi-Fi On/Off Status, select Next, then On. 6. Select Yes. 7. Select Wi-Fi Device List. u Make sure your phone’s Wi-Fi setting is in access point (tethering) mode. u Select the phone you want to connect to the system. u If you do not find the phone you want to connect in the list, select Scan. 8. Select Add. u If needed, enter a password for your phone and select Done. u When the connection is successful, the icon is displayed on the top of the screen. 9. Select to go back to the home screen. You can confirm whether Wi-Fi connection is on or off with the icon on the Wi-Fi Device List screen. Network speed will not be displayed on this screen. 317 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 318 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuWi-Fi Connection ■ Wi-Fi mode (after the initial setting has been made) Make sure your phone's Wi-Fi setting is in access point (tethering) mode. Features 318 1Wi-Fi mode (after the initial setting has been made) iPhone users You may need to go through an initial setup for WiFi connection again after you boot your phone. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 319 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuSiri® Eyes Free Siri® Eyes Free You can talk to Siri using the (Talk) button on the steering wheel when your iPhone is paired to the Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system. 1Siri® Eyes Free Siri is a trademark of Apple Inc. 2 Phone Setup P. 404 Check Apple Inc. website for features available for Siri. We recommend against using Siri other than in Siri® Eyes Free while operating a vehicle. ■ Using Siri® Eyes Free 1Using Siri® Eyes Free Some commands work only on specific phone features or apps. Features (Hang-up/back) Button Press to deactivate Siri® Eyes Free. Appears when Siri is activated in Siri® Eyes Free While in Siri® Eyes Free: The display remains the same. No feedback or commands appear. (Talk) Button Press and hold until the display changes as shown. 319 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 320 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlayTM Apple CarPlayTM If you connect an Apple CarPlayTM-compatible iPhone to the system via the 1.5A USB port, you can use the audio/information screen, instead of the iPhone display, to make a phone call, listen to music, view maps (navigation), and access messages. 1Apple CarPlayTM Only iPhone 5 or newer versions with iOS 8.4 or later are compatible with Apple CarPlayTM. 2 USB Port(s) P. 231 ■ Apple CarPlay TM Park in a safe place before connecting your iPhone to Apple CarPlayTM and when launching any compatible apps. Menu Apple CarPlayTM menu screen Home screen Features : Go back to the home screen Apple CarPlayTM icon Go back to the Apple CarPlayTM menu screen ■ Phone Access the contact list, make phone calls, or listen to voice mail. ■ Messages Check and reply to text messages, or have messages read to you. ■ Music Play music stored on your iPhone. To use Apple CarPlayTM, connect the USB cable to the 1.5A USB port. The USB port located on the back of the center console compartment will not enable Apple CarPlayTM operation. 2 USB Port(s) P. 231 To directly access the Apple CarPlayTM phone function, select Phone on the home screen. While connected to Apple CarPlayTM, calls are only made through Apple CarPlayTM. If you want to make a call with Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®, turn Apple CarPlayTM OFF or detach the USB cable from your iPhone. 2 Setting Up Apple CarPlayTM P. 321 When your iPhone is connected to Apple CarPlayTM, it is not possible to use the Bluetooth® Audio or Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®. However, other previously paired phones can stream audio via Bluetooth® while Apple CarPlayTM is connected. 2 Phone Setup P. 404 For details on countries and regions where Apple CarPlayTM is available, as well as information pertaining to function, refer to the Apple homepage. 320 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 321 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlayTM ■ Maps 1Apple CarPlayTM Display Apple CarPlayTM map and use the navigation function just as you would on your iPhone. Models with navigation system Only one navigation system (pre-installed navigation or Apple CarPlayTM) can give directions at a time. When you are using one system, directions to any prior destination set on the other system will be canceled, and the system you are currently using will direct you to your destination. After you have connected your iPhone to the system via the 1.5A USB port, use the following procedure to set up Apple CarPlayTM. Use of Apple CarPlayTM will result in the transmission of certain user and vehicle information (such as vehicle location, speed, and status) to your iPhone to enhance the Apple CarPlayTM experience. You will need to consent to the sharing of this information on the Display Audio Screen. ■ Enabling Apple CarPlayTM Enable once: Allows only once. (Prompt shows again next time.) Always Enable: Allows anytime. (Prompt does not show again.) Cancel: Does not allow this consent. You may change the consent settings under the Smartphone settings menu. Continued Changes in operating systems, hardware, software, and other technology integral to providing Apple CarPlayTM functionality, as well as new or revised governmental regulations, may result in a decrease or cessation of Apple CarPlayTM functionality and services. Honda cannot and does not provide any warranty or guarantee of future Apple CarPlayTM performance or functionality. It is possible to use 3rd party apps if they are compatible with Apple CarPlayTM. Refer to the Apple homepage for information on compatible apps. Features ■ Setting Up Apple CarPlayTM Apple CarPlayTM Operating Requirements & Limitations Apple CarPlayTM requires a compatible iPhone with an active cellular connection and data plan. Your carrier’s rate plans will apply. 1Setting Up Apple CarPlayTM You can also use the method below to set up Apple CarPlayTM: Select HOME Settings Smartphone Apple CarPlay Use of user and vehicle information The use and handling of user and vehicle information transmitted to/from your iPhone by Apple CarPlayTM is governed by the Apple iOS terms and conditions and Apple’s Privacy Policy. 321 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 322 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlayTM ■ Operating Apple CarPlayTM with Siri® Eyes Free Press and hold the (Talk) button to activate Siri® Eyes Free. 1Operating Apple CarPlayTM with Siri® Eyes Free Below are examples of questions and commands for Siri® Eyes Free. • What movies are playing today? • Call dad at work. • What song is this? • How’s the weather tomorrow? • Read my latest email. • Find a table for four tonight in Chicago. For more information, please visit www.apple.com/ios/siri. Features 322 (Talk) button: Press and hold to activate Siri® Eyes Free. Press again to deactivate Siri® Eyes Free. Press and release to activate standard voice recognition system. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 323 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid AutoTM Android AutoTM When you connect an Android phone to the Display Audio system via the 1.5A USB port, Android AutoTM is automatically initiated. When connected via Android AutoTM, you can use the audio/information screen to access the Phone, Google Maps (Navigation), Google Play Music, and Google Now functions. When you first use Android AutoTM, a tutorial will appear on the screen. We recommend that you complete this tutorial while safely parked before using Android AutoTM. 2 USB Port(s) P. 231 2 Auto Pairing Connection P. 325 1Android AutoTM To use Android AutoTM, you need to download the Android AutoTM app from Google Play to your smartphone. Only Android 5.0 (Lollipop) or later versions are compatible with Android AutoTM. Bluetooth A2DP cannot be used with Android AutoTM phone. Park in a safe place before connecting your Android phone to Android AutoTM and when launching any compatible apps. Features To use Android AutoTM, connect the USB cable to the 1.5A USB port. The USB port on the back of the center console compartment will not enable Android AutoTM operation. 2 USB Port(s) P. 231 When your Android phone is connected to Android AutoTM, it is not possible to use the Bluetooth® Audio. However, other previously paired phones can stream audio via Bluetooth® while Android AutoTM is connected. 2 Phone Setup P. 404 Continued 323 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 324 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid AutoTM ■ Android AutoTM Menu 1Android AutoTM 6 : Go back to the home screen For details on countries and regions where Android AutoTM is available, as well as information pertaining to function, refer to the Android AutoTM homepage. Android AutoTM Operating Requirements & Limitations Android AutoTM requires a compatible Android phone with an active cellular connection and data plan. Your carrier’s rate plans will apply. Android AutoTM icon Features a Maps (Navigation) Display Google Maps and use the navigation function just as you would with your Android phone. When the vehicle is in motion, it is not possible to make keyboard entries. Stop the vehicle in a safe location to undertake a search or provide other inputs. Models with navigation system Only one navigation system (pre-installed navigation or Android AutoTM) can give directions at a time. When you are using one system, directions to any prior destination set on the other system will be canceled, and the system you are currently using will direct you to your destination. The audio/Information screen shows you turn-by turn driving directions to your destination. b Phone (Communication) Make and receive phone calls as well as listen to voicemail. c Google Now (Home screen) Display useful information organized by Android AutoTM into simple cards that appear just when they’re needed. 324 Changes in operating systems, hardware, software, and other technology integral to providing Android AutoTM functionality, as well as new or revised governmental regulations, may result in a decrease or cessation of Android AutoTM functionality and services. Honda cannot and does not provide any warranty or guarantee of future Android AutoTM performance or functionality. It is possible to use 3rd party apps if they are compatible with Android AutoTM. Refer to the Android AutoTM homepage for information on compatible apps. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 325 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid AutoTM d Music and audio Play Google Play Music and music apps that are compatible with Android AutoTM. To switch between music apps, press this icon. e Go back to the Home Screen. f Voice Operate Android AutoTM with your voice. ■ Auto Pairing Connection When you connect an Android phone to the unit via the 1.5A USB port, Android AutoTM is automatically initiated. 1Enabling Android AutoTM Enable once: Allows only once. (Prompt shows again next time.) Always Enable: Allows anytime. (Prompt does not show again.) Cancel: Does not allow this consent. You may change the consent settings under the Smartphone settings menu. Only initialize Android AutoTM when you safely parked. When Android AutoTM first detects your phone, you will need to set up your phone so that auto pairing is possible. Refer to the instruction manual that came with your phone. Features ■ Enabling Android AutoTM You can use the method below to change Android AutoTM settings after you have completed the initial setup: Select HOME Settings Smartphone Android Auto Use of user and vehicle information The use and handling of user and vehicle information transmitted to/from your phone by Android AutoTM is governed by the Google’s Privacy Policy. Continued 325 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 326 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid AutoTM ■ Operating Android AutoTM with Voice Recognition Press and hold the (Talk) button to operate Android AutoTM with your voice. 1Operating Android AutoTM with Voice Recognition Below are examples of commands you can give with voice recognition: • Reply to text. • Call my wife. • Navigate to Honda. • Play my music. • Send a text message to my wife. • Call flower shop. For more information, please refer to the Android AutoTM homepage. Features You can also activate the voice recognition function by pressing the icon in the upper-right corner of the screen. (Talk) button: Press and hold to operate Android AutoTM with your voice. Press and release to activate standard voice recognition system. (Hang-up/back) button: Press to deactivate voice recognition. 326 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 327 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Audio Error Messages iPod/USB Flash Drive If an error occurs while playing an iPod or USB flash drive, you may see the following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer. Error Message Solution Appears when there is a problem with the audio system. Check if the device is compatible with the audio system. The connected USB device has a problem. See Owner’s Manual*2 Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect the device. Then turn the audio system off, and turn it on again. Do not reconnect the device that caused the error. Unsupported Ver*1 Unsupported Version*2 Appears when an unsupported iPod is connected. If it appears when a supported iPod is connected, update the iPod software to the newer version. Connect Retry*1, *2 Appears when the system does not acknowledge the iPod. Reconnect the iPod. Unplayable File*1, *2 Appears when the files in the USB flash drive are copyright protected or an unsupported format. This error message appears for about three seconds, then plays the next song. Features USB Error*1, *2 iPod Appears when the iPod is empty. No Song*1 No Data*2 USB flash drive Appears when the USB flash drive is empty or there are no MP3, WMA, AAC, or WAV*1 files in the USB flash drive. iPod and USB flash drive Check that compatible files are stored on the device. Unsupported*1, *2 Appears when an unsupported device is connected. If it appears when a supported device is connected, reconnect the device. *1:Models with color audio system *2:Models with Display Audio Continued 327 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 328 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio Error MessagesuiPod/USB Flash Drive Error Message Device No Response*1 Appears when the system does not communicate with a connected device. If it appears when a device is connected, contact your place of device purchase. HUB Unsupported*1 Appears when only a HUB is connected. If it appears, connect a USB flash drive to the HUB. *1:Models with color audio system Features 328 Solution 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 329 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora® * Pandora® * If an error occurs while playing Pandora®, you may see the following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer. Models with color audio system Error Message Solution Appears when no device is connected. Check the Bluetooth® and USB connection. No Data Appears when no data is available with Pandora® activated.Reboot the app and reconnect the device. To begin listening, select a station from the stations list. Appears when any station is not selected. Select a station from the station list on the device. PANDORA App version is not supported. Appears when Pandora® version is not supported. Update Pandora® to the latest version. No stations found. Please create a station. Appears when there is no station list on the device. Use the device to create a station. PANDORA system maintenance. Appears when the Pandora® server is in maintenance. Try again later. Unable to play PANDORA. When stopped, log-in to PANDORA. Appears you do not log in to Pandora®. Log in to Pandora®. There is no internet connectivity on the phone. Appears when the network is deteriorated. Move the vehicle and check the reception of the signal. Unable to play PANDORA. Please try again later. Appears when the sending the data is failed for ten times and the device may have a malfunction. Try again later. Move the vehicle and check the reception of the signal. * Not available on all models Continued Features No Device Connected 329 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 330 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora® * Error Message Solution PANDORA is unable to play music in this country. Appears when the vehicle is in the restricted area to listen the music. Move the vehicle and check the reception of the signal. USB Error. Please check owners manual. Appears when an incompatible device is connected. If there is any problem with the connected device itself, the audio system may not be able to detect it. Contact a dealer. Models with Display Audio Error Message Solution Features To begin listening, select a station from the Stations list. Appears when there is no station list on the device. Use the device to create a station. Unable to rate track. Please try again. Skip limit reached. Appears when you try to skip a song or select Like/Dislike over the predetermined number of times in an hour. Unable to play PANDORA. Please try again later. Unable to retrieve a track explanation. Please try again later. Appears when the commanded operation fails. Try again later. Unable to create bookmark. Please try again later. 330 No Data Appears when no data is available with Pandora® activated. Reboot the app and reconnect the device. PANDORA App version is not supported. Appears when Pandora® version is not supported. Update Pandora® to the latest version. Unable to complete the operation. Please try again later. Appears when the Pandora® server is in maintenance. Try again later. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 331 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuAudio Error MessagesuAndroid/Apps Error Message Solution Appears when Pandora® is unable to play music. Check your device. Unable to connect Pandora. When stopped, check your mobile phone Appears when Pandora® app is not installed on your device. Install Pandora® app to your device. Models with Display Audio Android/Apps If an error occurs while using the audio system or apps, you may see the following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer. Unfortunately, **** has stopped. Solution Error has occurred within app, select OK on the screen to close the app. Features Error Message*1 App is not responding. Select Wait if you can wait for a response from app a little longer. If it does not respond even if you keep **** is not responding. waiting, select OK to close the app and start it up. If the error message continues, perform Factory Data Would you like to close it? Reset. 2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 369 *1:****part is variable characters, and will change depending upon where an error occurs. 331 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 332 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 General Information on the Audio System SiriusXM® Radio Service * ■ Subscribing to SiriusXM® Radio 1. You need your radio ID ready before registering for subscription. To see the ID on the screen, select Channel 0. 2. Have your radio ID ready, and either call SiriusXM® or visit the SiriusXM® website to subscribe. ■ Receiving SiriusXM® Radio Features Switch to the SiriusXM® mode by using the ENTER button on the steering wheel, or through the audio/information screen, and stay in this mode for about 30 minutes until the service is activated. Make sure your vehicle is in an open area with good reception. ■ SiriusXM® Radio Display Messages Channel Not Subscribed: You are not subscribed to the channel selected. Subscription Update: SiriusXM® radio is receiving information update from the network. Channel Not Available: No such channel exists, or the artist or title information is unavailable. No Signal: The signal is too weak in the current location. Antenna Disconnected: The SiriusXM® antenna is disconnected. Contact a dealer. 332 * Not available on all models 1Subscribing to SiriusXM® Radio Contact Information for SiriusXM® Radio: • U.S.: SiriusXM® Radio at www.siriusxm.com or 1800-852-9696 • Canada: SiriusXM® Canada at www.xmradio.ca, or 1-877-209-0079 1Receiving SiriusXM® Radio The SiriusXM® satellites are in orbit over the equator; therefore, objects south of the vehicle may cause satellite reception interruptions. Satellite signals are more likely to be blocked by tall buildings and mountains the farther north you travel from the equator. You may experience reception problems under the following circumstances: • In a location with an obstruction to the south of your vehicle. • In tunnels • On the lower level of a multi-tiered road • Large items carried on the roof rack 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 333 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuCompatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives Compatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives ■ iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility Model 1iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility This system may not work with all software versions of these devices. iPod (5th generation) iPod classic 80GB/160GB (launch in 2007) iPod classic 120GB (launch in 2008) iPod classic 160GB (launch in 2009) iPod nano (1st to 7th generation) released between 2005 and 2012 iPod touch (1st to 5th generation) released between 2007 and 2012 iPhone 3G/iPhone 3GS/iPhone 4/iPhone 4S/iPhone 5/iPhone 5c*1/iPhone 5s*1/ iPhone 6*1/iPhone 6 Plus*1 ■ USB Flash Drives • • • • • A USB flash drive of 256 MB or higher is recommended. Some digital audio players may not be compatible. Some USB flash drives (e.g., a device with security lockout) may not work. Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display. Some versions of MP3, WMA, AAC, or WAV * formats may be unsupported. * Not available on all models 1USB Flash Drives Features *1:Models with Display Audio Files on the USB flash drive are played in their stored order. This order may be different from the order displayed on your PC or device. 333 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 334 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLegal Information on Apple CarPlayTM/Android AutoTM Models with Display Audio Legal Information on Apple CarPlayTM/Android AutoTM ■ OWNER’S MANUAL LICENSE/LIABILITY STATEMENTS USE OF APPLE CARPLAY IS SUBJECT TO YOUR AGREEMENT TO THE CARPLAY TERMS OF USE, WHICH ARE INCLUDED AS PART OF THE APPLE iOS TERMS OF USE. IN SUMMARY, THE CARPLAY TERMS OF USE DISCLAIM APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ LIABILITY IF THE SERVICES FAIL TO PERFORM CORRECTLY OR ARE DISCONTINUED, STRICTLY LIMIT APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ OTHER LIABILITIES, DESCRIBE THE KINDS OF USER INFORMATION (INCLUDING, FOR EXAMPLE, VEHICLE LOCATION, VEHICLE SPEED, AND VEHICLE STATUS) BEING GATHERED AND STORED BY APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS, AND DISCLOSE CERTAIN POSSIBLE RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF CARPLAY, INCLUDING THE POTENTIAL FOR DRIVER DISTRACTION. SEE APPLE’S PRIVACY POLICY FOR DETAILS REGARDING APPLE'S USE AND HANDLING OF DATA UPLOADED BY CARPLAY. Features 334 USE OF ANDROID AUTO IS SUBJECT TO YOUR AGREEMENT TO THE ANDROID AUTO TERMS OF USE WHICH MUST BE AGREED TO WHEN THE ANDROID AUTO APPLICATION IS DOWNLOADED TO YOUR ANDROID PHONE. IN SUMMARY, THE ANDROID AUTO TERMS OF USE DISCLAIM GOOGLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ LIABILITY IF THE SERVICES FAIL TO PERFORM CORRECTLY OR ARE DISCONTINUED, STRICTLY LIMIT GOOGLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ OTHER LIABILITIES, DESCRIBE THE KINDS OF USER INFORMATION (INCLUDING, FOR EXAMPLE, VEHICLE LOCATION, VEHICLE SPEED, AND VEHICLE STATUS) BEING GATHERED AND STORED BY GOOGLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS, AND DISCLOSE CERTAIN POSSIBLE RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF ANDROID AUTO, INCLUDING THE POTENTIAL FOR DRIVER DISTRACTION. SEE GOOGLE’S PRIVACY POLICY FOR DETAILS REGARDING GOOGLE’S USE AND HANDLING OF DATA UPLOADED BY ANDROID AUTO. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 335 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLegal Information on Apple CarPlayTM/Android AutoTM ■ DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES; LIMITATION ON LIABILITY Features YOU EXPRESSLY ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT USE OF APPLE CARPLAY OR ANDROID AUTO (“THE APPLICATIONS”) IS AT YOUR SOLE RISK AND THAT THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO SATISFACTORY QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, ACCURACY AND EFFORT IS WITH YOU TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, AND THAT THE APPLICATIONS AND INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE,” WITH ALL FAULTS AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND HONDA HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATIONS AND INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS, EITHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES AND/OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ACCURACY, QUIET ENJOYMENT, AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. NO ORAL OR WRITTEN INFORMATION OR ADVICE GIVEN BY HONDA OR AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE SHALL CREATE A WARRANTY. AS EXAMPLES, AND WITHOUT LIMITATION, HONDA DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF DATA PROVIDED BY THE APPLICATIONS, SUCH AS THE ACCURACY OF DIRECTIONS, ESTIMATED TRAVEL TIME, SPEED LIMITS, ROAD CONDITIONS, NEWS, WEATHER, TRAFFIC, OR OTHER CONTENT PROVIDED BY APPLE, GOOGLE, THEIR AFFILIATES, OR THIRD PARTY PROVIDERS; HONDA DOES NOT GUARANTEE AGAINST LOSS OF APPLICATION DATA, WHICH MAY BE LOST AT ANY TIME; HONDA DOES NOT GUARANTEE THAT THE APPLICATIONS OR ANY SERVICES PROVIDED THROUGH THEM WILL BE PROVIDED AT ALL TIMES OR THAT ANY OR ALL SERVICES WILL BE AVAILABLE AT ANY PARTICULAR TIME OR LOCATION. FOR EXAMPLE, SERVICES MAY BE SUSPENDED OR INTERRUPTED WITHOUT NOTICE FOR REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, SECURITY FIXES, UPDATES, ETC., SERVICES MAY BE UNAVAILABLE IN YOUR AREA OR LOCATION, ETC. IN ADDITION, YOU UNDERSTAND THAT CHANGES IN THIRD PARTY TECHNOLOGY OR GOVERNMENT REGULATION MAY RENDER THE SERVICES AND/OR APPLICATIONS OBSOLETE AND/OR UNUSABLE. TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY LAW, IN NO EVENT SHALL HONDA OR ITS AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR PERSONAL INJURY, OR ANY INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, CORRUPTION OR LOSS OF DATA, FAILURE TO TRANSMIT OR RECEIVE ANY DATA, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR ANY OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THE APPLICATIONS OR YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE APPLICATIONS OR INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS, HOWEVER CAUSED, REGARDLESS OF THE THEORY OF LIABILITY (CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) AND EVEN IF HONDA WERE ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. SOME STATES AND JURISDICTIONS DISALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF LIABILITY FOR DAMAGES, SO THESE LIMITATIONS AND EXCLUSIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. IN NO EVENT SHALL HONDA’S TOTAL LIABILITY TO YOU FOR ALL DAMAGES (OTHER THAN AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW IN CASES INVOLVING PERSONAL INJURY) EXCEED THE AMOUNT OF FIVE DOLLARS ($5.00). THE FOREGOING LIMITATIONS WILL APPLY EVEN IF THE ABOVE STATED REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE. 335 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 336 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuAbout Open Source Licenses About Open Source Licenses To see the open source license information, follow these steps. Models with color audio system 1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button. 2. Rotate to select Settings, then press . 3. Rotate to select License, then press . Models with Display Audio Features 1. Select . 2. Select Settings. 3. Select System. 4. Select the Others tab. 5. Select Detail Information. 6. Select About device. 7. Select Legal information. 8. Select Open source licenses. 1About Open Source Licenses LICENCE: Copyright © 2001 Bob Trower, Trantor Standard Systems Inc. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the “Software”), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED “AS IS”, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. 336 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 337 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Customized Features Use the audio/information screen to customize certain features. 1Customized Features When you customize settings: • Make sure that the vehicle is at a complete stop. • Shift to (P . Models with color audio system ■ How to customize While the vehicle is at a complete stop with the ignition switch in ON (w , press the MENU/CLOCK button, then select Settings. To customize the phone settings, press the button, then select Phone Setup. Audio/Information Screen (Phone) Button 1How to customize These indications are used to show how to operate the selector knob. Rotate to select. Press to enter. Features To customize other features, select Settings, rotate , then press . 2 List of customizable options P. 353 MENU/CLOCK Button Selector Knob Continued 337 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 338 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuCustomized Featuresu Models with color audio system ■ Customization Flow Press the MENU/CLOCK button. Adjust Clock Settings RDS Settings RDS Information Radio Text Features Bluetooth Setup Add New Device Connect an Audio Device Display Adjustment Brightness Contrast Black Level Rear Camera 338 Camera Guideline 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 339 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuCustomized Featuresu Display Change Audio Wallpaper Wallpaper Select Import Delete Features Color Theme Blue Red Amber Violet Bluegreen Language Clock Format 12h 24h License Continued 339 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 340 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuCustomized Featuresu Press the button and rotate to select Phone Setup, then press Bluetooth Setup . Add New Device Connect a Phone Connect an Audio Device Disconnect All Devices Delete Device Pass-Key Features Speed Dial Ringtone Mobile Phone Fixed Caller ID Info Name Priority Number Priority System Clear 340 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 341 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuCustomized Featuresu Models with color audio system ■ List of customizable options Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings Adjust Clock. Adjust Clock — 2 Clock P. 132 RDS Settings Radio Text Add New Device Brightness Display Contrast Adjustment Black Level Rear Camera — — 2 Phone Setup P. 379 Connect an Audio Device Settings Selects whether the RDS information comes On*1/Off on. Displays the radio text information of the selected RDS station. Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits and deletes a paired phone, and create a code for a paired phone. Features Bluetooth Setup RDS Information Camera Guideline Connects, disconnects or pairs a Bluetooth® Audio device to HFL. Changes the brightness of the audio/ information screen. Changes the contrast of the audio/ information screen. Changes the black level of the audio/ information screen. Selects whether the guidelines come on the audio/information screen. — — — — On*1/Off *1:Default Setting Continued 341 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 342 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuCustomized Featuresu Setup Group Customizable Features Display Change Select Wallpaper Delete Settings Color Theme Language Features Clock Format License *1:Default Setting 342 Import Description Changes the display type. Changes the wallpaper type. Selectable Settings Audio*1/Wallpaper Clock*1/Image 1/Image 2/ Image 3 Imports an image file for a new wallpaper. — 2 Wallpaper Setup P. 240 Deletes an image file for a wallpaper. Changes the background color of the audio/ information screen. Changes the display language. Selects the digital clock display from 12H to 24H. Shows the legal information. Image 1*1/Image 2/Image 3 Blue*1/Red/Amber/Violet/ Bluegreen English*1/French/Spanish 12h*1/24h — 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 343 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuCustomized Featuresu Setup Group Customizable Features Add New Device Connect a Phone Bluetooth Setup Phone Setup Ringtone Caller ID Info System Clear Pairs a new phone to HFL. 2 Phone Setup P. 379 Pairs a new phone or connects a paired phone to HFL. Selectable Settings — — 2 Phone Setup P. 379 Connect an Audio Device Disconnect All Devices Delete Device Pass-Key Connects a Bluetooth® Audio device to HFL. — Disconnects a paired phone from HFL. Deletes a paired phone. Inputs and changes a code for a paired phone. Edits, adds or deletes a speed dial entry. — — — 2 Speed Dial P. 387 — Selects the ring tone. Mobile Phone*1/Fixed Prioritizes the caller’s name or phone number Name Priority*1/Number as the caller ID. Priority Cancels/Resets all customized items in the — Phone Setup group as default. Features Speed Dial Description *1:Default Setting Continued 343 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 344 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuCustomized Featuresu Models with Display Audio 1Customized Features ■ How to customize While the vehicle is at a complete stop with the power mode in ON, select Settings, then select a setting item. , and When you customize settings: • Make sure that the vehicle is at a complete stop. • Shift to (P . To customize other features, select Settings. 2 List of customizable options P. 353 Features 344 Audio/Information Screen 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 345 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuCustomized Featuresu Models with Display Audio ■ Customization flow Select Settings. Clock Info HondaLink Others Default Clock HondaLink Others Default Clock/Wallpaper Type*1/Clock Type*2 Clock Adjustment Auto Time Zone * Manual Time Zone * Auto Daylight Saving Time Clock Format Clock Display Overlay Clock Location Clock Reset Diagnostic & Location Data Info Screen Preference Clock Wallpaper Clock/Wallpaper Type*1/Clock Type*2 Clock Adjustment Auto Time Zone * Manual Time Zone * Auto Daylight Saving Time Clock Format Clock Display Overlay Clock Location Clock Reset Diagnostic & Location Data Info Screen Preference Clock Wallpaper Features Clock *1: Does not appear when you change the screen interface design. *2: Appears only when you change the screen interface design. * Not available on all models Continued 345 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 346 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuCustomized Featuresu Camera Rear Camera LaneWatch * Fixed Guideline Dynamic Guideline Show with Turn Signal Display Time after Turn Signal Off Reference Line Default Cross Traffic Monitor * Features Bluetooth / Wi-Fi Bluetooth Wi-Fi Bluetooth On/Off Status Bluetooth Device List Edit Pairing Code Wi-Fi On/Off Status Wi-Fi Device List Wi-Fi Information Default Phone Phone Text/Email Default 346 * Not available on all models Bluetooth Device List Edit Speed Dial Ring Tone Automatic Phone Sync HondaLink Assist Enable Text/Email Select Account New Message Notification 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 347 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuCustomized Featuresu Audio FM/AM HD Radio Mode (FM) * HD Radio Mode (AM) * RDS INFO SXM * TuneStart SportsFlash Setup Traffic & Weather Setup Multiple Channel Mix Preset Bluetooth Device List Other Cover Art Audio Source Pop-Up Features Bluetooth Default * Not available on all models Continued 347 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 348 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuCustomized Featuresu System Home Display Features Sound/Beep *1 : Does not appear when you change the screen interface design. *2 : Appears only when you change the screen interface design. 348 Home Screen Edit Order Menu Icon Position*2 Configuration of Instrument Panel Tachometer Setting Display Settings Brightness Contrast Black Level Background Color*1 Blue Amber Red Violet BlueGreen Touch Panel Sensitivity Guidance Volume Text Message Volume Voice Recog. Volume Meter Volume - List Reading Meter Volume - Alphabetic Reading Verbal Reminder Beep Volume 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 349 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuCustomized Featuresu Voice Recog. Clock One Press Voice Operation Voice Prompt Voice Recog. Volume Song by Voice Song by Voice Phonetic Modification Phonebook Phonetic Modification Automatic Phone Sync Clock/Wallpaper Type*1/ Clock Type*2 Clock Wallpaper Features Clock Adjustment Auto Time Zone * Manual Time Zone * Auto Daylight Saving Time Clock Format Clock Display Overlay Clock Location Clock Reset *1: Does not appear when you change the screen interface design. *2: Appears only when you change the screen interface design. * Not available on all models Continued 349 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 350 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuCustomized Featuresu Others Features Default *1 : Does not appear when you change the screen interface design. 350 Language Voice Command Tips Remember Last Screen*1 Memory Refresh Refresh Time Adjustment Swipe Direction 4way Switch Gesture Volume Gestures Change Skin Factory Data Reset Climate Screen Timeout Detail Information 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 351 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuCustomized Featuresu Vehicle TPMS Calibration * Driver Assist System Setup * Cancel Calibrate Forward Collision Warning Distance ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep Blind Spot Info Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep Road Departure Mitigation Setting Driver Attention Monitor Adjust Outside Temp. Display “Trip A” Reset Timing “Trip B” Reset Timing Adjust Alarm Volume Fuel Efficiency Backlight Turn By Turn Auto Display New Message Notifications Speed/Distance Units Tachometer Driving Position Setup * Memory Position Link Features Meter Setup *1: Does not appear when you change the screen interface design. * Not available on all models Continued 351 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 352 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuCustomized Featuresu Keyless Access Setup * Lighting Setup Auto Door Lock Auto Door Unlock Key and Remote Unlock Mode Keyless Lock Answer Back Security Relock Timer Walk Away Auto Lock Power Tailgate Setup Hands-free Access Mode Keyless Open Mode Power Open By Outer Handle Features Door/Window Setup Maintenance Info. Default Smartphone 352 * Not available on all models Remote Start System On/Off Door Unlock Mode Keyless Access Light Flash Keyless Access Beep Interior Light Dimming Time Headlight Auto Off Timer Auto Light Sensitivity Auto Interior Illumination Sensitivity Auto Headlight ON With Wiper ON Apple CarPlay Android Auto 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 353 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuCustomized Featuresu Models with Display Audio ■ List of customizable options Setup Group Customizable Features Clock/ Wallpaper Type*1/Clock Type*2 Description Selectable Settings Clock Wallpaper Clock Adjustment Auto Time Zone * Manual Time Zone * Auto Daylight Saving Time Clock Features Clock See Info on P. 354 Clock Format Clock Display Overlay Clock Location Clock Reset HondaLink Diagnostic & Location Data Others Info Screen Preference Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Clock settings group as default. Yes/No *1:Does not appear when you change the screen interface design. *2:Appears only when you change the screen interface design. * Not available on all models Continued 353 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 354 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuCustomized Featuresu Setup Group Customizable Features Clock/ Wallpaper Type*2/ Clock Type*3 Features 354 Info Clock Description Changes the clock display type. ● Wallpaper ● ● Changes the wallpaper type. Imports an image file for a new wallpaper. Deletes an image file for a wallpaper. Selectable Settings Analog/Digital*1/ Small Digital/Off Blank/Galaxy*1/ Metallic/Time Zone Clock Adjustment Adjusts Clock. — Auto Time Zone * Automatically adjusts the clock when driving through different time zones. Manual Time Zone * Changes the time zone manually. Auto Daylight Saving Time Select On to have the GPS automatically adjust the clock to daylight savings time. Select Off to cancel this function. On*1/Off Clock Format Selects the digital clock display from 12H to 24H. 12H*1/24H Clock Display Selects whether the clock display comes on. On*1/Off Overlay Clock Location Changes the clock display layout. Upper Right*1/Upper Left/Lower Right/ Lower Left/Off Clock Reset Resets the clock settings to the factory default. Yes/No On*1/Off — Clock *1:Default Setting *2:Does not appear when you change the screen interface design. *3:Appears only when you change the screen interface design. * Not available on all models 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 355 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuCustomized Featuresu Setup Group Customizable Features HondaLink Info Others Description Selectable Settings Turns HondaLink® on and off. On*1/Off Info Screen Preference Selects the top menu when the (display/ information) button is pressed. ● Info Top- A brief menu pops up. ● Info Menu- A full menu pops up. ● Off- A menu does not pop up. Info Top/Info Menu*1/Off Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Info settings group as default. Yes/No Default Fixed Guideline Selects whether the fixed guidelines come on the rear camera monitor. Features Diagnostic & Location Data On*1/Off 2 Multi-View Rear Camera P. 531 Rear Camera Dynamic Guideline Selects whether the guidelines adjust to the movement of the steering wheel. On*1/Off 2 Multi-View Rear Camera P. 531 Camera Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Rear Camera setting group as default. Yes/No Show with Turn Signal Selects whether the LaneWatch display comes on when you move the turn signal lever to indicate a right turn. On*1/Off Display Time after Turn Signal Off Changes the length of time the LaneWatch display stays on after the turn signal lever returns to the center. 0 second*1/2 seconds LaneWatch * *1:Default Setting * Not available on all models Continued 355 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 356 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuCustomized Featuresu Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings Reference Line Selects whether the reference lines come on the LaneWatch monitor. On*1/Off Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the LaneWatch group as default. Yes/No Cross Traffic Monitor * Turns on and off the cross traffic monitor. On*1/Off Bluetooth On/Off Status Changes the Bluetooth® status. On*1/Off Bluetooth Device List Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits or deletes a paired phone. LaneWatch * Camera Features Bluetooth Edit Pairing Code Bluetooth / Wi-Fi Wi-Fi Default *1:Default Setting 356 * Not available on all models — 2 Phone Setup P. 404 Edits a pairing code. 2 To change the pairing code setting P. 405 Random/Fixed*1 Wi-Fi On/Off Status Changes the Wi-Fi mode. Wi-Fi Device List Connects, disconnects, or deletes the Wi-Fi device. — Wi-Fi Information Shows the Wi-Fi information of the head unit. — Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Bluetooth / Wi-Fi group as default. On/Off*1 Yes/No 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 357 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuCustomized Featuresu Setup Group Customizable Features Bluetooth Device List Description Selectable Settings Pairs a new phone to HFL, connects or disconnects a paired phone. — 2 Phone Setup P. 404 Edit Speed Dial Phone Selects the ring tone. Fixed/Mobile Phone*1 Automatic Phone Sync Sets a phonebook and call history data to be automatically imported when a phone is paired to HFL. On*1/Off HondaLink Assist Turns HondaLink Assist on and off. On*1/Off Enable Text/Email Turns the text/e-mail message function on and off. On*1/Off Select Account Selects a text or e-mail message account. New Message Notification Selects whether a pop-up alert comes on the screen when HFL receives a new text/e-mail message. On/Off*1 Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Phone settings group as default. Yes/No Features Default — 2 Speed Dial P. 410 Ring Tone Phone Text/Email Edits, adds or deletes a speed dial entry. — *1:Default Setting Continued 357 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 358 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuCustomized Featuresu Setup Group Customizable Features FM/AM mode Description Selectable Settings HD Radio Mode (FM) * HD Radio Mode (AM) * Selects whether the audio system automatically switches to the digital radio waves or receives the analog waves only. Auto*1/Analog only RDS INFO Turns on and off the RDS information. On*1/Off TuneStart Turns on and off, starts the song from the beginning as you change preset stations. On*1/Off Interrupt Turns on and off the sports alert function. Off*1/On(One Time)/ On(Continue) Favorite Team Selects your favorite sports teams. Interrupt Beep Causes the system to beep when the sports alert is notified. FM/AM Features Audio SiriusXM® mode SXM * *1:Default Setting 358 * Not available on all models SportsFlash Setup — 2 Live Sports Alert P. 296 Traffic & Weather Setup Selects the region you want to receive the information. Multiple Channel Mix Preset Turns multiple channel mix preset on and off. On*1/Off — On*1/Off 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 359 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuCustomized Featuresu Setup Group Customizable Features Bluetooth® mode Bluetooth Bluetooth Device List Description Selectable Settings Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits or deletes a paired phone. — 2 Phone Setup P. 404 iPod or USB mode Audio Other [Your selected media] Cover Art Audio Source Pop-Up System On*1/Off Selects whether the list of selectable audio source comes on when Audio is selected on the home screen. On/Off*1 Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Audio settings group as default. Yes/No Features Default Turns the cover art display on and off. Home Screen Edit Order Changes the home screen icon layout. — Menu Icon Position*2 Changes the position of the menu icons on the Audio, Phone, and Info screen. — Configuration of Instrument Panel Changes the Instrument Panel screen icon layout. — Tachometer Setting Turns on and off the tachometer display. Home On*1/Off *1:Default Setting *2:Appears only when you change the screen interface design. Continued 359 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 360 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuCustomized Featuresu Setup Group Customizable Features Display Settings Display Features System Description Selectable Settings Brightness Changes the brightness of the audio/information screen. — Contrast Changes the contrast of the audio/information screen. — Black Level Changes the black level of the audio/information screen. — Background Color*2 Changes the background color of the audio/ information screen. Blue/Amber/Red/ Violet/BlueGreen*1 Touch Panel Sensitivity Sets the sensitivity of the touch panel screen. High/Low*1 Guidance Volume Changes the sound volume. Adjusts the guidance volume of the navigation system. 1~6*1~11 Text Message Volume Changes the text/e-mail message reading volume. 1~6*1~11 Sound/ Beep *1:Default Setting *2:Does not appear when you change the screen interface design. 360 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 361 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuCustomized Featuresu Setup Group Customizable Features Sound/ Beep Voice Recog. Selectable Settings Voice Recog. Volume Changes the volume of the voice prompt. 1~6*1~11 Meter Volume - List Reading Changes the list reading volume. 1~6*1~11 Meter Volume Alphabetic Reading Changes the alphabetic reading volume. 1~6*1~11 Verbal Reminder Turns the verbal reminders on and off. On*1/Off Beep Volume Changes the beep volume. Off/1/2*1/3 One Press Voice Operation Changes the setting of the using the voice operation. Voice Prompt Turns the voice prompt on and off. On*1/Off Voice Recog. Volume Changes the volume of the voice prompt. 1~6*1~11 Song by Voice Turns the Song By VoiceTM on and off. On*1/Off Song by Voice Phonetic Modification Modifies a voice command for music stored in the system or an iPod/iPhone. Phonebook Phonetic Modification Modifies a voice command for the phonebook. Automatic Phone Sync Sets phonebook and call history data to be automatically imported when a phone is paired to HFL. (Talk) button operation when Features System Description On*1/Off — 2 Phonetic Modification P. 303 — 2 Phonetic Modification P. 303 On/Off *1:Default Setting Continued 361 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 362 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuCustomized Featuresu Setup Group Customizable Features Clock/Wallpaper Type*2/Clock Type*3 Description Selectable Settings Clock Wallpaper Clock Adjustment Auto Time Zone * Clock Manual Time Zone * See Info on P. 354 Features Auto Daylight Saving Time System Clock Format Clock Display Overlay Clock Location Clock Reset Others Language Change the display language. *1:Default Setting *2:Does not appear when you change the screen interface design. *3:Appears only when you change the screen interface design. 362 * Not available on all models English (United States)*1/Français/ Español 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 363 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuCustomized Featuresu Setup Group Description Selectable Settings Voice Command Tips Alerts you when manual control of the system is disabled to prevent distraction while driving. Only voice commands are available. On*1/Off Remember Last Screen*2 Selects whether the device remembers the last screen. On/Off*1 Memory Refresh Turns on the audio system automatically and restores the fragmentation of a memory when the power mode is VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). On*1/Off Refresh Time Adjustment Sets the time for Memory Refresh. Swipe Direction Sets the vertical swipe direction on the audio remote controls. Normal*1/Invert 4way Switch Gesture Turns the vertical swipe direction on the audio remote controls on or off. On*1/Off Volume Gestures Turns the volume swipe direction on the audio remote controls on or off. On*1/Off Change Skin Changes the screen interface design. Yes/No Others Factory Data Reset Resets all the settings to their factory default. 2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 369 Features System Customizable Features — Yes/No *1:Default Setting *2:Does not appear when you change the screen interface design. Continued 363 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 364 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuCustomized Featuresu Setup Group Customizable Features Description Climate Screen Timeout Changes the length of time the climate control display stays on when you press the CLIMATE button. Detail Information Displays the details of the head unit and operating system information. Selectable Settings Never/5 Seconds/10 Seconds*1/20 Seconds Others System Features Vehicle 364 — Default Cancels /Resets all customized items in the System group as default. Yes/No TPMS Calibration * Cancels/Calibrates the tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS). Cancel*1/Calibrate Forward Collision Warning Distance Changes CMBSTM alert distance. Long/Normal*1/Short ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep Causes the system to beep when the system detects a vehicle, or when the vehicle goes out of the ACC range. On/Off*1 Blind Spot Info Changes the setting for the blind spot information. Audible and Visual Alert*1/Visual Alert/Off Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep Causes the system to beep when LKAS is suspended. On/Off*1 Road Departure Mitigation Setting Changes the setting for the road departure mitigation system. Normal*1/Wide/Warning Only Driver Attention Monitor Changes the setting for the driver attention monitor. Tactile And Audible Alert*1/Tactile Alert/OFF Driver Assist System Setup * *1:Default Setting * Not available on all models 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 365 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuCustomized Featuresu Setup Group Meter Setup Description Selectable Settings Adjust Outside Temp. Display Adjusts the temperature reading by a few degrees. -5°F ~ ±0°F*1 ~ +5°F (U.S.) -3°C ~ ±0°C*1 ~ +3°C (Canada) “Trip A” Reset Timing Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter A and average fuel economy A. When Refueled/IGN Off/ Manually Reset*1 “Trip B” Reset Timing Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter B and average fuel economy B. When Refueled/IGN Off/ Manually Reset*1 Adjust Alarm Volume Changes the alarm volume, such as buzzers, warnings, turn signal sound, and so on. High/Mid*1/Low Fuel Efficiency Backlight Turns the ambient meter feature on and off. On*1/Off Turn By Turn Auto Display Selects whether the turn-by-turn display comes on during the route guidance. On*1/Off New Message Notifications Used to select whether a pop-up alert comes on the screen when HFL receives a new text/e-mail message. On*1/Off Speed/Distance Units Selects the trip computer units. mph · miles*1/km/h · km (U.S.) km/h · km*1/mph · miles (Canada) Tachometer Selects whether the tachometer come on the driver information interface. On*1/Off Features Vehicle Customizable Features *1:Default Setting Continued 365 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 366 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuCustomized Featuresu Setup Group Customizable Features Driving Position Setup * Features Keyless Access Setup * Vehicle Lighting Setup Selectable Settings Memory Position Link Turns the driving position memory system on and off. On*1/Off Remote Start System On/Off Turns the remote engine start feature on and off. On*1/Off Door Unlock Mode Changes which doors unlock when you grab the driver’s door handle. Driver Door Only*1/All Doors Keyless Access Light Flash Causes some exterior lights to flash when you unlock/lock the doors. On*1/Off Keyless Access Beep Causes the beeper to sound when you unlock/lock the doors. On*1/Off Interior Light Dimming Time Changes the length of time the interior lights stay on after you close the doors. 60seconds/30seconds*1/ 15seconds Headlight Auto Off Timer Changes the length of time the exterior lights stay on after you close the driver’s door. 60seconds/30seconds/ 15seconds*1/0seconds Auto Light Sensitivity Changes the timing for the headlights to come on. Max/High/Mid*1/Low/Min Auto Interior Illumination Sensitivity Changes the sensitivity of the brightness of the instrument panel when the headlight switch is in the AUTO position. Min/Low/Mid*1/High/Max *1:Default Setting 366 Description * Not available on all models 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 367 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuCustomized Featuresu Setup Group Customizable Features Lighting Setup Description Changes the settings for the wiper operation when the headlights automatically come on while the headlight switch is in the AUTO position. On*1/Off Auto Door Lock Used to change the setting for when the doors automatically lock. With Vehicle Speed/Shift from P*1/Off Auto Door Unlock Changes the setting for when the doors unlock automatically. All Doors When Driver’s Door Opens*1/All Doors When Shifted to Park/All Doors When Ignition Switched Off/Off Key and Remote Unlock Mode Sets up the driver’s door or all the doors to unlock on the first push of the remote. Driver Door*1/All Doors Keyless Lock Answer Back LOCK/UNLOCK- The exterior lights flash. LOCK (2nd push)- The beeper sounds. On*1/Off Security Relock Timer Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock and the security system to set after you unlock the vehicle without opening any door. 90seconds/60seconds/ 30seconds*1 Walk Away Auto Lock Changes the settings for the auto lock function when you walk away from the vehicle. On/Off*1 Features Auto Headlight ON With Wiper ON Vehicle Door/ Window Setup Selectable Settings *1:Default Setting Continued 367 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 368 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuCustomized Featuresu Setup Group Customizable Features Power Tailgate Setup * Vehicle Description Selectable Settings Hands-free Access Mode Changes the setting to open power tailgate by a swift forward in and out kicking motion under the rear bumper. On*1/Off Keyless Open Mode Changes the keyless setting for when the power tailgate opens. Anytime*1/When Unlocked Power Open By Outer Handle Changes the setting to open power tailgate by tailgate outer handle. Off (Manual only)*1/ On (Power/Manual) Features Maintenance Info. Used to reset the engine oil life display when the maintenance service has been performed. Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Vehicle settings group as default. Apple CarPlay Sets up the Apple CarPlayTM connection. — Android Auto Sets up the Android Auto — — Yes/No Smartphone 368 * Not available on all models TM connection. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 369 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuCustomized FeaturesuDefaulting All the Settings Models with Display Audio Defaulting All the Settings 1Defaulting All the Settings When you transfer the vehicle to a third party, reset all settings to default and delete all personal data. If you perform Factory Data Reset, it will reset the preinstalled apps to their factory default. If you perform Factory Data Reset, you cannot use the HondaLink® because it becomes off line. 2 HondaLink® P. 312 Features Reset all the menu and customized settings as the factory defaults. 1. Select . 2. Select Settings. 3. Select System. 4. Select the Others tab. 5. Select Factory Data Reset. u A confirmation message appears on the screen. 6. Select Next, then select Yes to reset the settings. 7. Select Yes again to reset the settings. u A confirmation message appears on the screen. Select OK. u After selecting OK, the system will reboot. 369 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 370 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver * The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver can be programmed to operate up to three remote controlled devices around your home, such as garage doors, lighting, or home security systems. ■ Important Safety Precautions Refer to the safety information that came with your garage door opener to test that the safety features are functioning properly. If you do not have the safety information, contact the manufacturer. Before programming HomeLink, make sure that people and objects are out of the way of the garage or gate to prevent potential injury or damage. Features When programming a garage door opener, park just outside the garage door’s path. 370 * Not available on all models 1HomeLink® Universal Transceiver * Before programming HomeLink to operate a garage door opener, confirm that the opener has an external entrapment protection system, such as an “electronic eye,” or other safety and reverse stop features. If it does not, HomeLink may not be able to operate it. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 371 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuHomeLink® Universal Transceiver * uTraining HomeLink Training HomeLink Models without panoramic roof Red Indicator If it is necessary to erase a previously entered learned code: • Press and hold the two outside buttons for about 20 seconds, until the red indicator blinks. Release the buttons, and proceed to step 1. • If you are training the second or third button, go directly to step 1. Models with panoramic roof Features Red Indicator The instructions on the next page should work for most gate or garage openers, but may not work for all. For detailed instructions about your specific remote opener, visit http://www.homelink.com or call (800)355-3515. Continued 371 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 372 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuHomeLink® Universal Transceiver * uTraining HomeLink ■ Training a Button 1Training HomeLink Retraining a Button If you want to retrain a programmed button for a new device, you do not have to erase all button memory. You can replace the existing memory code using this procedure: 1. Position the remote transmitter you wish to link 1 to 3 inches (3 - 8 cm) from the HomeLink button you want to program. 2. Press and release the desired HomeLink button. Hold the button on the remote transmitter. Does the HomeLink indicator (LED) change from slowly blinking to constantly on or rapidly blinking? The process should take less than 60 seconds. NO YES Features 3. Press and hold the programmed HomeLink button for about a sec. Does the device (garage door opener) work? YES YES NO 1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink button until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink. NO Press and release the HomeLink button. Press and release the button on the remote every 2 secs. Does the HomeLink indicator (LED) change from slowly blinking to constantly on or rapidly blinking? The process should take less than 60 seconds. 4. Press and hold the HomeLink button again. Training Complete HomeLink LED is constantly on. 5. Press and hold the HomeLink button again. The remote-controlled device should operate. Training Complete 372 HomeLink indicator rapidly blinks. A. The remote has a rolling code. Press the “learn” button on the remote-controlled device (e.g. garage door opener). B. Within 30 secs, press and hold the programmed HomeLink button for 2 secs. Standard transmitter Rolling code transmitter Indicator remains on for about 25 secs. Indicator remains on for about 25 secs. 2. Quickly release the HomeLink button and follow steps 1 - 3 under “Training a Button.” You do not need to press and release the HomeLink button again in step 2. Erasing Codes To erase all the codes, press and hold the two outside buttons until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink (about 10 to 20 secs). You should erase all codes before selling the vehicle. If you have any problems, see the device’s instructions, visit www.homelink.com, or call HomeLink at (800) 355-3515. HomeLink® is a registered trademark of Gentex Corporation. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 373 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using your vehicle's audio system, without handling your cell phone. Place your phone where you can get good reception. To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing procedures, and special feature capabilities: • U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.honda.com, or call 1-888-528 -7876. • Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888528 -7876. Models with color audio system Using HFL ■ HFL Buttons Voice control tips Microphone (Pick-up) Button 1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® • Aim the vents away from the ceiling and close the Volume up Volume down (Talk) Button Selector Knob Features (Phone) Button windows, as noise coming from them may interfere with the microphone. • Press and release the button when you want to call a number using a stored voice tag. Speak clearly and naturally after a beep. • If the microphone picks up voices other than yours, the command may be misinterpreted. • To change the volume level, use the audio system’s volume knob or the remote audio controls on the steering wheel. State or local laws may prohibit the operation of handheld electronic devices while operating a vehicle. (Hang-up/Back) Button (Pick-up) button: Press to go directly to the phone screen or to answer an incoming call. (Hang-up/back) button: Press to end a call or to cancel a command. (Talk) button: Press to call a number with a stored voice tag. (Phone) button: Press to go directly to the phone screen. Selector knob: Rotate to select an item on the screen, then press . Continued If you receive a call while using the audio system, the system resumes its operation after ending the call. Up to 20 speed dial entries can be stored. If there is no entry in the system, Speed Dial is disabled. 2 Speed Dial P. 387 Up to 20 call histories can be stored. If there is no call history, Call History is disabled. 373 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 374 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uUsing HFL ■ HFL Status Display Battery Level Status 1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® The audio/information screen notifies you when there is an incoming call. Signal Strength Roam Status Bluetooth Indicator Appears when your phone is connected to HFL. HFL Mode Call Name Bluetooth® Wireless Technology The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any use of such marks by Honda Motor Co., Ltd., is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners. HFL Limitations An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio system when it is playing. It will resume when the call is ended. Features 1HFL Status Display The information that appears on the audio/ information screen varies between phone models. You can change the system language to English, French, or Spanish. 2 Customized Features P. 337 ■ Limitations for Manual Operation Certain manual functions are disabled or inoperable while the vehicle is in motion. You cannot select a grayed-out option until the vehicle is stopped. Only previously stored speed dial entries can be called using voice commands while the vehicle is in motion. 2 Speed Dial P. 387 374 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 375 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus HFL Menus The ignition switch must be in ACCESSORY (q or ON (w to use HFL. 1HFL Menus To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetoothcompatible cell phone to the system while the vehicle is parked. or Speed Dial*1 Add New Some functions are limited while driving. A message appears on the screen when the vehicle is moving and the operation is canceled. Call History*1 Select a phone number from the call history to store as a speed dial number. Phonebook Select a phone number from the phonebook to store as a speed dial number. Phone Number Enter a phone number to store as a speed dial number. Dialed Calls Display the last 20 outgoing calls. Received Calls Display the last 20 incoming calls. Missed Calls Display the last 20 missed calls. Phonebook*1 Display the paired phones’s phonebook. Dial*1 Enter a phone number to dial. Features (Existing entry list) Call History *1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL. Continued 375 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 376 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus Redial*1 Redial the last number dialed in the phone’s history. Phone Setup Features *1 : Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL. 376 Bluetooth Setup Add New Device Pair a phone to the system. Connect a Phone Connect a phone to the system. Connect an Audio Device Connect a Bluetooth® Audio device to the system. Disconnect All Devices Disconnect a paired phone from the system. Delete Device Delete a previously paired phone. Pass-key Create a code for a paired phone. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 377 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus Speed Dial*1 Add New Call History Phonebook Select a phone number from the phonebook to store as a speed dial number. Phone Number Enter a phone number to store as a speed dial number. Features Existing entry list Change Speed Dial *1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL. Select a phone number from the call history to store as a speed dial number. Change a previously stored speed dial number. Delete Speed Dial Delete a previously stored speed dial number. Store Voice Tag Create a voice tag for a speed dial number. Change Voice Tag Change a voice tag for a speed dial number. Delete Voice Tag Delete a voice tag for a speed dial number. Continued 377 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 378 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus Ringtone Caller ID Info Features System Clear 378 Mobile Phone Select the ring tone stored in the connected cell phone. Fixed Select the ring tone stored in HFL. Name Priority Prioritize the caller’s name as the caller ID. Number Priority Prioritize the caller’s phone number as the caller ID. Clear the system of all paired phones, phonebook entries, and security codes. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 379 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Phone Setup 1Phone Setup ■ To pair a cell phone (No phone has Phone Pairing Tips: • You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is moving. • Up to six phones can be paired. • Your phone’s battery may drain faster when it is paired to HFL. • If your phone is not ready for pairing or not found by the system within 30 seconds, the system will time out and return to idle. Once you have paired a phone, you can see it displayed on the screen with one or two icons on the right side. These icons indicate the following: : The phone can be used with HFL. : The phone is compatible with Bluetooth® Audio. Features been paired to the system) 1. Press the button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Yes, then press . 3. Press to select OK. 4. Make sure your phone is in search or discoverable mode. u HFL automatically searches for a Bluetooth® device. 5. When your phone appears on the list, select it by pressing . u If your phone doesn’t appear, select Phone Not Found? and search for Bluetooth® devices using your phone. From your phone, select HandsFreeLink®. Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to HFL before you can make and receive hands-free calls. 6. The system gives you a pairing code on the audio/information screen. u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen and your phone match. This may vary by phone. 7. A notification appears on the screen if pairing is successful. Continued 379 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 380 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To pair a cell phone (when a phone has already been paired to the system) Features 1. Press the button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Yes, then press . 3. Rotate to select Add New Device, then press . 4. Press to select OK. u The screen changes to device list. 5. Make sure your phone is in search or discoverable mode, then press . u HFL automatically searches for a Bluetooth® device. 6. When your phone appears on the list, select it by pressing . u If your phone does not appear, select Phone Not Found? and search for Bluetooth® devices using your phone. From your phone, select HandsFreeLink®. 7. The system gives you a pairing code on the audio/information screen. u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen and your phone match. This may vary by a phone. 380 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 381 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To change the currently paired phone 1. Press the button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then press . 3. Rotate to select Bluetooth Setup, then press . Features 4. Rotate to select Connect a Phone, then press . u The screen changes to a device list. 5. Rotate to select a desired device name, then press . u HFL disconnects the connected phone and starts searching for another paired phone. Continued 381 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 382 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To change the pairing code setting 1. Press the button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then press . 3. Rotate to select Bluetooth Setup, then press . 4. Rotate . to select Pass-Key, then press Features 5. Input a new pairing code, then press 382 . 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 383 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To delete a paired phone 1. Press the button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then press . 3. Rotate to select Bluetooth Setup, then press . Features 4. Rotate to select Delete Device, then press . u The screen changes to a device list. 5. Rotate to select a phone you want to delete, then press . 6. A confirmation message appears on the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press . Continued 383 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 384 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Ring Tone You can change the ring tone setting. 1. Press the button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then press . 3. Rotate to select Ringtone, then press . 4. Rotate to select Fixed or Mobile Phone, then press . Features 384 ■ Caller’s ID Information You can select a caller’s information to be displayed when you have an incoming call. 1. Press the button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then press . 3. Rotate to select Caller ID Info, then press . 4. Rotate to select a mode you want, then press . 1Ring Tone Fixed: The fixed ring tone sounds from the speakers. Mobile Phone: For certain connected phones, the ring tone stored in the phone sounds from the speakers. 1Caller’s ID Information Name Priority: A caller’s name is displayed if it is stored in the phonebook. Number Priority: A caller’s phone number is displayed. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 385 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To Clear the System Pairing codes, paired phones, all stored voice tags, all speed dial entries, all call history data, and all imported phonebook data are erased. 1. Press the button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then press . 3. Rotate to select System Clear, then press . 4. Rotate to select Yes, then press . Features 5. A confirmation message appears on the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press . 6. A notification appears on the screen. Press . Continued 385 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 386 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History When your phone is paired, the contents of its phonebook and call history are automatically imported to HFL. 1Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History When you select a person from the list in the cellular phonebook, you can see up to three category icons. The icons indicate what types of numbers are stored for that name. Pref Fax Home Car Mobile Other Work Voice Features Pager If a name has four or more numbers, ... appears instead of category icons. On some phones, it may not be possible to import the category icons to HFL. The phonebook is updated after every connection. Call history is updated after every connection or call. 386 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 387 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Speed Dial 1Speed Dial When any preset button is pressed, the Speed Dial screen is displayed. When a voice tag is stored, you can press the button and call the number using voice commands. Features Up to 20 speed dial numbers can be stored per phone. To store a speed dial number: 1. Press the button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press . 3. Rotate to select Add New, then press . 4. Rotate to select a place to choose a number from, then press . From Call History: u Select a number from the call history. From Phonebook: u Select a number from the connected cell phone’s imported phonebook. From Phone Number: u Input the number manually. 5. When the speed dial is successfully stored, you are asked to create a voice tag for the number. Rotate to select Yes or No, then press . 6. Using the button, follow the prompts to say the name for the speed dial entry. Continued 387 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 388 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To edit a speed dial 1. Press the button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then press . 3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press . 4. Select an existing speed dial entry. 5. Rotate to select Change Speed Dial, then press . 6. Select a new speed dial number, then press . Features 388 ■ To delete a speed dial number 1. Press the button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then press . 3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press . 4. Select an existing speed dial entry. 5. Rotate to select Delete Speed Dial, then press . u A confirmation message appears on the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press . 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 389 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To add a voice tag to a stored speed dial number 1. Press the button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then press . 3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press . 4. Select an existing speed dial entry. 5. Rotate to select Store Voice Tag, then press . 6. Using the button, follow the prompts to complete the voice tag. 1. Press the button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then press . 3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press . 4. Select an existing speed dial entry. 5. Rotate to select Change Voice Tag, then press . 6. Using the button, follow the prompts to complete the voice tag. Continued Avoid using duplicate voice tags. Avoid using “home” as a voice tag. It is easier for HFL to recognize a longer name. For example, use “John Smith” instead of “John.” Features ■ To change a voice tag 1Speed Dial 389 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 390 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To delete a voice tag 1. Press the button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then press . 3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press . 4. Select an existing speed dial entry. 5. Rotate to select Delete Voice Tag, then press . u A confirmation message appears on the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press . Features ■ Making a Call You can make calls by inputting any phone number, or by using the imported phonebook, call history, speed dial entries, or redial. 1Making a Call Any voice-tagged speed dial entry can be dialed by voice from any screen. Press the button and follow the prompts. Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of the person you are calling through the audio speakers. 390 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 391 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To make a call using the imported ■ To make a call using a phone number 1. Press the button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Dial, then press . 3. Rotate to select a number, then press . 4. Rotate to select , then press . u Dialing starts automatically. Continued 1To make a call using the imported phonebook This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving. However, you can call a stored voice-tagged speed dial number using voice commands. 2 Limitations for Manual Operation P. 374 2 Speed Dial P. 387 Features phonebook When your phone is paired, the contents of its phonebook are automatically imported to HFL. 1. Press the button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Phonebook, then press . 3. The phonebook is stored alphabetically. Rotate to select the initial, then press . 4. Rotate to select a name, then press . 5. Rotate to select a number, then press . u Dialing starts automatically. 1To make a call using a phone number This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving. However, you can call a stored voice-tagged speed dial number using voice commands. 2 Limitations for Manual Operation P. 374 2 Speed Dial P. 387 391 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 392 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To make a call using redial 1. Press the button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Redial, then press u Dialing starts automatically. 1To make a call using redial . ■ To make a call using the call history Features 392 Call history is stored by Dialed Calls, Received Calls, and Missed Calls. 1. Press the button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Call History, then press . 3. Rotate to select Dialed Calls, Received Calls, or Missed Calls, then press . 4. Rotate to select a number, then press . u Dialing starts automatically. Press and hold the button to redial the last number dialed in your phone’s call history. 1To make a call using the call history The call history appears only when a phone is connected to HFL, and displays the last 20 dialed, received, or missed calls. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 393 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To make a call using a speed dial entry 1. Press the button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press . 3. Rotate to select a number, then press . u Dialing starts automatically. 1To make a call using a speed dial entry When any preset button is pressed, the Speed Dial screen is displayed. Select Others to view another paired phone’s speed dial list. When a voice tag is stored, press the button and call the number using voice commands. 2 Speed Dial P. 387 Continued Features Any voice-tagged speed dial entry can be dialed by voice from any screen. Press the button and follow the prompts. 393 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 394 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Receiving a Call HFL Mode 1Receiving a Call When there is an incoming call, an audible notification sounds and the Incoming Call screen appears. Press the Press the call. Caller’s Name Features 394 button to answer the call. button to decline or end the Call Waiting Press the button to put the current call on hold to answer the incoming call. Press the button again to return to the current call. Select Ignore to ignore the incoming call if you do not want to answer it. Press the button if you want to hang up the current call. You can select the icons on the audio/information screen instead of the and buttons. Rotate to select the icon, then press . 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 395 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Options During a Call Dial Tones: Available on some phones. Features The following options are available during a call. Swap Call: Put the current call on hold to answer the incoming call. Mute: Mute your voice. Transfer Call: Transfer a call from HFL to your phone. Dial Tones: Send numbers during a call. This is useful when you call a menu-driven phone system. 1. To view the available options, press the button. 2. Rotate to select the option, then press . u The check box is checked when Mute is selected. Select Mute again to turn it off. 1Options During a Call 395 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 396 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® Models with Display Audio 1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using your vehicle’s audio system, without handling your cell phone. To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing procedures, and special feature capabilities: • U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.honda.com, or call 1-888-528 -7876. • Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888528 -7876. Using HFL ■ HFL Buttons 3 4 Buttons ENTER Button Place your phone where you can get good reception. Microphone (+ (- Bar Features To use the system, the Bluetooth On/Off Status setting must be On. If there is an active connection to Apple CarPlayTM or Android AutoTM, HFL is unavailable. 2 How to customize P. 337 Voice control tips • Aim the vents away from the ceiling and close the (Display/Information) Button (Talk) Button (Hang-up/Back) Button (Pick-up) Button windows, as noise coming from them may interfere with the microphone. • Press the button when you want to call a number using a stored voice tag. Speak clearly and naturally after a beep. • If the microphone picks up voices other than yours, the command may be misinterpreted. • To change the volume level, select the audio system’s VOL (Volume) or use the remote audio controls on the steering wheel. Up to three speed dial entries can be displayed among a total of 20 that can be entered. 2 Speed Dial P. 410 Up to three previous calls can be displayed at a time among a total of 20 that can be entered. If there is no call history, Call History is disabled. 396 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 397 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uUsing HFL To go to the Phone Menu screen: 1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® Bluetooth® Wireless Technology The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any use of such marks by Honda Motor Co., Ltd., is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners. HFL Limitations An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio system when it is playing. It will resume when the call is ended. Features (Pick-up) button: Press to go directly to the phone menu on the driver information interface, or to answer an incoming call. (Hang-up/back) button: Press to end a call, go back to the previous command, or cancel a command. (Talk) button: Press to access Voice Portal. 3 4 buttons: Press to select an item displayed on the phone menu in the driver information interface. ENTER button: Press to call a number listed in the selected item on the phone menu in the driver information interface. (display/information) button: Select and press ENTER to display Speed Dial, Call History, or Phonebook on the phone menu in the driver information interface. 1. Select to switch the display to the phone screen. 2. Select MENU. Continued 397 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 398 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uUsing HFL ■ HFL Status Display 1HFL Status Display The audio/information screen notifies you when there is an incoming call. Bluetooth Indicator Battery Level Status HFL Mode Appears when your phone is connected to HFL. Signal Strength Caller’s Name Caller’s Number Features ■ Limitations for Manual Operation Certain manual functions are disabled or inoperable while the vehicle is in motion. You cannot select a grayed-out option until the vehicle is stopped. Only previously stored speed dial entries with voice tags, phonebook names, or numbers can be called using voice commands while the vehicle is in motion. 2 Speed Dial P. 410 398 The information that appears on the audio/ information screen varies between phone models. You can change the system language. 2 How to customize P. 337 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 399 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus HFL Menus The power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON to use the system. 1HFL Menus To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetoothcompatible cell phone to the system while the vehicle is parked. ■ Phone Settings screen 1. Select . 2. Select Settings. 3. Select Phone. Some functions are limited while driving. Features Phone Bluetooth Device List Connect Connect Connect (Existing entry list) Disconnect Delete Add Bluetooth Device Connect a paired device to the system. Disconnect a paired phone from the system. Delete a paired phone. Pair a new phone to the system. Continued 399 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 400 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus Edit Speed Dial (Existing entry list) Edit Edit a previously stored speed dial number. ● ● ● Delete New Entry Features Delete All Ring Tone Automatic Phone Sync HondaLink Assist 400 Manual Input Change a name. Change a number. Create or delete a voice tag. Delete a previously stored speed dial number. Enter a phone number to store as a speed dial number. Import from Call History Select a phone number from the call history to store as a speed dial number. Import from Phonebook Select a phone number from the phonebook to store as a speed dial number. Delete all of the previously stored speed dial numbers. Select the fixed or mobile phone. Set phonebook and call history data to be automatically imported when a phone is paired to HFL. Turn HondaLink Assist on and off. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 401 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus Text/Email Enable Text/Email Select Account New Message Notification Default Turn the text/e-mail message function on and off. Select a mail or text message account. Select whether a pop-up alert comes on the screen when HFL receives a new text/e-mail message. Cancel/Reset all customized items in the Phone Settings group as default. Features Continued 401 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 402 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Phone Menu screen 1. Select . 2. Select MENU. Speed Dial (Existing entry list) Features New Entry Dial the selected number in the speed dial list. Manual Input Import from Call History Import from Phonebook Edit Speed Dial (Existing entry list) New Entry Select a phone number from the phonebook to store as a speed dial number. Dial the selected number in the speed dial list. Manual Input Import from Call History Import from Phonebook 402 Enter a phone number to store as a speed dial number. Select a phone number from the call history to store as a speed dial number. Enter a phone number to store as a speed dial number. Select a phone number from the call history to store as a speed dial number. Select a phone number from the phonebook to store as a speed dial number. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 403 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus Phonebook Display the paired phone’s phonebook. Redial Redial the last number dialed. Dial Enter a phone number to dial. Call History All Dialed Display the last outgoing calls. Received Display the last incoming calls. Display the last missed calls. (Existing message list) Read/Stop Features Missed Text/Email Display the last outgoing, incoming and missed calls. System reads received message aloud, or stop message from being read. See the previous message. See the next message. Reply Dial Select Account Reply to a received message using one of six fixed phrases. Make a call to the sender. Select a mail or text message account. Continued 403 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 404 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Phone Setup 1Phone Setup ■ To pair a cell phone (when there is no Features 404 phone paired to the system) 1. Select . 2. Select Yes. 3. Make sure your phone is in search or discoverable mode, then select Continue. u HFL automatically searches for a Bluetooth® device. 4. Select your phone when it appears on the list. u If your phone does not appear, you can select Refresh to search again. u If your phone still does not appear, select Phone Not Found and search for Bluetooth® devices using your phone. From your phone, search for HandsFreeLink. 5. The system gives you a pairing code on the audio/information screen. u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen and your phone match. This may vary by phone. Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to the system before you can make and receive handsfree calls. Phone Pairing Tips: • You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is moving. • Up to six phones can be paired. • Your phone's battery may drain faster when it is paired to the system. • If your phone is not ready for pairing or not found by the system within three minutes, the system will time out and return to idle. Once you have paired a phone, you can see it displayed on the screen with one or two icons on the right side. These icons indicate the following: : The phone can be used with HFL. : The phone is compatible with Bluetooth® Audio. If there is an active connection to Apple CarPlayTM, pairing of additional Bluetooth-compatible devices is unavailable and Add Bluetooth Device is grayed out from the Bluetooth Device List screen. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 405 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To change the currently paired phone 1. Go to the phone settings screen. 2 Phone Settings screen P. 399 2. Select Bluetooth Device List. 3. Select a phone to connect. u HFL disconnects the connected phone and starts searching for another paired phone. 4. Select Connect , Connect , or Connect . ■ To change the pairing code setting If no other phones are found or paired when trying to switch to another phone, HFL will inform you that the original phone is connected again. To pair other phones, select Add Bluetooth Device from the Bluetooth Device List screen. 1To change the pairing code setting The default pairing code is 0000 until you change the setting. To create your own, select Fixed, and delete the current code, then enter a new one. Features 1. Select . 2. Select Settings. 3. Select Bluetooth / Wi-Fi. 4. Select the Bluetooth tab. 5. Select Edit Pairing Code. 1To change the currently paired phone For a randomly generated pairing code each time you pair a phone, select Random. 6. Select Random or Fixed. Continued 405 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 406 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To delete a paired phone 1. Go to the phone settings screen. 2 Phone Settings screen P. 399 2. Select Bluetooth Device List. 3. Select a phone you want to delete. Features 406 4. Select Delete. 5. A confirmation message appears on the screen. Select Yes. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 407 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To Set Up Text Message/E-mail Options 1To Set Up Text Message/E-mail Options ■ To turn on or off the text/e-mail function 1. Go to the Phone Settings screen. To use the text message/e-mail function, it may be necessary to set up on your phone. 2 Phone Settings screen P. 399 2. Select the Text/Email tab, then Enable Text/Email. 3. Select Next. u A pop-up menu appears on the screen. 4. Select On or Off. 1. Go to the Phone Settings screen. 2 Phone Settings screen P. 399 2. Select the Text/Email tab, then New Message Notification. 3. Select Next. u A pop-up menu appears on the screen. 4. Select On or Off. Continued 1To turn on or off the text/e-mail notice On: A pop-up notification comes on every time you receive a new message. Off: The message you receive is stored in the system without notification. Features ■ To turn on or off the text/e-mail notice 407 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 408 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Ring Tone 1Ring Tone You can change the ring tone setting. 1. Go to the Phone Settings screen. 2 Phone Settings screen P. 399 2. Select Ring Tone. 3. Select Next, then select Fixed or Mobile Phone. Features 408 Fixed: The fixed ring tone sounds from the speakers. Mobile Phone: For certain connected phones, the ring tone stored in the phone sounds from the speakers. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 409 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History ■ When Automatic Phone Sync is set to On: When your phone is paired, the contents of its phonebook and call history are automatically imported to the system. 1Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History When you select a name from the list in the cellular phonebook, you can see up to three category icons. The icons indicate what types of numbers are stored for that name. Fax Home Car Mobile Other ■ Changing the Automatic Phone Sync Work Voice setting 1. Go to the Phone Settings screen. Pager 2 Phone Settings screen P. 399 On some phones, it may not be possible to import the category icons to the system. 2. Select Automatic Phone Sync. Features Pref The phonebook is updated after every connection. Call history is updated after every connection or call. 3. Select On or Off. Continued 409 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 410 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Speed Dial 1Speed Dial Up to 20 speed dial numbers can be stored per phone. To store a speed dial number: 1. Go to the Phone Menu screen. 2 Phone Menu screen P. 402 Features 2. Select Speed Dial. 3. Select New Entry. From Import from Call History: u Select a number from the call history. From Manual Input: u Input the number manually. From Import from Phonebook: u Select a number from the connected cell phone’s imported phonebook. 4. When the speed dial is successfully stored, you are asked to create a voice tag for the number. Select Yes or No. 5. Select Record, or use the button and follow the prompts to complete the voice tag. 410 When a voice tag is stored, press the button to call the number using the voice tag. Say the voice tag name. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 411 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To add a voice tag to a stored speed dial number 1. Go to the Phone Settings screen. 2 Phone Settings screen P. 399 2. Select Edit Speed Dial. 3. Select an existing speed dial entry. u From the pop-up menu, select Edit. 4. Select Voice Tag. u From the pop-up menu, select Record. 5. Select Record, or use the button and follow the prompts to complete the voice tag. 1Speed Dial Avoid using duplicate voice tags. Avoid using “home” as a voice tag. It is easier for the system to recognize a longer name. For example, use “John Smith” instead of “John.” Features ■ To delete a voice tag 1. Go to the Phone Settings screen. 2 Phone Settings screen P. 399 2. Select Edit Speed Dial. 3. Select an existing speed dial entry. u From the pop-up menu, select Edit. 4. Select Voice Tag. u From the pop-up menu, select Clear. 5. A confirmation message appears on the screen. Select Yes. Continued 411 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 412 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To edit a speed dial 1. Go to the Phone Settings screen. 2 Phone Settings screen P. 399 2. Select Edit Speed Dial. 3. Select an existing speed dial entry. u From the pop-up menu, select Edit. 4. Select a setting you want. ■ To delete a speed dial 1. Go to the Phone Settings screen. 2 Phone Settings screen P. 399 Features 412 2. Select Edit Speed Dial. 3. Select an existing speed dial entry. u From the pop-up menu, select Delete. 4. A confirmation message appears on the screen. Select Yes. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 413 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Phonebook Phonetic Modification 1Phonebook Phonetic Modification Add phonetic modifications or a new voice tag to the phone’s contact name so that it is easier for HFL to recognize voice commands. ■ To add a new voice tag 1. Select . 2. Select Settings. 3. Select System. 4. Select the Voice Recog. tab. 5. Select Phonebook Phonetic Modification. Continued Features 6. Select the phone you want to add phonetic modification to. You can store up to 20 phonetic modification items. 413 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 414 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus 7. Select New Voice Tag. Features 8. Select a contact name you want to add to. u The pop-up menu appears on the screen. 9. Select Modify. 10. Using Record or the button, follow the prompts to complete the voice tag. 11. You will receive a confirmation message on the screen, then select OK. 414 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 415 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To modify a voice tag 1Phonebook Phonetic Modification 1. Select . 2. Select Settings. 3. Select System. 4. Select the Voice Recog. tab. 5. Select Phonebook Phonetic Modification. You can only modify or delete contact names for the currently connected phone. Features 6. Select the phone you want to modify phonetic modification. 7. Select a contact name you want to modify. u The pop-up menu appears on the screen. 8. Select Modify. 9. Using Record or the button, follow the prompts to complete the voice tag. 10. You will receive a confirmation message on the screen, then select OK. Continued 415 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 416 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To delete a modified voice tag 1. Select . 2. Select Settings. 3. Select System. 4. Select the Voice Recog. tab. 5. Select Phonebook Phonetic Modification. Features 6. Select the phone for which you want to delete phonetic modification. 7. Select a contact name you want to delete. u The pop-up menu appears on the screen. 8. Select Delete. u The selected contact name has been selected. 9. Select OK. 416 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 417 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To delete all modified voice tags 1. Select . 2. Select Settings. 3. Select System. 4. Select the Voice Recog. tab. 5. Select Phonebook Phonetic Modification. ■ Making a Call Features 6. Select the phone you want to delete phonetic modification. u The contact name list appears. 7. Select Delete All. 8. You will receive a confirmation message on the screen, then select Yes. 1Making a Call You can make calls by inputting any phone number, or by using the imported phonebook, call history, speed dial entries, or redial. Any voice-tagged speed dial entry can be dialed by voice from most screens. Press the button and say the voice tag name. Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of the person you are calling through the audio speakers. While there is an active connection with Apple CarPlayTM, phone calls can be made only from Apple CarPlayTM. Continued 417 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 418 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To make a call using the imported phonebook 1. Select . 2. Select Phonebook. Features 3. Select a name. u You can also search by letter. Select Search. u Use the keyboard on the touch screen for entering name, if multiple numbers exist select a number. u You can also swipe up or down to scroll through the list of contacts alphabetically on the steering wheel. 2 Audio Remote Controls P. 233 4. Select a number. u Dialing starts automatically. 418 1To make a call using the imported phonebook You can also select Phonebook on the Phone Menu screen. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 419 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To make a call using a phone number 1. Go to the Phone Menu screen. 2 Phone Menu screen P. 402 2. Select Dial. 3. Select a number. u Use the keyboard on the touch screen for entering numbers. 4. Select . u Dialing starts automatically. ■ To make a call using redial 1. Go to the Phone Menu screen. 2 Phone Menu screen P. 402 Features 2. Select Redial. u Dialing starts automatically. ■ To make a call using the Call History Call history is stored by All, Dialed, Received, and Missed. 1. Go to the Phone Menu screen. 1To make a call using the Call History The call history displays the last 20 all, dialed, received, or missed calls. (Appears only when a phone is connected to the system.) 2 Phone Menu screen P. 402 2. Select Call History. 3. Select All, Dialed, Received, or Missed. 4. Select a number. u Dialing starts automatically. Continued 419 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 420 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To make a call using a Speed Dial entry 1. Go to the Phone Menu screen. 2 Phone Menu screen P. 402 2. Select Speed Dial. 3. Select a number. u Dialing starts automatically. 1To make a call using a Speed Dial entry When a voice tag is stored, press the call the number using the voice tag. 2 Speed Dial P. 410 button to Any voice-tagged speed dial entry can be dialed by voice from any screen. Press the button and follow the prompts. 1Receiving a Call ■ Receiving a Call Features When there is an incoming call, an audible notification sounds (if activated) and the Incoming call screen appears. Press the Press the call. button to answer the call. button to decline or end the Call Waiting Press the button to put the current call on hold to answer the incoming call. Press the button again to return to the current call. Select Ignore to ignore the incoming call if you do not want to answer it. Press the button if you want to hang up the current call. You can select the icons on the audio/information screen instead of the and buttons. 420 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 421 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Options During a Call 1Options During a Call The following options are available during a call. Mute: Mute your voice. Transfer: Transfer a call from the system to your phone. Touch Tones: Send numbers during a call. This is useful when you call a menudriven phone system. The available options are shown on the lower Mute Icon half of the screen. Continued You can select the icons on the audio/information screen. Features Select the option. u The mute icon appears when Mute is selected. Select Mute again to turn it off. Touch Tones: Available on some phones. 421 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 422 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Receiving a Text Message/E-mail Features HFL can display newly received text or e-mail messages as well as 20 of the most recently received messages on a linked cell phone. Each received message can be read aloud and replied to using a fixed common phrase. 1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a new text message or e-mail. 2. Select Read to listen to the message. u The text message or e-mail is displayed. The system automatically starts reading out the message. 3. To discontinue the message read-out, select Stop. 1Receiving a Text Message/E-mail The system does not display any received messages while you are driving. You can only hear them read aloud. The system can only receive massages that are sent as text (SMS) messages. Messages sent using the data services will not be displayed in the list. With some phones, you may be able to display up to 20 most recent text messages and e-mails. State or local laws may limit your use of the HFL text message/e-mail feature. Only use the text message/email feature when conditions allow you to do so safely. When you receive a text message or e-mail for the first time since the phone is paired to HFL, you are asked to turn the New Message Notification setting to On. 2 To turn on or off the text/e-mail notice P. 407 422 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 423 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Selecting a Mail Account 1Selecting a Mail Account If a paired phone has text message or mail accounts, you can select one of them to be active and receive notifications. 1. Go to the Phone Settings screen. You can also select a mail account from the folder list screen or the message list screen. 2 Phone Settings screen P. 399 2. Select the Text/Email tab, then Select Account. u A pop-up menu appears on the screen. 3. Select Text Messages or an e-mail account you want. Features Select Account You can only receive notifications from one text message or mail account at a time. Continued 423 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 424 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Displaying Messages Message List 1Displaying Messages ■ Displaying text messages The 1. Go to the Phone Menu screen. If you delete a message on the phone, the message is also deleted in the system. If you send a message from the system, the message goes to your phone’s outbox. 2 Phone Menu screen P. 402 2. Select Text/Email. u Select account if necessary. 3. Select a message. u The text message is displayed. The system automatically starts reading the message aloud. Text Message Features 424 icon appears next to an unread message. To see the previous or next message, select (previous) or (next) on the message screen. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 425 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus Folder List ■ Displaying e-mails 1. Go to the Phone Menu screen. 2 Phone Menu screen P. 402 Message List 2. Select Text/Email. u Select Select Account if necessary. 3. Select a folder. 4. Select a message. u The e-mail is displayed. The system automatically starts reading the message aloud. Features E-mail Continued 425 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 426 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Read or Stop reading a message 1. Go to the text or e-mail message screen. u The system automatically starts reading the message aloud. 2 Displaying Messages P. 424 2. Select Stop to stop reading. Select Read again to start reading the message from the beginning. ■ Reply to a message Features 426 1. Go to the text or e-mail message screen. u The system automatically starts reading the message aloud. 2 Displaying Messages P. 424 2. Select Reply. 3. Select the reply message. u The pop-up menu appears on the screen. 4. Select Send to send the message. u Complete appears on the screen when the reply message was successfully sent. 1Reply to a message The available fixed reply messages are as follows: • Talk to you later, I’m driving. • I’m on my way. • I’m running late. • OK • Yes • No You cannot add, edit, or delete reply messages. Only certain phones receive and send messages when paired and connected. For a list of compatible phones: • U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.honda.com, or call 1-888-528-7876. • Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888528-7876. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 427 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Making a call to a sender 1. Go to the text message screen. 2. Select Dial. Features Continued 427 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 428 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ In Case of Emergency 1In Case of Emergency ■ Automatic collision notification If your vehicle’s airbags deploy or if the unit detects that the vehicle is severely impacted, your vehicle automatically will attempt to connect to the HondaLink operator. If connected, information about your vehicle, its location, and its condition can be sent to the operator*1; you also can speak to the operator when connected. Features IMPORTANT: For vehicles equipped with HondaLink Assist, owner activation constitutes authorization for Honda to collect information from your vehicle needed to provide the service, and agreement to the Terms of Use at www.hondalink.com/ TermsAndConditions. In a crash, HondaLink Assist will attempt to notify emergency services but NEITHER Honda-PRO NOR ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS GUARANTEE THAT SUCH NOTIFICATION WILL OCCUR. Honda reserves the right to terminate HondaLink Assist services at any time or for any reason, and in the future may not be able to provide services due to changes in, or obsolescence of, technology integral to the service or changes in governmental regulation. Your vehicle may not be able to connect to the operator if the battery level is low, the line is disconnected, or you do not have adequate cellular coverage. You cannot use this emergency service when: • You travel outside the HondaLink service coverage areas. • There is a problem with the connecting devices, such as the microphones, speakers, or the unit itself. You cannot operate other phone-related functions using the screen while talking to the operator. Select Hang Up to terminate the connection to your vehicle. 1Automatic collision notification If the unit fails to connect to the operator, it repeatedly tries until it succeeds. *1 : Depending on your phone and adequate cellular coverage, your vehicle's location may not be sent to the operator. 428 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 429 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To enable notification 1To enable notification 1. Go to the Phone Settings screen. 2 Phone Settings screen P. 399 2. Select the Phone tab, then HondaLink Assist. u A pop-up menu appears on the screen. 3. Select On or Off. Setting options: • On: Notification is available. • Off: Disable the feature. Features 429 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 430 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Compass * When you turn the ignition switch to ON (w , the compass self-calibrates, and the compass display appears. Compass Calibration Features If the compass indicates the wrong direction, or the CAL indicator blinks, you need to manually calibrate the system. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (w . 2. Press and hold the (day/night) button until the display shows the compass setting menu. 3. Rotate to select Calibration, then press . Compass Setting Menu Items 4. When the display changes to Push CAL Start, press . 5. Drive the vehicle slowly in two circles. u The compass starts to show a direction after the calibration. The CAL indicator goes off. 430 * Not available on all models 1Compass * Compass operation can be affected under the following conditions: • Driving near power lines or stations • Crossing a bridge • Passing a large vehicle, or driving near a large object that can cause a magnetic disturbance • When accessories such as antennas and roof racks are mounted by magnets 1Compass Calibration Calibrate the compass in an open area. While setting the compass: • The (Back) button returns to the previous screen. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 431 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuCompass * uCompass Zone Selection Compass Zone Selection Zone Number 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (w . 2. Press and hold the (day/night) button until the display shows the compass setting menu. 3. Rotate to select Zone, then press . The display shows the current zone number. 4. Rotate to select the zone number of your area (See Zone Map), then press . 1Compass Zone Selection The zone selection is done to compensate the variation between magnetic north and true north. If the calibration starts while the audio system is in use, the display returns to normal after the calibration is completed. Zone Map Features Guam Island: Zone 8 Puerto Rico: Zone 11 431 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 432 432 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 433 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Driving This chapter discusses driving, refueling, and information on items such as accessories. Before Driving................................... 434 Towing a Trailer Towing Preparation.......................... 439 Driving Safely with a Trailer .............. 442 Towing Your Vehicle ........................ 443 Off-Highway Driving Guidelines General Information......................... 444 Important Safety Precautions............ 444 Avoiding Trouble ............................. 445 When Driving Models without smart entry system Starting the Engine .......................... 446 Models with smart entry system Starting the Engine .......................... 448 Precautions While Driving................. 453 * Not available on all models Continuously Variable Transmission... 454 Shifting............................................ 455 ECON Button ................................... 457 Cruise Control * ............................... 458 Front Sensor Camera * ..................... 465 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * ....................... 467 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System * ..................................... 482 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) * .. 486 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System............. 494 LaneWatchTM * .................................. 500 Real Time AWD with Intelligent Control SystemTM * ...................................... 502 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ...503 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Required Federal Explanation ......... 506 Braking Brake System ................................... 508 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ........... 514 Brake Assist System ......................... 515 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * ..................................... 516 Parking Your Vehicle When Stopped ................................ 526 Multi-View Rear Camera.................. 531 Refueling........................................... 533 Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions.... 536 Turbo Engine Vehicle *...................... 537 433 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 434 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Before Driving Driving Preparation Check the following items before you start driving. ■ Exterior Checks • Make sure there are no obstructions on the windows, door mirrors, exterior lights, or other parts of the vehicle. u Remove any frost, snow, or ice. u Remove any snow on the roof, as this can slip down and obstruct your field of vision while driving. If frozen solid, remove ice once it has softened. u When removing ice from around the wheels, be sure not to damage the wheel or wheel components. • Make sure the hood is securely closed. u If the hood opens while driving, your front view will be blocked. • Make sure the tires are in good condition. u Check air pressures, and check for damage and excessive wear. Driving 434 2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 581 • Make sure there are no people or objects behind or around the vehicle. u There are blind spots from the inside. 1Exterior Checks NOTICE When doors are frozen shut, use warm water around the door edges to melt any ice. Do not try to force them open, as this can damage the rubber trim around the doors. When done, wipe dry to avoid further freezing. Do not pour warm water into the key cylinder. You will be unable to insert the key if the water freezes in the hole. Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite flammable materials left under the hood, causing a fire. If you've parked your vehicle for an extended period, inspect and remove any debris that may have collected, such as dried grass and leaves that have fallen or have been carried in for use as a nest by a small animal. Also check under the hood for leftover flammable materials after you or someone else has performed maintenance on your vehicle. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 435 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation ■ Interior Checks 1Interior Checks • Store or secure all items on board properly. u Carrying too much cargo, or improperly storing it, can affect your vehicle's handling, stability, stopping distance, and tires, and make it unsafe. 2 Maximum Load Limit P. 437 2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 144 • Adjust your seating position properly. u Adjust the head restraint, too. Driving • Do not pile items higher than the seat height. u They can block your view and may be thrown forward in the event of sudden braking. • Do not place anything in the front seat footwells. Make sure to secure the floor mat. u An object or unsecured floor mat can interfere with your brake and accelerator pedal operation while driving. • If you have any animals on board, do not let them move around in the vehicle. u They may interfere with driving and a crash could occur. • Securely close and lock all doors and the tailgate. The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry heavy items in the cargo area or tow a trailer, have the aiming readjusted at a dealer or by a qualified technician. 2 Adjusting the Seats P. 197 2 Adjusting the Front Head Restraints P. 201 • Adjust the mirrors and steering wheel properly for your driving. u Adjust them while sitting in the proper driving position. 2 Adjusting the Steering Wheel P. 194 2 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 195 Continued 435 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 436 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation • Be sure items placed on the floor behind the front seats cannot roll under the seats. u They can interfere with the driver's ability to operate the pedals, the operation of the seats, or the operation of the sensors under the seats. • Everyone in the vehicle must fasten their seat belt. 2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 44 • Make sure that the indicators in the instrument panel come on when you start the vehicle, and go off soon after. u Always have a dealer check the vehicle if a problem is indicated. 2 Indicators P. 80 Driving 436 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 437 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit Maximum Load Limit The maximum load for your vehicle is 850 lbs (385 kg). See the Tire and Loading Information label attached to the driver’s doorjamb. 1Maximum Load Limit 3 WARNING Overloading or improper loading can affect handling and stability and cause a crash in which you can be hurt or killed. Label Example Follow all load limits and other loading guidelines in this manual. This figure includes the total weight of all occupants, cargo, and accessories, and the tongue load if you are towing a trailer. Continued Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR): The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle axle. 2 Specifications P. 636 Driving Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit (1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your vehicle’s placard. (2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle. (3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs. (4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount equals 1,400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1,400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.) Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR): The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle, all occupants, all accessories, all cargo, and the tongue load. 2 Specifications P. 636 437 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 438 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit (5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4. (6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle. In addition, the total weight of the vehicle, all occupants, accessories, cargo, and trailer tongue load must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). Both are on a label on the driver’s doorjamb. Load Limits Example Driving Example1 Max Load 850 lbs (385 kg) Passenger Weight 150 lbs x 2 = 300 lbs (68 kg x 2 = 136 kg) Cargo Weight 550 lbs (249 kg) Max Load 850 lbs (385 kg) Passenger Weight 150 lbs x 5 = 750 lbs (68 kg x 5 = 340 kg) Cargo Weight 100 lbs (45 kg) Example2 438 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 439 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Towing a Trailer Towing Preparation ■ Towing Load Limits 1Towing Load Limits Your vehicle can tow a trailer if you carefully observe the load limits, use the proper equipment, and follow the towing guidelines. Check the load limits before driving. ■ Total trailer weight Maximum allowable weight of the trailer, cargo, and everything in or on it must not exceed 1,500 lbs (680 kg). Towing loads in excess of this can seriously affect vehicle handling and performance and can damage the engine and drivetrain. Total Load ■ Tongue load Continued Check the loading of your vehicle and trailer carefully before starting to drive. Check if all loads are within limits at a public scale. If a public scale is not available, add the estimated weight of your cargo load to the weight of your trailer (as quoted by the manufacturer), and the tongue load. Break-in Period Avoid towing a trailer during your vehicle's first 600 miles (1,000 km). Driving Tongue Load Tongue Load The weight of the tongue with a fully loaded trailer on the hitch should be approximately 10% of the total trailer weight. • Excessive tongue load reduces front tire traction and steering control. Too little tongue load can make the trailer unstable and cause it to sway. • To achieve a proper tongue load, start by loading 60% of the load toward the front of the trailer and 40% toward the rear. Readjust the load as needed. 3 WARNING Exceeding any load limit or improperly loading your vehicle and trailer can cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed. Never exceed the gross weight ratings. Gross weight information 2 Specifications P. 636 439 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 440 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation ■ Towing Equipment and Accessories Towing equipment varies by the size of your trailer, how much load you are towing, and where you are towing. ■ Hitches The hitch must be of an approved type and properly bolted to the underbody. ■ Safety chains Always use safety chains when you tow a trailer. Leave enough slack to allow the trailer to turn corners easily, but do not allow the chains to drag on the ground. ■ Trailer brakes Driving Recommended for any trailer with a total weight of 1,000 lbs (450 kg) or more: There are two common types of trailer brakes: surge and electric. Surge brakes are common for boat trailers, since the brakes will get wet. If you choose electric brakes, be sure they are electronically actuated. Do not attempt to attach trailer brakes to your vehicle's hydraulic system, as it will lower braking effectiveness and create a potential hazard. ■ Additional towing equipment Many states and provinces/territories require special outside mirrors when towing a trailer. Even if mirrors are not required in your locale, you should install special mirrors if visibility is restricted in any way. 440 1Towing Equipment and Accessories Make sure that all equipment is properly installed and maintained, and that it meets federal, state, province/ territory, and local regulations. Consult your trailer maker for proper installation and setup of the equipment. Improper installation and setup can affect the handling, stability, and braking performance of your vehicle. Consult your trailer sales or rental agency if any other items are recommended or required for your towing situation. The lighting and wiring of trailers can vary by type and brand. If a connector is required, it should only be installed by a qualified technician. Trailer packages and products: • Ball mount, hitch plug, hitch pin etc. • Wiring harness kit • Trailer hitch kit 2 Trailer brakes P. 440 Are available at a dealer. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 441 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation ■ Trailer light 1Trailer light Trailer lights and equipment must comply with federal, state, province/territory, and local regulations. Check with your local trailer sales or rental agency for the requirements in the area where you plan to tow. Grand (Black) Left Turn Signal (Light Blue) The trailer lighting connector is located behind the left side panel in the cargo area. Even if you are planning to use the non-Honda trailer lighting harness and converter, ask a dealer for the correct connector and pins. Right Turn Signal (Light Green) +B Trailer (White) Small (Violet) Brake Light (Pink) The lighting and wiring of trailers can vary by type and brand. If a connector is required, it should only be installed by a qualified technician. Driving We recommend that you have a dealer install a Honda wiring harness and converter. They are designed for your vehicle. 441 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 442 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuTowing a TraileruDriving Safely with a Trailer Driving Safely with a Trailer ■ Things You Need To Know Before Towing a Trailer • Have the trailer properly serviced and keep it in good condition. • Make sure that all the weights and load in the vehicle and trailer are within limits. 2 Towing Load Limits P. 439 • Securely attach the hitch, safety chains, and other necessary parts to the trailer. • Securely store all the items in and on the trailer so that they do not shift while driving. • Check if the lights and brakes on the trailer are working properly. • Check the pressures of the trailer tires, including the spare. ■ Towing Speeds and Gears Driving • Drive slower than normal. • Obey posted speed limits for vehicles with trailers. • Use the (D position when towing a trailer on level roads. ■ Turning and Braking • Turn more slowly and with a wider turning arc than normal. • Allow more time and distance for braking. • Do not brake or turn suddenly. ■ Driving in Hilly Terrain • Monitor your temperature gauge. If it nears the white (H) mark, turn off the climate control system and reduce speed. Pull to the side of the road safely to cool down the engine if necessary. 442 1Driving Safely with a Trailer Operating speed when towing a trailer is restricted up to 65 mph (100 km/h). Parking In addition to the normal precautions, place wheel chocks at each of the trailer's tires. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 443 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuTowing a TraileruTowing Your Vehicle Towing Your Vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to be towed behind a motor home. If your vehicle needs to be towed in an emergency, refer to the emergency towing information. 2 Emergency Towing P. 631 Driving 443 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 444 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Off-Highway Driving Guidelines General Information Your vehicle has been designed primarily for use on pavement, however, its higher ground clearance allows you to occasionally travel on unpaved roads. It is not designed for trail-blazing, or other challenging off-road activities. If you decide to drive on unpaved roads, you will find that it requires somewhat different driving skills and that your vehicle will handle somewhat differently than it does on pavement. Pay attention to the precautions and tips in this section, and get acquainted with your vehicle before leaving the pavement. Important Safety Precautions To avoid loss of control or rollover, be sure to follow all precautions and recommendations: • Be sure to store cargo properly and do not exceed your cargo load limits. 2 Maximum Load Limit P. 437 Driving 444 • Whenever you drive, make sure you and your passengers always wear seat belts. • Keep your speed low, and never go faster than the conditions allow. • It’s up to you to continually assess the situation and drive within the limits. 1Off-Highway Driving Guidelines 3 WARNING Improperly operating this vehicle on or the off pavement can cause a crash or rollover in which you and your passengers could be seriously injured or killed. • Follow all instructions and guidelines in this owner’s manual. • Keep your speed low, and don’t drive faster than conditions permit. Failure to operate your vehicle correctly might result in a crash or a rollover. 2 Important Handling Information P. 36 2 Precautions While Driving P. 453 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 445 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuOff-Highway Driving GuidelinesuAvoiding Trouble Avoiding Trouble Driving • Check Out Your Vehicle before you leave the pavement and make sure that all scheduled maintenance has been completed. Pay special attention to the condition of the tires, and check the tire pressures. • Remember the route you choose presents limits (too steep or bumpy), you have limits (driving skill and comfort), and your vehicle has limits (traction, stability, and power). Failing to recognize these limits will likely put you and your passengers in a hazardous situation. • Accelerating and Braking should be done slowly and gradually. Trying to start or stop too fast can cause a loss of traction and you could lose control. • Avoiding Obstacles and Debris in the road reduces the likelihood of a rollover or damage to your suspension or other components. • Driving on Slopes increases your risk of a rollover, particularly if you attempt to drive across a slope that is too steep. Going straight or down a slope is usually the safest. If you can’t clearly see all conditions or obstacles on a slope, walk it before you drive it. If there is any doubt whether you can safely pass, don’t try it. Find another route. If you get stuck when climbing, do not try to turn around. Back down slowly following the same route you took up the hill. • Crossing a Stream - Avoid driving through deep water. If you encounter water in your route (a small stream or large puddle, for example), evaluate it carefully before going ahead. Make sure it is shallow, flowing slowly, and has firm ground underneath. If you are not sure of the depth or the ground, turn around and find another route. Driving through deep water can also damage your vehicle. The water can get into the transmission and differential, diluting the lubricant and causing an eventual failure. It can also wash the grease out of the wheel bearings. • If You Get Stuck, carefully go in the direction that you think will get you unstuck. Do not spin the tires as this will only make things worse and could damage the transmission. If you are unable to free yourself, your vehicle will need to be towed. Front and rear tow hooks are provided for this purpose. 445 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 446 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 When Driving Models without smart entry system Starting the Engine 1. Make sure the parking brake is applied. u The electric parking brake indicator comes on for 15 seconds when you pull up the electric parking brake switch. Brake Pedal 2. Check that the shift lever is in (P , then depress the brake pedal. u Although it is possible to start the vehicle in (N with the parking brake applied, it is safer to start it in (P . Driving 3. Turn the ignition switch to START (e without depressing the accelerator pedal. 446 1Starting the Engine Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when starting the engine. The engine is harder to start in cold weather and in thinner air found at altitudes above 8,000 feet (2,400 meters). When starting the engine in cold weather, turn off all electrical accessories such as the lights, climate control system, and rear defogger in order to reduce battery drain. If you live in a region where winter is extremely cold, an engine block heater will improve starting and warming of the engine. Consult a dealer for details. If the exhaust system sounds abnormal or you can smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle, have your vehicle checked by a dealer. There may be a problem with the engine or exhaust system. Do not hold the key in START (e for more than 10 seconds. • If the engine does not start right away, wait for at least 30 seconds before trying again. • If the engine starts, but then immediately stops, wait at least 30 seconds before repeating step 3 while gently depressing the accelerator pedal. Release the accelerator pedal once the engine starts. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 447 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine ■ Starting to Drive 1. Keeping your right foot on the brake pedal, put the shift lever in (D . Select (R when reversing. 2. With the parking brake applied, release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelerator pedal. u Make sure the parking brake indicator goes off. 2 Parking Brake P. 508 ■ Hill start assist system Hill start assist keeps the brake engaged briefly to help prevent the vehicle from rolling on inclines as you move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator. 1Starting the Engine The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from theft. If an improperly coded key (or other device) is used, the engine's fuel system is disabled. 2 Immobilizer System P. 161 You can also release the parking brake by pressing the electric parking brake switch while depressing the brake pedal. When facing downhill, you can start your vehicle more smoothly by manually releasing it with the electric parking brake switch than by releasing it with the accelerator pedal. 1Hill start assist system Move the shift lever to (D , (S , or (L when facing uphill, or (R when facing downhill, then release the brake pedal. Hill start assist is not a replacement for the parking brake. Driving Hill start assist may not prevent the vehicle from rolling downhill on a very steep or slippery slope, and does not operate on small inclines. Hill start assist will operate even when VSA® is switched off. 447 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 448 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine Models with smart entry system Starting the Engine 1. Make sure the parking brake is applied. u The electric parking brake indicator comes on for 15 seconds when you pull up the electric parking brake switch. 1Starting the Engine Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when starting the engine. The engine is harder to start in cold weather and in thinner air found at altitudes above 8,000 feet (2,400 meters). 2. Check that the shift lever is in (P , then depress the brake pedal. u Although it is possible to start the vehicle in (N with the parking brake applied, it is safer to start it in (P . Driving Brake Pedal When starting the engine in cold weather, turn off all electrical accessories such as the lights, climate control system, and rear defogger in order to reduce battery drain. If you live in a region where winter is extremely cold, an engine block heater will improve starting and warming of the engine. Consult a dealer for details. If the exhaust system sounds abnormal or you can smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle, have your vehicle checked by a dealer. There may be a problem with the engine or exhaust system. The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from theft. If an improperly coded device is used, the engine’s fuel system is disabled. 2 Immobilizer System P. 161 448 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 449 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine 3. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button without depressing the accelerator pedal. 1Starting the Engine Bring the smart entry remote close to the ENGINE START/STOP button if the battery in the smart entry remote is weak. 2 If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak P. 611 The engine may not start if the smart entry remote is subjected to strong radio waves. Do not hold the ENGINE START/STOP button to start the engine. If the engine does not start, wait at least 30 seconds before trying again. ■ Stopping the Engine You can turn the engine off when the vehicle is completely stopped. Driving 1. Shift to (P . 2. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button. Continued 449 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 450 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine ■ Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback * You can remotely start the engine using the button on the smart entry remote. 3 WARNING Engine exhaust contains toxic carbon monoxide. ■ To start the engine Press the button, then press and hold the button. Some exterior lights flash once. Go within the range, and try again. LED: Blinks when any button is pressed. Breathing carbon monoxide can kill you or cause unconsciousness. Never use the remote engine starter when the vehicle is parked in a garage or other area with limited ventilation. Driving The remote engine start may violate local laws. Before using the remote engine start, check your local laws. Some exterior lights flash six times if the engine runs successfully. Some exterior lights will not flash if the engine runs unsuccessfully. When started remotely, the engine automatically shuts off after 10 minutes of idling and the brake pedal and ENGINE START/STOP button have not been pressed simultaneously. To extend the run time for another 10 minutes during the first run, press the button, then press and hold the button. u Some exterior lights flash six times if a 10-minute extension request was transmitted successfully. 450 1Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback * * Not available on all models If there are buildings and obstacles between your vehicle and the remote, the range will be reduced. The range may be less when the vehicle is running. This distance may vary by external electrical interference. The engine may not start by the remote engine start if: • You have disabled a remote engine start setting using the audio/information screen *. • The power mode is not in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). • The gear is in a position other than (P . • The hood is open, or any door or the trunk is unlocked. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 451 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine ■ To stop the engine 1Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback * • You have already used the remote twice to start Go within the range, and try again. the engine. • Another registered smart entry remote is in the The exterior lights will not flash when the remote is out of the smart entry system range. The engine will not stop. The exterior lights flash once if the engine stops successfully. * Not available on all models Continued While the engine is running, the vehicle will automatically precondition inside the vehicle. When it is warm outside: • The air conditioning is activated in recirculation mode. When it is cold outside: • The defroster is activated at a moderately warm temperature. • The rear defogger and door mirror heaters are activated. • The seat and heated steering wheel are activated * 2 Heated Steering Wheel*1 P. 220 2 Front Seat Heaters * P. 221 Driving Press and hold the button for one second. vehicle. • There is an antenna failure. • Door is unlocked with the built-in key. • The engine oil pressure is low. • The engine coolant temperature is extremely high. • The security system alarm is not set. 451 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 452 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine ■ Starting to Drive When the engine was started using the 1Starting to Drive button * on the smart entry remote 1. Depress the brake pedal and press the ENGINE START/STOP button simultaneously. When the engine was started in any case 2. Put the shift lever in (D . Select (R when reversing. 3. With the parking brake is applied, release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelerator pedal. u Make sure the parking brake indicator goes off. 4. Gradually release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelerator pedal to pull away. ■ Hill start assist system Driving Hill start assist keeps the brake engaged briefly to help prevent the vehicle from rolling on inclines as you move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator. Move the shift lever to (D , (S , or (L when facing uphill, or (R when facing downhill, then release the brake pedal. When the engine was started using the on the smart entry remote button * The engine stops when the shift lever is moved out of (P before the ENGINE START/STOP button is pressed. Follow step 1 when starting to drive. You can also release the parking brake by pressing the electric parking brake switch while depressing the brake pedal. When facing downhill, you can start your vehicle more smoothly by manually releasing it with the electric parking brake switch than by releasing it with the accelerator pedal. 1Hill start assist system Hill start assist may not prevent the vehicle from rolling downhill on a very steep or slippery slope, and does not operate on small inclines. Hill start assist is not a replacement for the parking brake. Hill start assist will operate even when VSA® is switched off. 452 * Not available on all models 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 453 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguPrecautions While Driving Precautions While Driving ■ Driving Guidelines for Your Utility Vehicle Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles. To prevent rollovers or loss of control: • Take corners at slower speeds than you would with a passenger vehicle. • Avoid sharp turns and abrupt maneuvers whenever possible. • Do not modify your vehicle in any way that you would raise the center of gravity. • Roof load capacity is 165 lbs (75 kg), available roof racks/carriers may have lower capacities. Please check accessory's information (Honda accessory). ■ In Rain Avoid driving in deep water and on flooded roads. This can damage the engine or driveline, or cause electrical component failure. If there is a strong impact with something under the vehicle, stop in a safe location. Check the underside of the vehicle for damage or any fluid leaks. NOTICE Do not operate the shift lever while pressing the accelerator pedal. You could damage the transmission. NOTICE If you repeatedly turn the steering wheel at an extremely low speed, or hold the steering wheel in the full left or right position for a while, the electric power steering (EPS) system heats up. The system goes into a protective mode, and limits its performance. The steering wheel becomes harder and harder to operate. Once the system cools down, the EPS system is restored. Repeated operation under these conditions can eventually damage the system. Driving ■ Other Precautions 1Precautions While Driving 453 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 454 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguContinuously Variable Transmission Continuously Variable Transmission ■ Creeping The engine runs at a higher idle speed and creeping increases. Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed when stopped. ■ Kickdown Quickly depressing the accelerator pedal while driving uphill may cause the transmission to drop to a lower gear, unexpectedly increasing vehicle speed. Depress the accelerator pedal carefully, especially on slippery roads and curves. 1Precautions While Driving If the ignition switch is turned to ACCESSORY (q *1 while driving, the engine will shut down and all steering and brake power assist functions will stop, making it difficult to control the vehicle. Do not put the shift lever in (N , as you will lose engine braking (and acceleration) performance. During the first 600 miles (1,000 km) of operation, avoid sudden acceleration or full throttle operation so as to not damage the engine or powertrain. Avoid hard braking for the first 200 miles (300 km). You should also follow this when the brake pads are replaced. Driving *1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. 1Driving Guidelines for Your Utility Vehicle Failure to operate your vehicle correctly might result in a crash or a rollover. 2 Important Handling Information P. 36 2 Precautions While Driving P. 453 454 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 455 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguShifting Shifting Change the shift position in accordance with your driving needs. ■ Shift lever positions 1Shifting You cannot turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0 *1 and remove the key unless the shift lever is in (P . Park Used when parking or starting the engine Reverse Used when reversing *1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. Neutral Used when idling Driving Drive Used for normal driving Release Button The vehicle may move forward very slightly even in (N while the engine is cold. Depress the brake pedal firmly and, when necessary, apply the parking brake. Drive (S) Used: ● For better acceleration ● To increase engine braking ● When going up or down hills Low ● Used to further increase engine braking ● Used when going up or down hills Continued 455 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 456 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguShifting ■ Shift Lever Operation 1Shift Lever Operation NOTICE Tachometer's red zone When you change the shift lever from (D to (R and vice versa, come to a complete stop and keep the brake pedal depressed. Operating the shift lever before the vehicle has come to a complete standstill can damage the transmission. Use the shift lever position indicator to check the lever position before pulling away. Shift Lever Position Indicator Driving Depress the brake pedal and press the shift lever release button to shift. Shift without pressing the shift lever release button. Press the shift lever release button and shift. 456 If the transmission indicator (D blinks when driving, in any shift position, there is a problem with the transmission. Avoid sudden acceleration and have the transmission checked by a dealer as soon as possible. The fuel supply may be cut off if you drive at engine speeds in or over the tachometer's red zone (engine speed limit). If this happens, you may experience a slight jolt. It may not be possible to operate the shift lever if the brake pedal is applied while the shift lever release button is held down. Depress the brake pedal first. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 457 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguECON Button ECON Button Models with information display 1ECON Button While in ECON mode, the climate control system has greater temperature fluctuations. Models with driver information interface Driving The ECON button turns the ECON mode on and off. The ECON mode helps you improve your fuel economy by adjusting the performance of the engine, transmission, climate control system, and cruise control. 457 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 458 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control * Models with information display Cruise Control * Maintains a constant vehicle speed without having to keep your foot on the accelerator. Use cruise control on freeways or open roads where you can travel at a constant speed with little acceleration or deceleration. Desired speed in a range above roughly 25 mph (40 km/h) ~ Always keep sufficient distance between you and the vehicle in front of you. ■ Shift positions for cruise control: Driving 458 How to use CRUISE MAIN is on in the instrument panel. ■ Press the CRUISE button on Cruise control is ready to use. * Not available on all models Use the cruise control only when traveling on open highways in good weather. It may not be possible to maintain a constant speed when driving uphill or downhill. In (D or (S the steering wheel. 3 WARNING Improper use of the cruise control can lead to a crash. When to use ■ Vehicle speed for cruise control: 1Cruise Control * When not using cruise control: Turn off cruise control by pressing the CRUISE button. While in the ECON mode, it may take relatively more time to accelerate to maintain the set speed. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 459 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control * ■ To Set the Vehicle Speed −/SET Button On when cruise control begins Press and release The moment you release the −/SET button, the set speed is fixed, and cruise control begins. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator comes on. Driving Take your foot off the pedal and press the −/SET button when you reach the desired speed. During cruise control, Straight Driving Assist Function is activated. This control function is an EPS function and it helps reduce the steering effort to keep the steering angle on a straight road with cants. Continued 459 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 460 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control * ■ To Adjust the Vehicle Speed 1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/+ or −/SET buttons on the steering wheel. You can set the vehicle speed using the −/SET button on the steering wheel when adjusting the speed with the accelerator and brake pedals. To increase speed To decrease speed Driving • Each time you press the button, the vehicle speed is increased or decreased by about 1 mph (1.6 km/h). • If you keep the button pressed, the vehicle speed increases or decreases until you release it. This speed is then set. ■ To Cancel CRUISE Button CANCEL Button To cancel cruise control, do any of the following: • Press the CANCEL button. • Press the CRUISE button. • Depress the brake pedal. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator goes off. 1To Cancel Resuming the prior set speed: After cruise control has been canceled, you can still resume the prior set speed by pressing the RES/+ button while driving at a speed of at least 25 mph (40 km/h) or more. You cannot set or resume in the following situations: • When vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h) • When the CRUISE button is turned off At vehicle speeds of 22 mph (35 km/h) or less, cruise control is canceled automatically. 460 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 461 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control * Models with driver information interface Cruise Control * Maintains a constant vehicle speed without having to keep your foot on the accelerator. Use cruise control on freeways or open roads where you can travel at a constant speed with little acceleration or deceleration. Desired speed in a range from about 25 mph (40 km/h) to 125 mph (200 km/h) Always keep sufficient distance between you and the vehicle in front of you. Use the cruise control only when traveling on open highways in good weather. ■ Shift positions for cruise control: It may not be possible to maintain a constant speed when driving uphill or downhill. In (D or (S CRUISE MAIN is on in the instrument panel. ■ Press the CRUISE button on Cruise control is ready to use. When not using cruise control: Turn off cruise control by pressing the CRUISE button. While in the ECON mode, it may take relatively more time to accelerate to maintain the set speed. the steering wheel. Continued Driving How to use * Not available on all models 3 WARNING Improper use of the cruise control can lead to a crash. When to use ■ Vehicle speed for cruise control: 1Cruise Control * 461 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 462 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control * ■ To Set the Vehicle Speed −/SET Button On when cruise control begins Press and release Driving Take your foot off the pedal and press the −/SET button when you reach the desired speed. The moment you release the −/SET button, the set speed is fixed, and cruise control begins. The set speed is displayed. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator and set speed comes on. During cruise control, Straight Driving Assist Function is activated. This control function is an EPS function and it helps reduce the steering effort to keep the steering angle on a straight road with cants. 462 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 463 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control * ■ To Adjust the Vehicle Speed 1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/+ or −/SET buttons on the steering wheel. You can set the vehicle speed using the −/SET button on the steering wheel when adjusting the speed with the accelerator and brake pedals. To increase speed To decrease speed Continued Driving • Each time you press the button, the vehicle speed is increased or decreased by about 1 mph or 1 km/h accordingly. • If you keep the button pressed, the speed limit increases or decreases in increments of 5 mph or 5 km/h every 0.5 second until system limit is reached. • The vehicle may accelerate or decelerate until the set speed is reached. 463 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 464 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control * ■ To Cancel CRUISE Button 1To Cancel CANCEL Button To cancel cruise control, do any of the following: • Press the CANCEL button. • Press the CRUISE button. • Depress the brake pedal. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator goes off. Resuming the prior set speed: After cruise control has been canceled, you can still resume the prior set speed by pressing the RES/+ button while driving at a speed of at least 25 mph (40 km/h) or more. You cannot set or resume in the following situations: • When vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h) • When the CRUISE button is turned off At vehicle speeds of 22 mph (35 km/h) or less, cruise control is canceled automatically. Driving 464 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 465 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguFront Sensor Camera * Front Sensor Camera * The camera, used in systems; such as RDM, LKAS, ACC with LSF and CMBSTM, is designed to detect an object that triggers any of the systems to operate their functions. ■ Camera Location and Handling Tips Front Sensor Camera This camera is located behind the rearview mirror. * Not available on all models Continued Never apply a film or attach any objects to the windshield, the hood, or the front grill that could obstruct the camera’s field of vision and cause the system to operate abnormally. Scratches, nicks, and other damage to the windshield within the camera’s field of vision can cause the system to operate abnormally. If this occurs, we recommend that you replace the windshield with a genuine Honda replacement windshield. Making even minor repairs within the camera’s field of vision or installing an aftermarket replacement windshield may also cause the system to operate abnormally. After replacing the windshield, have a dealer recalibrate the camera. Proper calibration of the camera is necessary for the system to operate properly. Driving To help reduce the likelihood that high interior temperatures will cause the camera’s sensing system to shut off, when parking, find a shady area or face the front of the vehicle away from the sun. If you use a reflective sun shade, do not allow it to cover the camera housing. Covering the camera can concentrate heat on it. 1Front Sensor Camera * 465 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 466 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguFront Sensor Camera * 1Front Sensor Camera * Do not place an object on the top of the instrument panel. It may reflect onto the windshield and prevent the system from detecting lane lines properly. If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot Operate:Camera Temperature Too High: message appears: • Use the climate control system to cool down the interior and, if necessary, also use defroster mode with the air flow directed toward the camera. • Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield temperature, which cools down the area around the camera. Driving If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot Operate:Clean Front Windshield: message appears: • Park your vehicle in a safe place, and clean the windshield. If the message does not disappear after you have cleaned the windshield and driven for a while, have your vehicle checked by a dealer. 466 * Not available on all models 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 467 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and a set following interval behind a vehicle detected ahead of yours and, if the detected vehicle comes to a stop, can decelerate and stop your vehicle, without you having to keep your foot on the brake or the accelerator. When ACC with LSF slows your vehicle by applying the brakes, your vehicle’s brake lights will illuminate. 1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * 3 WARNING Improper use of ACC with LSF can lead to a crash. Use ACC with LSF only when driving on expressways or freeways and in good weather conditions. When to use The camera is located behind the rearview mirror. 3 WARNING Always be prepared to apply the brake pedal if the conditions require. The radar sensor is inside the front grille. ■ Vehicle speed for ACC with LSF: A vehicle is detected ahead within ACC with Driving ACC with LSF has limited braking capability and may not stop your vehicle in time to avoid a collision with a vehicle that quickly stops in front of you. Important Reminder As with any system, there are limits to ACC with LSF. Use the brake pedal whenever necessary, and always keep a safe distance between your vehicle and other vehicles. LSF range – ACC with LSF operates at speeds up to 90 mph (145 km/h). No vehicle is detected within ACC with LSF range – ACC with LSF operates at the speed of 25 mph (40 km/h) or above. ■ Shift position for ACC with LSF: In (D or (S . * Not available on all models Continued 467 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 468 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * ■ How to activate the system 1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * How to use ACC (green) is on in the instrument panel. ACC with LSF is ready to use. ■ Press the MAIN button on the steering wheel. When the MAIN button is pressed, both ACC with LSF and the Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) are either turned on or off. ACC with LSF may not work properly under certain conditions. 2 ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations P. 473 When not using ACC with LSF: Turn off adaptive cruise by pressing the MAIN button. This also will turn off the Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS). Driving Do not use ACC with LSF under the following conditions: • On roads with heavy traffic or while driving in continuous stop and go traffic. • On roads with sharp turns. • On roads with steep downhill sections, as the set vehicle speed can be exceeded by coasting. In such cases, ACC with LSF will not apply the brakes to maintain the set speed. • On roads with toll collection facilities or other objects between lanes of traffic, or in parking areas, or facilities with drive through access. 468 * Not available on all models 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 469 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * ■ To Set the Vehicle Speed 1To Set the Vehicle Speed −/SET button You can switch the displayed set speed measurements on the driver information interface */ audio/information screen * between mph and km/h. 2 Customized Features P. 337 On when ACC with LSF begins Press and release Set Vehicle Distance Set Vehicle Speed * Not available on all models Driving When driving at 25 mph (40 km/h) or above: Take your foot off the pedal and press the –/SET button when you reach the desired speed. The moment you release the button, the set speed is fixed, and ACC with LSF begins. When driving slower than 25 mph (40 km/h): If the vehicle is moving and the brake pedal is not depressed, pressing the button fixes the set speed to 25 mph (40 km/ h) regardless of current vehicle speed. If your vehicle is stationary and a vehicle is detected ahead, your vehicle speed can be set, even with the brake pedal depressed. When ACC with LSF starts operating, the vehicle icon, distance bars and set speed appear on the driver information interface. During cruise control, Straight Driving Assist Function is activated. This control function is an EPS function and it helps reduce the steering effort to keep the steering angle on a straight road with cants. Continued 469 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 470 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * ■ When in Operation 1When in Operation ■ There is a vehicle ahead ACC with LSF monitors if a vehicle ahead of you enters the ACC with LSF range. If a vehicle is detected doing so, the ACC with LSF system maintains or decelerates your vehicle’s set speed in order to keep the vehicle’s set following interval from the vehicle ahead. If the vehicle ahead of you slows down abruptly, or if another vehicle cuts in front of you, the beeper sounds, a message appears on the driver information interface. Depress the brake pedal, and keep an appropriate distance from the vehicle ahead. 2 To Set or Change Following Interval P. 476 Beep Driving ACC with LSF Range: 394 ft. (120 m) When a vehicle whose speed is slower than your set speed is detected in front of you, your vehicle starts to slow down. A vehicle icon appears on the driver information interface 470 Even if the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead is short, ACC with LSF may start accelerating your vehicle under the following circumstances: • The vehicle ahead of you is going at almost the same speed as, or faster than, your vehicle. • A vehicle that cuts in front of you is going faster than your vehicle, gradually increasing the distance between the vehicles. You can also set the system to beep when a vehicle in front of you comes in and goes out of the ACC with LSF detecting range. Change the ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep setting. 2 Customized Features P. 337 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 471 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * ■ There is no vehicle ahead A vehicle icon with dotted-line contour appears on the driver information interface 1When in Operation Your vehicle maintains the set speed without having to keep your foot on the brake or accelerator pedal. If there previously was a vehicle detected ahead that kept your vehicle from traveling at the set speed, ACC with LSF accelerates your vehicle to the set speed, and then maintains it. Limitations You may need to use the brake to maintain a safe distance when using ACC with LSF. Additionally, ACC with LSF may not work properly under certain conditions. 2 ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations P. 473 ■ When you depress the accelerator pedal Continued Driving You can temporarily increase the vehicle speed. In this case, there is no audible or visual alert even if a vehicle is in the ACC with LSF range. ACC with LSF stays on unless you cancel it. Once you release the accelerator pedal, the system resumes an appropriate speed for keeping the following interval while a vehicle ahead is within the ACC with LSF range. 471 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 472 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * ■ A vehicle detected ahead is within ACC with LSF range and slows to a stop Your vehicle also stops, automatically. The Stopped message appears on the driver information interface. When the vehicle ahead of you starts again, the vehicle icon on the driver information interface blinks. If you press the RES/+ or –/ SET button, or depress the accelerator pedal, ACC with LSF operates again within the prior set speed. If no vehicle is ahead of you before you resume driving, depress the accelerator pedal and ACC with LSF will operate again within the prior set speed. Driving 472 1A vehicle detected ahead is within ACC with LSF range and slows to a stop 3 WARNING Exiting a vehicle that has been stopped while the ACC with LSF system is operating can result in the vehicle moving without operator control. A vehicle that moves without operator control can cause a crash, resulting in serious injury or death. Never exit a vehicle when the vehicle is stopped by ACC with LSF. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 473 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * ■ ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations 1ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations The system may automatically shut off and the ACC indicator will come on under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other conditions may reduce some of the ACC functions. The radar sensor for ACC with LSF is shared with the collision mitigation braking systemTM (CMBSTM). 2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * P. 516 2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 465 You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system. 2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 465 ■ Environmental conditions • Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.). Do not put a sticker on the radar sensor cover or replace the radar sensor cover. ■ Roadway conditions • Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks, reflected lights, road spray, high contrast). ■ Vehicle conditions * Not available on all models Continued If the front of the vehicle is impacted in any of the following situations, the radar sensor may not work properly. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer: • The vehicle mounted onto a bump, curb, chock, embankment, etc. • You drive the vehicle where the water is deep. • Your vehicle has a frontal collision. Driving • The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc. • An abnormal tire or wheel condition (Wrong size, varied size or construction, improperly inflated, compact spare tire, etc.). • The camera temperature gets too high. • The parking brake is applied. • When the front grille is dirty. • The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications. • When tire chains are installed. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if you find any unusual behavior of the system (e.g., the warning message appears too frequently). 473 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 474 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * ■ Detection limitations Driving 474 • A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you. • The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is too short. • A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly. • When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you at high speed. • The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter, or other small vehicle. • When there are animals in front of your vehicle. • When you drive on a curved or winding or undulating road that makes it difficult for the sensor to properly detect a vehicle or a pedestrian in front of you. • The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian in front of you is significantly large. • An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you. • Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle. • When driving through a narrow iron bridge. • When the vehicle ahead of you brakes suddenly. • When the vehicle ahead of you has a unique shape. • When your vehicle or the vehicle ahead of you is driving on one edge of the lane. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 475 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * ■ To Adjust the Vehicle Speed 1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/+ or –/SET button on the steering wheel. To increase speed If a vehicle detected ahead is going at a speed slower than your increased set speed, ACC with LSF may not accelerate your vehicle. This is to maintain the set interval between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead. When you depress the accelerator pedal and then push and release the –/SET button, the current speed of the vehicle is set. To decrease speed Continued Driving • Each time you press the RES/+ or –/SET button, the vehicle speed is increased or decreased by about 1 mph or 1 km/h accordingly. • If you keep pressing the RES/+ or –/SET button, the vehicle speed increases or decreases by about 5 mph or 5 km/h accordingly. 475 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 476 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * ■ To Set or Change Following Interval Press the (Interval) button to change the ACC with LSF following interval. Each time you press the button, the followinginterval (the interval behind a vehicle detected ahead of you) setting cycles through extra long, long, middle, and short following intervals. Interval Button Driving 476 Determine the most appropriate followinginterval setting based on your specific driving conditions. Be sure to adhere to any following-interval requirements set by local regulation. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 477 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * The higher your vehicle’s following-speed is, the longer the short, middle, long or extra long following interval becomes. See the following examples for your reference. When the Set Speed is: Following Interval 65 mph (104 km/h) Short 83 feet 25 meters 1.1 sec 100 feet 31 meters 1.1 sec Middle 110 feet 33 meters 1.5 sec 137 feet 42 meters 1.5 sec Long 154 feet 47 meters 2.1 sec 200 feet 61 meters 2.1 sec Extra Long 204 feet 62 meters 2.8 sec 272 feet 83 meters 2.9 sec Driving 50 mph (80 km/h) When your vehicle stops automatically because a vehicle detected ahead of you has stopped, the distance between the two vehicles will vary based on the ACC with LSF distance setting. Continued 477 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 478 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * ■ To Cancel 1To Cancel CANCEL Button MAIN Button Driving 478 To cancel ACC with LSF, do any of the following: • Press the CANCEL button. • Press the MAIN button. u ACC with LSF indicator goes off. • Depress the brake pedal. u When the LSF function has stopped the vehicle, you cannot cancel ACC with LSF by depressing the brake pedal. Resuming the prior set speed: After you have canceled ACC with LSF, you can resume the prior set speed while it is still displayed. Press the RES/+ button. The set speed cannot be set or resumed when ACC with LSF has been turned off using the MAIN button. Press the MAIN button to activate the system, then set the desired speed. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 479 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * ■ Automatic cancellation 1Automatic cancellation Even though ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled, you can still resume the prior set speed. Wait until the condition that caused ACC with LSF to cancel improves, then press the –/SET button. Driving The beeper sounds and a message appears on the driver information interface when ACC with LSF is automatically canceled. Any of these conditions may cause the ACC with LSF to automatically cancel: • Bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.) • When the radar sensor in the front grille gets dirty. • The vehicle ahead of you cannot be detected. • An abnormal tire condition is detected, or the tires are skidding. • Driving on a mountainous road, or driving off road for extended periods. • Abrupt steering wheel movement. • When the ABS, VSA® or CMBSTM is activated. • When the ABS or VSA® system indicator comes on. • When the vehicle is stopped on a very steep slope. • When you manually apply the parking brake. • When the detected vehicle within the ACC with LSF range is too close to your vehicle. • The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including the windshield, gets dirty. • When the Maximum Load Limit is exceeded. • When passing through an enclosed space, such as tunnel. The ACC with LSF automatic cancellation can be also triggered by the following causes. In these cases, the parking brake will be automatically applied. • The driver’s seat belt is unfastened when the vehicle is stationary. • The vehicle stops for more than 10 minutes. • The engine is turned off. Continued 479 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 480 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * ■ To Switch ACC with LSF to Cruise Control ACC with LSF ON Cruise Control ON Press and hold the (interval) button for one second. Cruise Mode Selected appears on the driver information interface for two seconds, and then the mode switches to Cruise. To switch back to ACC with LSF, press and hold the button again for one second. ■ When to use Desired speed in a range above roughly 25 mph (40 km/h) ~. Driving ■ To Set the Vehicle Speed Take your foot off the pedal and press the –/SET button when you reach the desired speed. The moment you release the –/SET button, the set speed is fixed, and cruise control begins. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator comes on. During cruise control, Straight Driving Assist Function is activated. This control function is an EPS function and it helps reduce the steering effort to keep the steering angle on a straight road with cants. 480 * Not available on all models 1To Switch ACC with LSF to Cruise Control Always be aware which mode you are in. When you are driving in Cruise mode, the system will not assist you to maintain a following interval from a vehicle ahead of you. You can switch the displayed set speed measurements on the audio/information screen * between mph and km/h. 2 Customized Features P. 337 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 481 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * ■ To Adjust the Vehicle Speed • Each time you press the RES/+ or –/SET button, the vehicle speed is increased or decreased by about 1 mph or 1 km/h accordingly. • If you keep pressing the RES/+ or –/SET button, the vehicle speed increases or decreases by about 5 mph or 5 km/h accordingly. ■ To Cancel To cancel cruise control, do any of the following: • Press the CANCEL button. • Press the MAIN button. • Depress the brake pedal. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator goes off. 1To Cancel Resuming the prior set speed: After cruise control has been canceled, you can still resume the prior set speed by pressing the RES/+ button while driving at a speed of at least 25 mph (40 km/h) or more. At vehicle speeds of 22 mph (35 km/h) or less, cruise control canceled automatically. Driving You cannot set or resume in the following situations: • When vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h) • When the MAIN button is turned off. 481 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 482 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System * Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System * Alerts and helps to assist you when the system detects a possibility of your vehicle unintentionally crossing over detected lane markings. ■ How the System Works The front camera behind the rearview mirror monitors left and right lane markings (in white or yellow). If your vehicle is getting too close to detected lane markings without a turn signal activated, the system, in addition to a visual alert, applies steering torque and alerts you with rapid vibrations on the steering wheel, to help you remain within the detected lane. Driving As a visual alert, the Lane Departure message appears on the driver information interface. If the system determines that its steering input is insufficient to keep your vehicle on the roadway, it may apply braking. u Braking is applied only when the lane markings are solid continuous lines. The system cancels assisting operations when you turn the steering wheel to avoid crossing over detected lane markings. If the system operates several times without detecting driver response, the system beeps to alert you. 482 * Not available on all models 1Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System * Important Safety Reminder Like all assistance systems, the RDM system has limitations. Over-reliance on the RDM system may result in a collision. It is always your responsibility to keep the vehicle within your driving lane. The RDM system only alerts you when lane drift is detected without a turn signal in use. The RDM system may not detect all lane markings or lane departures; accuracy will vary based on weather, speed and lane marker condition. It is always your responsibility to safely operate the vehicle and avoid collisions. You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system. 2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 465 The RDM system may not work properly or may work improperly under the certain conditions: 2 RDM Conditions and Limitations P. 484 There are times when you may not notice RDM functions due to your operation of the vehicle, or road surface conditions. If the Lane Departure message displays repeatedly and you do not apply responsive actions, the system beeps and cancels RDM functions. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 483 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System * ■ How the System Activates 1How the System Activates The system becomes ready to start searching for lane markings when all the following conditions are met: • The vehicle is traveling between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h). • The vehicle is on a straight or slightly curved road. • The turn signals are off. • The brake pedal is not depressed. • The wipers are not in continuous operation. • The system makes a determination that the driver is not actively accelerating, braking or steering. ■ RDM On and Off RDM system function can be impacted when the vehicle is: • Not driven within a traffic lane. • Driven on the inside edge of a curve, or outside of a lane. • Driven in a narrow lane. 1RDM On and Off When you have selected Warning Only from the customized options using the audio/information screen, the system does not operate the steering wheel and braking. Driving Press the RDM button to turn the system on and off. u The indicator in the button comes on and the message appears on the driver information interface when the system is on. Indicator The RDM system may automatically shut off and the indicator comes and stays on. 2 Indicators P. 80 RDM Button Continued 483 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 484 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System * ■ RDM Conditions and Limitations The system may not properly detect lane markings and the position of your vehicle under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. ■ Environmental conditions • • • • • • • • • Driving 484 Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.). Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel. There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface. Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk). Strong light is reflected onto the roadway. Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc. Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings. Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers. Reflections on the interior of the front windshield. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 485 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System * ■ Roadway conditions • Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks, reflected lights, road spray, high contrast). • Driving on a road with temporary lane markings. • Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road repairs or old lane markings. • The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection or crosswalk). • The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing. • The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines. • The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill. • Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces. • When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white lines (or yellow lines). • When driving on roads with double lines. • Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted. • The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc. • The inside of the windshield is fogged. • The camera temperature gets too high. • An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction, improperly inflated, compact spare tire, etc.). • The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications. • When tire chains are installed. Driving ■ Vehicle conditions 485 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 486 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) * Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) * Provides steering input to help keep the vehicle in the middle of a detected lane and provides audible and visual alerts if the vehicle is detected drifting out of its lane. ■ Steering input assist The system applies torque to the steering to keep the vehicle between the left and right lane lines. The applied torque becomes stronger as the vehicle gets closer to either of the lane lines. ■ LKAS camera Monitors the lane lines ■ Tactile and visual alerts Rapid vibrations on the steering wheel and a warning display alert you that the vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane. 1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) * Important Safety Reminders The LKAS is for your convenience only. It is not a substitute for your vehicle control. The system does not work if you take your hands off the steering wheel or fail to steer the vehicle. 2 Driver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages * P. 103 Do not place objects on the instrument panel. Objects may reflect on the front windshield and prevent correct detection of the traffic lanes. Driving The LKAS only alerts you when lane drift is detected without a turn signal in use. The LKAS may not detect all lane markings or lane departures; accuracy will vary based on weather, speed, and lane marker condition. It is always your responsibility to safely operate the vehicle and avoid collisions. The LKAS is convenient when it is used on freeways. The LKAS may not work properly or may work improperly under the certain conditions: 2 The LKAS Conditions and Limitations P. 492 When you operate the turn signals to change lanes, the system is suspended, and resumes after the signals are off. If you make a lane change without operating the turn signals, the LKAS alerts activate, and torque is applied to the steering. 486 * Not available on all models You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system. 2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 465 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 487 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) * ■ Lane Keep Support Function 1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) * Provides assistance to keep the vehicle in the center of the lane, when the vehicle nears a white or yellow line, steering force of the electric power steering will become stronger. The LKAS may not function as designed while driving in frequent stop and go traffic, or on roads with sharp curves. When it fails to detect lanes, the system will temporarily be canceled. When lane is detected, system will recover automatically. When the vehicle enters the warning area, the LKAS alerts you with slight steering wheel vibration as well as a warning display. Driving ■ Lane Departure Warning Function Warning Area Warning Area * Not available on all models Continued 487 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 488 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) * ■ When the System can be Used The system can be used when the following conditions are met. • The lane in which you are driving has detectable lane markers on both sides, and your vehicle is in the center of the lane. • The vehicle speed is between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h). • You are driving on a straight or slightly curved road. • The turn signals are off. • The brake pedal is not depressed. • The wipers are not in continuous operation. ■ How to activate the system MAIN Button Driving LKAS Button 488 * Not available on all models 1. Press the MAIN button. u The LKAS is on in the driver information interface. The system is ready to use. 2. Press the LKAS button. u Lane outlines appear on the driver information interface. The system is activated. 1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) * If the vehicle drifts toward either left or right lane line due to the system applying torque, turn off the LKAS and have your vehicle checked by a dealer. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 489 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) * 3. Keep your vehicle near the center of the lane while driving. u The dotted outer lines change to solid ones once the system starts operating after detecting the left and right lane markings. ■ To cancel 1When the System can be Used The LKAS temporarily deactivates when it fails to detect lane lines. When the system detects the lines again, it comes back on automatically. 1To cancel Pressing the MAIN button also turns ACC with LSF on and off. To cancel the LKAS: Press the MAIN or LKAS button. MAIN Button Driving The LKAS is turned off every time you stop the engine, even if you turned it on the last time you drove the vehicle. LKAS Button Continued 489 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 490 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) * ■ The system operation is suspended if When the LKAS is suspended, the lane lines on the driver information interface change to contour lines. you: • Set the wipers to continuous operation. u Turning the wipers off resumes the LKAS. • Decrease the vehicle speed to 40 mph (64 km/h) or less. u Increasing the vehicle speed to 45 mph (72 km/h) or more resumes the LKAS. • Depress the brake pedal. u The LKAS resumes and starts detecting the lane lines again once you release the brake pedal. Models with automatic intermittent wipers Driving 490 • Set the wiper switch to AUTO and the wipers operate continuously. u The LKAS resumes when the wipers stop or operate intermittently. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 491 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) * ■ The LKAS may automatically be suspended when: • • • • The system fails to detect lane lines. The steering wheel is quickly turned. You fail to steer the vehicle. The vehicle runs on a curved road over the speed limit. Once these conditions no longer exist, the LKAS automatically resumes. ■ The LKAS may automatically be canceled when: • The camera temperature gets too high. • The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including the windshield, gets dirty. • When driving through a sharp curve. • When driving at a speed in excess of approximately 90 mph (145 km/h). • When the ABS or VSA® systems engage. Driving A beeper will sound if the LKAS is automatically canceled. Continued 491 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 492 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) * ■ The LKAS Conditions and Limitations The system may not detect lane markings and therefore may not keep the vehicle in the middle of a lane under certain conditions, including the following: ■ Environmental conditions • • • • • • • • • Driving 492 Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.). Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel. There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface. Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk). Strong light is reflected onto the roadway. Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc. Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings. Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markings. Reflections on the interior of the front windshield. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 493 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) * ■ Roadway conditions • Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks, reflected lights, road spray, high contrast). • Driving on a road with temporary lane markings. • Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road repairs or old lane markings. • The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection or crosswalk). • The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing. • The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines. • The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill. • Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces. • When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white lines (or yellow lines). • When driving on roads with double lines. • Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted. • The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc. • The inside of the windshield is fogged. • The camera temperature gets too high. • An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction, improperly inflated, compact spare tire, etc.). • The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications. Driving ■ Vehicle conditions 493 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 494 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System Helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering if the vehicle turns more or less than what was intended. It also assists in maintaining traction on slippery surfaces. It does so by regulating engine output and selectively applying the brakes. ■ VSA® Operation When VSA® activates, you may notice that the engine does not respond to the accelerator. You may also notice some noise from the hydraulic system. You will also see the indicator blink. Driving VSA® System Indicator 1Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System The VSA® may not function properly if tire types and size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and types of tire, and the air pressures as specified. When the VSA® indicator comes on and stays on while driving, there may be a problem with the system. While this may not interfere with normal driving, have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately. The VSA® indicator may come on after re-connecting the battery. Drive a short distance at more than 12 mph (20 km/h). The indicator should go off. If it does not, have your vehicle checked by a dealer. VSA® cannot enhance stability in all driving situations and does not control the entire braking system. You still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate for the conditions and always leave a sufficient margin of safety. The main function of the VSA® system is generally known as Electronic Stability Control (ESC). The system also includes a traction control function. Drive a short distance at more than 12 mph (20 km/ h). The indicator should go off. If it does not, have your vehicle checked by a dealer. 494 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 495 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System ■ VSA® On and Off VSA® OFF Indicator This button is on the driver side control panel. To partially disable VSA® functionality/ features, press and hold it until you hear a beep. The traction control stops fully functioning, allowing the wheels to spin more freely at low speed. The VSA® OFF indicator will also come on and a message on the driver information interface * informs you that the mode is changed. VSA® is turned on every time you start the engine, even if you turned it off the last time you drove the vehicle. * Not available on all models With the button pressed, your vehicle will have normal braking and cornering ability, but VSA® traction and stability enhancement becomes less effective. When the button is pressed, the traction control function becomes less effective. This allows for the wheels to spin more freely at low speed. You should only attempt to free your vehicle with the button pressed if you are not able to free it without. Immediately after freeing your vehicle, be sure to press the button again. We do not recommend driving your vehicle with the button pressed (indicator on). You may hear a motor sound coming from the engine compartment while system checks are being performed immediately after starting the engine or while driving. This is normal. Driving To restore VSA® functionality/features, press the (VSA® OFF) button until you hear a beep. 1Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System The VSA® OFF indicator may come on after reconnecting the battery. Drive a short distance at more than 12 mph (20 km/h). The indicator should go off. If it does not, have your vehicle checked by a dealer. 495 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 496 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguAgile Handling Assist Agile Handling Assist Lightly brakes each of the front and rear wheels, as needed, when you turn the steering wheel, and helps support the vehicle’s stability and performance during cornering. 1Agile Handling Assist The agile handling assist cannot enhance stability in all driving situations. You still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate for the conditions and always leave a sufficient margin of safety. When the VSA® system indicator comes on and stays on while driving, the agile handling assist does not activate. You may hear a sound coming from the engine compartment while the agile handling assist is activated. This is normal. Driving 496 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 497 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguBlind spot information (BSI) System * Blind spot information (BSI) System * Is designed to detect vehicles in specified alert zones adjacent to your vehicle, particularly in harder to see areas commonly known as “blind spots.” When the system detects vehicles approaching from behind in adjacent lanes, the appropriate indicator comes on for a few seconds, providing assistance when you change lanes. ■ How the system works 3 WARNING Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to change lanes before doing so may result in a crash and serious injury or death. Do not rely only on the blind spot information system when changing lanes. Always look in your mirrors, to either side of your vehicle, and behind you for other vehicles before changing lanes. ● ● Alert Zone A Important Safety Reminder Like all assistance systems, BSI has limitations. Over reliance on BSI may result in a collision. B The system is for your convenience only. Even if an object is within the alert zone, the following situations may occur. • The BSI alert indicator may not come on due to obstruction (splashes, etc.) even without the Blind Spot Info Not Available MID appearing. • The BSI alert indicator may come on even with the message appearing. C Driving The transmission is in (D . Your vehicle speed is between 20 mph (32 km/h) Radar Sensors: and 100 mph (160 km/h) underneath the Alert zone range rear bumper corners A: Approx. 1.6 ft. (0.5 m) B: Approx. 10 ft. (3 m) C: Approx. 10 ft. (3 m) 1Blind spot information (BSI) System * The BSI alert indicator may not come on under the following conditions: • A vehicle does not stay in the alert zone for more than two seconds. • A vehicle is parked in a side lane. • The speed difference between your vehicle and the vehicle you are passing is greater than 6 mph (10 km/h). • An object not detected by the radar sensors approaches or passes your vehicle. * Not available on all models Continued 497 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 498 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguBlind spot information (BSI) System * ■ When the system detects a vehicle BSI Alert Indicator: Located on the outside rearview mirror on both sides. 1Blind spot information (BSI) System * Comes On ■ Comes on when ● ● A vehicle enters the alert zone from behind to overtake you with a speed difference of no more than 31 mph (50 km/h) from your vehicle. You pass a vehicle with a speed difference of no more than 12 mph (20 km/h). ■ Blinks and the beeper sounds when You move the turn signal lever in the direction of the detected vehicle. The beeper sounds three times. Blinks You can change the setting for BSI. 2 Customized Features P. 337 Turn the system off when towing a trailer. The system may not work properly for the following reasons: • The added mass tilts the vehicle and changes the radar coverage. • The trailer itself can be detected by the radar sensors, causing the BSI alert indicators to come on. BSI may be adversely affected when: • Objects (guard rails, poles, trees, etc,.) are detected. • An object that does not reflect radio waves well, Driving such as a motorcycle, is in the alert zone. • Driving on a curved road. • A vehicle is moving from a far lane to the adjacent lane. • The system picks up external electrical interference. • The rear bumper or the sensors have been improperly repaired or the rear bumper has been deformed. • The orientation of the sensors has been changed. • In bad weather (Heavy rain, snow, and fog). • Making a turn at an intersection. • Driving on a bumpy road. • Making a short turn that slightly tilts the vehicle. 498 * Not available on all models 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 499 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguBlind spot information (BSI) System * 1Blind spot information (BSI) System * For proper BSI use: • Always keep the rear bumper corner area clean. • Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with labels or stickers of any kind. • Take your vehicle to a dealer if you need the rear bumper corner area or the radar sensors to be repaired, or the rear bumper corner area is strongly impacted. The system does not operate when in (R . Driving * Not available on all models 499 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 500 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguLaneWatchTM * LaneWatchTM * LaneWatch is an assistance system that allows you to check the passenger side rear areas displayed on the audio/information screen when the turn signal is activated to the passenger’s side. A camera in the passenger side door mirror monitors these areas and allows you to check for vehicle, in addition to your visual check and use of the passenger door mirror. You can also keep the system on for your convenience while driving. The system activates when you: Move the turn signal lever to the passenger side. Press the LaneWatch button. Driving Press the LaneWatch button again. Audio/Information Screen * Not available on all models 3 WARNING Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to change lanes before doing so may result in a crash and serious injury or death. Do not rely only on LaneWatch while driving. Always look in your mirrors, to either side of your vehicle, and behind you for other vehicles before changing lanes. Important Safety Reminder Like all assistance systems, LaneWatch has limitations. Over reliance on LaneWatch may result in a collision. The system deactivates when you: Pull the turn signal lever back. 500 The passenger side view display appears on the audio/information screen. 1LaneWatchTM * The LaneWatch function can be affected by weather, lighting (including headlights and low sun angle), ambient darkness, camera condition, and loading. Camera The LaneWatch may not provide the intended display of traffic to the side and rear under the following conditions: • Your vehicle’s suspension has been altered, changing the height of the vehicle. • Your tires are over or under inflated. • Your tires or wheels are of varied size or construction. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 501 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguLaneWatchTM * ■ Customizing the LaneWatch settings You can customize the following items using the audio/information screen. • Show with Turn Signal: Selects whether LaneWatch monitor comes on when you operate the turn signal light lever. • Display Time after Turn Signal Off: Changes the remaining Lane Watch display time after you pull the turn signal lever back. • Reference Line: Selects whether the reference lines appear on the LaneWatch monitor. • Display: Adjusts display settings. 2 Customized Features P. 337 ■ Reference Lines 2 1 The LaneWatch camera view is restricted. Its unique lens makes objects on the screen look slightly different from what they are. LaneWatch display does not come on when the shift lever is in (R . For proper LaneWatch operation: • The camera is located in the passenger side door mirror. Always keep this area clean. If the camera lens is covered with dirt or moisture, use a soft, moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free of debris. • Do not cover the camera lens with labels or stickers of any kind. • Do not touch the camera lens. 1Reference Lines The area around the reference line 1 (red) is very close to your vehicle. As always, make sure to visually confirm the safety of a lane change before changing lanes. Driving 3 Three lines that appear on the screen can give an idea of how far the vehicles or objects on the screen are from your vehicle, respectively. If an object is near line 1 (in red), it indicates that it is close to your vehicle whereas an object near line 3 farther away. 1LaneWatchTM * The distance between your vehicle and lines 1, 2 and 3 on the screen vary depending on road conditions and vehicle loading. For example, the reference lines on the screen may seem to appear closer than the actual distances when the rear of your vehicle is more heavily loaded. Consult a dealer if: • The passenger side door mirror, or area around it is severely impacted, resulting in changing the camera angle. • The LaneWatch display does not come on at all. * Not available on all models 501 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 502 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguReal Time AWD with Intelligent Control SystemTM * Real Time AWD with Intelligent Control SystemTM * When the system senses a loss of front wheel traction, it automatically transfers some power to the rear wheels. This allows you to utilize all available traction and may increase mobility. You still need to exercise the same care when accelerating, steering, and braking that you would in a two wheel drive vehicle. If you excessively spin all four wheels and overheat the AWD system, only the front wheels receive power. Stop until the system cools down. Driving 502 * Not available on all models 1Real Time AWD with Intelligent Control SystemTM * NOTICE Do not continuously spin the front tires of your vehicle. Continuously spinning the front tires can cause transmission or rear differential damage. The AWD system may not function properly if tire type and size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and type of tire, and the air pressures as specified. 2 Tire and Wheel Replacement P. 587 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 503 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Instead of directly measuring the pressure in each tire, the TPMS on this vehicle monitors and compares the rolling radius and rotational characteristics of each wheel and tire while you are driving to determine if one or more tires are significantly under-inflated. This will cause the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to come on and a message to appear on the driver information interface *. ■ TPMS Calibration The system does not monitor the tires when driving at low speed. Conditions such as low ambient temperature and altitude change directly affect tire pressure and can trigger the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to come on. Tire pressure checked and inflated in: • Warm weather can become under-inflated in colder weather. • Cold weather can become over-inflated in warmer weather. The low tire pressure indicator will not come on as a result of over inflation. You must start TPMS calibration every time you: • Adjust the pressure in one or more tires. • Rotate the tires. • Replace one or more tires. Before calibrating the TPMS: • Set the cold tire pressure in all four tires. Make sure: • The vehicle is at a complete stop. • The shift lever is in (P . • The ignition switch is in ON (w *1. Driving The TPMS may not function properly if tire type and size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and type of tire. 2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 581 2 Checking Tires P. 581 The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator may come on with a delay or may not come on at all when: • You rapidly accelerate, decelerate, or turn the steering wheel. • You drive on snowy or slippery roads. • Snow chains are used. *1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. * Not available on all models 1Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Continued The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator may come on under the following conditions: • A compact spare tire is used. • There is a heavier and uneven load on the tires, such as when towing a trailer, than the condition at calibration. • Snow chains are used. 503 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 504 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Low Tire Pressure/ TPMS Indicator TPMS Button Models with information display Press and hold the TPMS button until the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator blinks twice, indicating the calibration process has begun. • If the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator does not blink, confirm the above conditions then press and hold the TPMS button again. • The calibration process finishes automatically. Models with color audio system Models with driver information interface Driving You can calibrate the system from the customized features on the driver information interface. 1. Press the then 3 / 4 button to select (Vehicle Settings), then press the ENTER button. u TPMS Calibration appears on the display. 2. Press the ENTER button. u The display switches to the customization setup screen, where you can select Cancel or Calibrate. 3. Press the 3 / 4 button and select Calibrate, then press the ENTER button. u Calibration Started screen appears, then the display returns to the customization menu screen. • If the Calibration Failed to Start message appears, repeat steps 2-3. • The calibration process finishes automatically. 504 1TPMS Calibration • TPMS cannot be calibrated if a compact spare tire is installed. • The calibration process requires approximately 30 minutes of cumulative driving at speeds between 30-65 mph (48-105 km/h). • During calibration, if the ignition is turned off then on again, and the vehicle is not moved within 45 seconds, the low tire pressure indicator may come on briefly. This is normal and indicates that the calibration process is not yet complete. If the snow chains are installed, remove them before calibrating the TPMS. If the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator comes on even when the properly inflated specified regular tires are installed, have your vehicle checked by a dealer. We recommend that the tires be replaced with the same brand, model, and size as the originals. Ask a dealer for details. The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator may come on after re-connecting the battery. Drive a short distance at more than 12 mph (20 km/h). The indicator should go off. If it does not, have your vehicle checked by a dealer. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 505 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Models with Display Audio You can calibrate the system from the customized feature on the audio/information screen. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (w *1. 2. Select . 3. Select Settings. 4. Select Vehicle. 5. Select TPMS Calibration. 6. Select Cancel or Calibrate. u When the calibration is complete, the display returns to the customization menu screen. Driving • If the Unable to initialize TPMS. message appears, repeat steps 4-5. • The calibration process finishes automatically. *1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. 505 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 506 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation U.S. models Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.) As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale Driving when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle's handling and stopping ability. 506 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 507 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale. Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Driving When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly. 507 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 508 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Braking Brake System ■ Parking Brake 1Parking Brake Use the parking brake to keep the vehicle stationary when parked. When the parking brake is applied, you can manually or automatically release it. ■ To apply The electric parking brake can be applied any time the vehicle has battery, no matter which position the ignition switch*1 is in. Electric Parking Brake Switch Pull the electric parking brake switch up gently and securely. u The parking brake indicator comes on. ■ To release Driving The vehicle must be ON (w *1 in order to release the electric parking brake. 1. Depress the brake pedal. 2. Press the electric parking brake switch. u The parking brake indicator goes off. Electric Parking Brake Switch Manually releasing the parking brake using the switch helps your vehicle start slowly and smoothly when facing down hill on steep hills. You may hear the electric parking brake system operating from the rear wheel area when you apply or release the parking brake. This is normal. The brake pedal may slightly move due to the electric parking brake system operation when you apply or release the parking brake. This is normal. You cannot apply or release the parking brake if the battery goes dead. 2 Jump Starting P. 613 If you pull up and hold the electric parking brake switch while driving, the brakes on all four wheels are applied by the VSA system until the vehicle come to a stop. The electric parking brake then applies, and the switch should be released. In the following situations, the parking brake automatically operates. • When the vehicle stops with the automatic brake hold system activated for more than 10 minutes. • When the driver’s seat belt is unfastened while your vehicle is stopped and the brake hold system is applied. • When the engine is turned off while the brake hold system is applied. • When there is a problem with the brake hold system while brake hold is applied. Models with ACC with LSF • When the vehicle is stops more than 10 minutes while ACC with LSF is activated. *1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. • When the driver’s seat belt is unfastened while your vehicle is stopped automatically by ACC with LSF. • When the engine is turned off while ACC with LSF is activated. 508 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 509 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBrakinguBrake System ■ Automatic parking brake feature operation 1Parking Brake If the automatic parking brake feature has been activated: • The parking brake is applied automatically when you turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0 *1. • To confirm that the parking brake is applied, check if the parking brake indicator is on. 2 Activating and deactivating the automatic parking brake feature P. 510 ■ To release automatically Use the accelerator pedal to release the parking brake when you are starting the vehicle facing uphill, or in a traffic jam. Depressing the accelerator pedal releases the parking brake. Gently depress the accelerator pedal. u The parking brake indicator goes off. If the parking brake cannot be released automatically, release it manually. When the vehicle is traveling uphill, the accelerator pedal may need to be pressed farther to automatically release the electric parking brake. The parking brake cannot be released automatically while the following indicators are on: • Malfunction indicator lamp • Transmission indicator Driving The parking brake may not be released automatically while the following indicators are on: • Brake system indicator • VSA® system indicator • ABS indicator • Supplemental restraint system indicator Accelerator Pedal The parking brake automatically releases as you depress the accelerator pedal when: • You are wearing the driver’s seat belt. • The engine is running. • The transmission is not in (P or (N . *1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. Continued 509 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 510 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBrakinguBrake System ■ Activating and deactivating the automatic parking brake feature Driving With the ignition switch is in ON (w *1, carry out the following steps to either activate or deactivate the automatic parking brake feature. 1. Shift the select lever to (P . 2. Without depressing the brake pedal, pull up and release the parking brake switch. u Check that the parking brake indicator has come on. 3. Pull up and hold the parking brake switch. When you hear a beeping sound, release the switch and within 3 seconds pull up and hold the switch again. 4. When you hear a sound indicating that the procedure is completed, release the switch. u Two beeps indicates that the feature has been activated. u One beep indicates that the feature has been deactivated. u When you have completed activating the feature, the parking brake will remain applied after you turn off the engine. u To confirm that the parking brake is applied, check if the parking brake indicator is on. If you need to temporarily deactivate the feature for when putting your vehicle through a conveyor type car wash or when having your vehicle towed. You can follow the procedure explained below. 1. Depress the brake pedal and bring the vehicle to a stop. 2. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0 *1 and then within 2 seconds push down the parking brake switch. u Activation and deactivation settings for the feature will not be affected. u Before temporarily deactivating the feature, make sure to first turn off both ACC with LSF and the automatic brake hold system. u To confirm that the parking brake is applied, check if the parking brake indicator is on. *1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. 510 1Parking brake system In cold climates, the parking brake may freeze in place if applied. When parking the vehicle, chock the wheels and make sure the automatic parking brake feature is deactivated. Also, when putting your vehicle through a conveyortype car wash or when having your vehicle towed, deactivate the automatic parking brake feature and leave the parking brake released. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 511 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBrakinguBrake System ■ Foot Brake 1Foot Brake Your vehicle is equipped with disc brakes at all four wheels. The brake assist system increases the stopping force when you depress the brake pedal hard in an emergency situation. The anti-lock brake system (ABS) helps you retain steering control when braking very hard. Check the brakes after driving through deep water, or if there is a buildup of road surface water. If necessary, dry the brakes by lightly depressing the pedal several times. If you hear a continuous metallic friction sound when applying the brakes, this is caused by the brake wear indicator rubbing on the brake rotor and indicates that the brake pads need to be replaced. Have the vehicle checked by a dealer. If you hear only an occasional squeak or squeal when you initially apply the brake pedal, this may be normal and caused by high frequency vibration of the brake pads against the rotating brake disc. 2 Brake Assist System P. 515 2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 514 Driving Constantly using the brake pedal while going down a long hill builds up heat, which reduces the brake effectiveness. Apply engine braking by taking your foot off the accelerator pedal and downshifting to a lower gear/speed position. With manual transmission use a lower gear for greater engine braking. Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while driving, as it will lightly apply the brakes and cause them to lose effectiveness over time and reduce pad life. It will also confuse drivers behind you. Whenever the brakes are activated by CMBSTM* or another system that automatically controls braking, the brake pedal is depressed and released in accordance with braking function. * Not available on all models Continued 511 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 512 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBrakinguBrake System ■ Automatic Brake Hold 1Automatic Brake Hold Keeps the brake applied after releasing the brake pedal until the accelerator pedal is pressed. You can use this system while the vehicle is temporarily stopped, like at traffic lights and in heavy traffic. ■ Turning on the system ■ Activating the system On On On On Goes Off U.S. Automatic Brake Hold Button Driving 512 Fasten your seat belt properly, then start the engine. Press the automatic brake hold button. ● The automatic brake hold system indicator comes on. The system is turned on. Brake Pedal ■ Canceling the system On Canada Depress the brake pedal to come to a complete stop. The shift lever must not be in (P or (R . ● The automatic brake hold indicator comes on. Braking is kept for up to 10 minutes. ● Release the brake pedal after the automatic brake hold indicator comes on. Accelerator Pedal Depress the accelerator pedal while the shift lever is in a position other than (P or (N . The brake hold is disengaged and the vehicle starts to move. ● The automatic brake hold indicator goes off. The system releases the brake automatically. 3 WARNING Activating the automatic brake hold system on steep hills or slippery roads may still allow the vehicle to move if you remove your foot from the brake pedal. If a vehicle unexpectedly moves, it may cause a crash resulting in serious injury or death. Never activate the automatic brake hold system or rely on it to keep a vehicle from moving when stopped on a steep hill or slippery roads. 3 WARNING Using the automatic brake hold system to park the vehicle may result in the vehicle unexpectedly moving. If a vehicle moves unexpectedly, it may cause a crash, resulting in serious injury or death. Never leave the vehicle when braking is temporarily kept by automatic brake hold and always park the vehicle by putting the transmission in (P and applying the parking brake. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 513 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBrakinguBrake System ■ The system automatically cancels when: • You engage the parking brake. • You depress the brake pedal and move the shift lever to (P or (R . Under the following conditions, the system automatically cancels, and the parking brake is applied: • Braking is kept for more than 10 minutes. • The driver’s seat belt is unfastened. • The engine is turned off. • There is a problem with automatic brake hold system. ■ Turning off the automatic brake hold system Automatic Brake Hold Button If you want to turn off automatic brake hold while the system is in operation, press the automatic brake hold button with the brake pedal depressed. While the system is activated, you can turn off the engine or park the vehicle through the same procedure as you normally do. 2 When Stopped P. 526 Whether the system is on, or the system is activated, the automatic brake hold turns off once the engine is off. 1Turning off the automatic brake hold system Make sure to turn off the automatic brake hold system before using an automated car wash. You may hear an operating noise if the vehicle moves while the automatic brake hold system is in operation. Driving Goes Off While the system is on, press the automatic brake hold button again. u The automatic brake hold system indicator goes off. 1Automatic Brake Hold 513 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 514 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBrakinguAnti-lock Brake System (ABS) Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Helps prevent the wheels from locking up, and helps you retain steering control by pumping the brakes rapidly, much faster than you. The electronic brake distribution (EBD) system, which is part of the ABS, also balances the front-to-rear braking distribution according to vehicle loading. You should never pump the brake pedal. Let the ABS work for you by always keeping firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. This is sometimes referred to as “stomp and steer.“ ■ ABS operation The brake pedal may pulsate slightly when the ABS is working. Keep holding the pedal firmly down. On dry pavement, you need to press on the brake pedal very hard before the ABS activates. However, you may feel the ABS activate immediately if you are trying to stop on snow or ice. Driving ABS may activate when you depress the brake pedal when driving on: • Wet or snow covered roads. • Roads paved with stone. • Roads with uneven surfaces, such as potholes, cracks, manholes, etc. When the vehicle speed goes under 6 mph (10 km/h), the ABS stops. 514 1Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) NOTICE The ABS may not function correctly if you use an incorrect tire type and size. When the ABS indicator comes on while driving, there may be a problem with the system. While normal braking is not affected, there is a possibility of the ABS not operating. Have the vehicle checked by a dealer immediately. The ABS does not reduce the time or distance it takes to stop the vehicle. It only helps with steering control during hard braking. In the following cases, your vehicle may need more stopping distance than a vehicle without the ABS: • When driving on rough road surfaces, including when driving on uneven surfaces, such as gravel or snow. • When tire chains are installed. The following may be observed with the ABS system: • Motor sounds coming from the engine compartment when the brakes are applied, or when system checks are being performed after the engine has been started and while vehicle is accelerates. • Brake pedal and/or the vehicle body vibration when ABS activates. These vibrations and sounds are normal to ABS systems and are no cause for concern. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 515 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBrakinguBrake Assist System Brake Assist System Designed to assist the driver by generating greater braking force when you depress the brake pedal hard during emergency braking. ■ Brake assist system operation Press the brake pedal firmly for more powerful braking. When brake assist operates, the pedal may wiggle slightly and an operating noise may be heard. This is normal. Keep holding the brake pedal firmly down. Driving 515 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 516 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * Can assist you when there is a possibility of your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or a pedestrian detected in front of yours. The CMBSTM is designed to alert you when a potential collision is determined, as well as to reduce your vehicle speed to help minimize collision severity when a collision is deemed unavoidable. 1Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * Important Safety Reminder The CMBSTM is designed to reduce the severity of an unavoidable collision. It does not prevent collision nor stop the vehicle automatically. It is still your responsibility to operate the brake pedal and steering wheel appropriately according to the driving conditions. The CMBSTM may not activate or may not detect a vehicle in front of your vehicle under certain conditions: 2 CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 522 You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system. 2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 465 Driving 516 Be careful not to have radar sensor cover strongly impacted. * Not available on all models 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 517 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * ■ How the system works 1How the system works When the CMBSTM activates, it may automatically apply the brake. It will be canceled when your vehicle stops or a potential collision is not determined. When to use The camera is located behind the rearview mirror. The radar sensor is in the front grille. Driving The system starts monitoring the roadway ahead when your vehicle speed is about 3 mph (5 km/h) and there is a vehicle in front of you. The CMBSTM activates when: ● The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian detected in front of you becomes about 3 mph (5 km/h) and over with a chance of a collision. ● Your vehicle speed is about 62 mph (100 km/h) or less and the system determines there is a chance of a collision with: - Vehicles detected in front of you that are stationary, oncoming, or traveling in your same direction. - A pedestrian who is detected in front of you. ● Your vehicle speed is above 62 mph (100 km/h), and the system determines there is a chance of a collision with a vehicle detected in front of you traveling in your same direction. Continued 517 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 518 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * ■ When the system activates 1How the system works The system provides visual and audible alerts of a possible collision, and stops if the collision is avoided. u Take appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, change lanes, etc.) Visual Alerts Beep Audible Alert Driving At system’s earliest collision alert stage, you can change the distance (Long/ Normal/Short) between vehicles at which alerts will come on through multiinformation display setting options. 2 Customized Features P. 337 518 The camera in the CMBSTM is also designed to detect pedestrians. However, this pedestrian detection feature may not activate or may not detect a pedestrian in front of your vehicle under certain conditions. Refer to the ones indicating the pedestrian detection limitations from the list. 2 CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 522 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 519 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * ■ Collision Alert Stages The system has three alert stages for a possible collision. However, depending on circumstances, the CMBSTM may not go through all of the stages before initiating the last stage. CMBSTM Distance between vehicles Stage one NORMAL LONG SHORT Vehicle Ahead Your Vehicle Your Vehicle Vehicle Ahead Braking When in Long, visual and audible alerts come on at a There is a risk of a collision with longer distance from a vehicle the vehicle ahead of you. ahead than in Normal setting, and in Short, at a shorter distance than in Normal. — The risk of a collision has increased, time to respond is reduced. Driving Stage two The sensors detect a vehicle Audible & Visual WARNINGS Lightly applied Visual and audible alerts. Stage three Your Vehicle Vehicle Ahead The CMBSTM determines that a collision is unavoidable. Forcefully applied Continued 519 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 520 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * ■ CMBSTM On and Off Driving 520 * Not available on all models 1Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * Press this button until the beeper sounds to switch the system on or off. The CMBSTM may automatically shut off, and the CMBSTM indicator will come and stay on under certain conditions. 2 CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 522 When the CMBSTM is off: • The CMBSTM indicator in the instrument panel comes on. • A message on the driver information interface reminds you that the system is off. When the CMBSTM is activated, it will continue to operate even if the accelerator pedal is partially depressed. However, it will be canceled if the accelerator pedal is deeply depressed. The CMBSTM is turned on every time you start the engine, even if you turned it off the last time you drove the vehicle. The CMBSTM indicator may come on after reconnecting the battery. Drive a short distance at more than 12 mph (20 km/ h). The indicator should go off. If it does not, have your vehicle checked by a dealer. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 521 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * ■ With Little Chance of a Collision 1Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * The CMBSTM may activate even when you are aware of a vehicle ahead of you, or when there is no vehicle ahead. Some examples of this are: ■ When Passing Your vehicle approaches another vehicle ahead of you and you change lanes to pass. ■ At an intersection Your vehicle approaches or passes another vehicle that is making a left or right turn. ■ On a curve When driving through curves, your vehicle comes to a point where an oncoming vehicle is right in front of you. You drive under a low or narrow bridge at high speed. ■ Speed bumps, road work sites, train tracks, roadside objects, etc. You drive over speed bumps, steel road plates, etc., or your vehicle approaches train tracks or roadside objects [such as a traffic sign and guard rail] on a curve or, when parking, stationary vehicles and walls. * Not available on all models Continued Always keep the radar sensor cover clean. Never use chemical solvents or polishing powder for cleaning the sensor cover. Clean it with water or a mild detergent. Do not paint, or apply any coverings or paint to radar sensor area. This can impact CMBSTM operation. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if you find any unusual behavior of the system (e.g. the warning message appears too frequently). If the front of the vehicle is impacted in any of the following situations, the radar sensor may not work properly. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer: • The vehicle mounted onto a bump, curb, chock, embankment, etc. • You drive the vehicle where the water is deep. • Your vehicle has a frontal collision. Driving ■ Through a low bridge at high speed For the CMBSTM to work properly: 521 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 522 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * ■ CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations The system may automatically shut off and the CMBSTM indicator will come on under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other conditions may reduce some of the CMBSTM functions. 2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 465 ■ Environmental conditions Driving • • • • • • • • Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.). Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel. There is little contrast between objects and the background. Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk). Strong light is reflected onto the roadway. Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc. Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as vehicles and pedestrians. Reflections on the interior of the front windshield. ■ Roadway conditions • Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks, reflected lights, road spray, high contrast on a snowy or wet roadway). • Driving on curvy, winding, or undulating roads. • The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill. 522 * Not available on all models 1CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations Do not put a sticker on the radar sensor cover or replace the radar sensor cover. If you need the radar sensor to be repaired, or removed, or the radar sensor cover is strongly impacted, turn off the system by pressing the CMBSTM off button and take your vehicle to a dealer. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 523 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * ■ Vehicle conditions • • • • • • • • • Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted. The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc. The inside of the windshield is fogged. An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction, improperly inflated, compact spare tire, etc.). When tire chains are installed. The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications. The camera temperature gets too high. Driving with the parking brake applied. When the radar sensor in the front grille gets dirty. Driving Continued 523 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 524 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * ■ Detection limitations Driving 524 • A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you. • The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is too short. • When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you at high speed. • The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian in front of you is significantly large. • A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly. • The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter or other small vehicle. • When there are animals in front of your vehicle. • When you drive on a curved, winding or undulating road that makes it difficult for the sensor to properly detect a vehicle in front of you. • An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you. • Another vehicle suddenly comes in front of you at an intersection, etc. • Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle. • When driving through a narrow iron bridge. • When the lead vehicle suddenly slows down. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 525 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * Limitations applicable to pedestrian detection only • When there is a group of people in front of your vehicle walking together side by side. • Surrounding conditions or belongings of the pedestrian alter the pedestrian’s shape, preventing the system from recognizing that the person is a pedestrian. • When the pedestrian is slouching or squatting. • When the pedestrian is shorter than about 3 feet (1 meter) or taller than about 7 feet (2 meter) in height. • When a pedestrian blends in with the background. • When a pedestrian is bent over or squatting, or when their hands or raised or they are running. • When several pedestrians are walking ahead in a group. • When the camera cannot correctly identify that a pedestrian is present due to an unusual shape (holding luggage, body position, size). CMBSTM may automatically shut itself off and the CMBSTM indicator comes and stays on when: • The temperature inside the system is high. • You drive off-road or on a mountain road, or curved and winding road for an extended period. • An abnormal tire condition is detected (wrong tire size, flat tire, etc.). • The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including the windshield, gets dirty. Once the conditions that caused CMBSTM to shut off improve or are addressed (e.g., cleaning), the system comes back on. Driving ■ Automatic shutoff 525 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 526 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Parking Your Vehicle When Stopped 1. Depress the brake pedal firmly. 2. With the brake pedal depressed, pull up the electric parking brake switch slowly, but fully. 3. Move the shift lever from (D to (P . 4. Turn off the engine. u The parking brake indicator goes off in about 15 seconds. Always confirm the electric parking brake is set, in particular if you are parked on an incline. Driving 526 1Parking Your Vehicle Do not park your vehicle near flammable objects, such as dry grass, oil, or timber. Heat from the exhaust can cause a fire. 1When Stopped NOTICE The following can damage the transmission: • Depressing the accelerator and brake pedals simultaneously. • Holding the vehicle in place when facing uphill by depressing the accelerator pedal. • Moving the shift lever into (P before the vehicle stops completely. In extremely cold temperatures, the parking brake may freeze up if applied. If such temperatures are expected, do not apply the parking brake but, if parking on a slope, either turn the front wheels so they will contact the curb if the vehicle rolls down the slope or block the wheels to keep the vehicle from moving. If you do not take either precaution, the vehicle may roll unexpectedly, leading to a crash. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 527 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor * Cross Traffic Monitor * Monitors the rear corner areas using the radar sensors when reversing, and alerts you if a vehicle approaching from a rear corner is detected. The system is convenient when you are backing out of a parking space. 1Cross Traffic Monitor * 3 CAUTION Cross Traffic Monitor cannot detect all approaching vehicles and may not detect an approaching vehicle at all. Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to back up the vehicle before doing so may result in a collision. Do not solely rely on the system when reversing; always also use your mirrors, and look behind and to the sides of your vehicle before reversing. Driving * Not available on all models Continued 527 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 528 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor * ■ How the System Works 1Cross Traffic Monitor * The system activates when: • The power mode is in ON. • The Cross Traffic Monitor system is turned on. 2 Cross Traffic Monitor On and Off P. 530 • The transmission is in (R . • Your vehicle is moving at 3 mph (5 km/h) or lower. Radar sensors: Underneath the rear bumper corners Driving When a vehicle is detected approaching from a rear corner, Cross Traffic Monitor alerts you with a buzzer and a displayed warning. The system will not detect a vehicle that approaches from directly behind your vehicle, nor will it provide alerts about a detected vehicle when it moves directly behind your vehicle. The system does not detect or provide alerts for a vehicle that is moving away from your vehicle, and it may not detect or alert for pedestrians, bicycles, or stationary objects. 528 * Not available on all models Cross Traffic Monitor may not detect an approaching vehicle, or may delay alerting you under the following conditions: • An obstacle, such as another vehicle and a wall, near your vehicle’s rear bumper, is blocking the radar sensor’s scope. • Your vehicle is moving at the speed of about 3 mph (5 km/h) or higher. • A vehicle is approaching at the speed other than between about 6 mph (10 km/h) and 16 mph (25 km/h). • The system picks up external interference such as other radar sensors from another vehicle or strong radio wave transmitted from a facility nearby. • Either corner of the rear bumper is covered with snow, ice, mud or dirt. • When there is bad weather. • Your vehicle is on an incline. • Your vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load in the rear. • Your vehicle is reversing towards a wall, a pole, a vehicle, and so on. • The rear bumper or the sensors have been improperly repaired or the rear bumper has been deformed. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. For proper operation, always keep the rear bumper corner area clean. Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with labels or stickers of any kind. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 529 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor * ■ When the System Detects a Vehicle 1When the System Detects a Vehicle If the on the lower right changes to when the transmission is in (R , mud snow or ice may have accumulated in the vicinity of the sensor. Check the bumper corners for any obstructions, and thoroughly clean the area if necessary. Arrow Icon Normal View Wide View Top Down View An arrow icon appears on the side a vehicle is approaching on the audio/information screen. If the display remains the same with the transmission in (R , there may be a problem with the rear camera system and the Cross Traffic Monitor system. Do not use the system and have your vehicle checked by a dealer. Driving Continued If the comes on when the transmission is in (R , there may be a problem with the Cross Traffic Monitor system. Do not use the system and have your vehicle checked by a dealer. 529 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 530 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor * ■ Cross Traffic Monitor On and Off You can switch on and off the system using the audio/information screen. 1. Select . 2. Select Settings. 3. Select Camera. 4. Select Cross Traffic Monitor. 5. Select On or Off, then select OK. The system can also be turned on and off on the audio/information screen by pressing the CTM icon. Driving 530 Icon 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 531 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Multi-View Rear Camera About Your Multi-View Rear Camera The audio/information screen can display your vehicle’s rear view. The display automatically changes to a rear view when the shift lever is moved to (R . ■ Multi-View Rear Camera Display Area Normal View Mode Bumper If the camera lens is covered with dirt or moisture, use a soft, moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free of debris. You can change the Fixed Guideline and Dynamic Guideline * settings. 2 Customized Features P. 337 Driving Top Down View Mode Approx. 79 inches (2 m) Fixed Guideline On: Guidelines appear when you shift into (R . Off: Guidelines do not appear. Dynamic Guidelines * On: Guidelines move according to the steering wheel direction. Off: Guidelines do not move. Approx. 118 inches (3 m) * Not available on all models The rear camera view is restricted. You cannot see the corner ends of the bumper or what is underneath the bumper. Its unique lens also makes objects appear closer or farther than they actually are. Visually confirm that it is safe to drive before backing up. Certain conditions (such as weather, lighting, and high temperatures) may also restrict the rear view. Do not rely on the rearview display which does not give you all information about conditions at the back of your vehicle. Wide View Mode Guidelines Camera Approx. 20 inches (50 cm) Tailgate Open Range Approx. 39 inches (1 m) 1About Your Multi-View Rear Camera Continued 531 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 532 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuMulti-View Rear CamerauAbout Your Multi-View Rear Camera You can view three different camera angles on the rearview display. Models with color audio system Press the selector knob to switch the angle. Models with Display Audio Touch the appropriate icon to switch the angle. : Wide view : Normal view : Top down view All models Driving • If the last used viewing mode was Wide or Normal, the same mode is selected the next time you shift into (R . • If Top View was last used before you turned off the engine, Wide mode is selected next time you turn the ignition switch to ON (w *1 and shift to (R . • If Top View was last used more than 10 seconds after you shift from (R , Wide mode is selected the next time you turn the ignition switch to ON (w *1. *1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. 532 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 533 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Refueling Fuel Information ■ Fuel recommendation Unleaded gasoline, pump octane number 87 or higher Use of lower octane gasoline can cause a persistent, heavy metallic knocking noise that can lead to engine damage. ■ Top tier detergent gasoline Because the level of detergency and additives in gasoline vary in the market, Honda endorses the use of “TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” where available to help maintain the performance and reliability of your vehicle. TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline meets a new gasoline standard jointly established by leading automotive manufacturers to meet the needs of today’s advanced engines. For further important fuel-related information for your vehicle, or on information on gasoline that does not contain MMT, visit www.hondacars.com. In Canada, visit www.honda.ca for additional information on gasoline. For more information on top tier gasoline, visit www.toptiergas.com. NOTICE We recommend quality gasoline containing detergent additives that help prevent fuel system and engine deposits. In addition, in order to maintain good performance, fuel economy, and emissions control, we strongly recommend the use of gasoline that does NOT contain harmful manganese-based fuel additives such as MMT, if such gasoline is available. Use of gasoline with these additives may adversely affect performance, and cause the malfunction indicator lamp on your instrument panel to come on. If this happens, contact a dealer for service. Some gasoline today is blended with oxygenates such as ethanol. Your vehicle is designed to operate on oxygenated gasoline containing up to 15% ethanol by volume. Do not use gasoline containing methanol. If you notice any undesirable operating symptoms, try another service station or switch to another brand of gasoline. Driving Qualifying gasoline retailers will, in most cases, identify their gasoline as having met “TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” standards at the retail location. This fuel is guaranteed to contain the proper level of detergent additives and be free of metallic additives. The proper level of detergent additives, and absence of harmful metallic additives in gasoline, help avoid build-up of deposits in your engine and emission control system. 1Fuel Information ■ Fuel tank capacity: 14 US gal (53 liters) 533 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 534 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel How to Refuel Your fuel tank is not equipped with a fuel filler cap. You can insert the filler nozzle directly into the filler neck. The tank seals itself again when you pull out the filler nozzle. 1. Stop your vehicle with the service station pump on the left side of the vehicle in the rear. 2. Turn off the engine. 3. Pull on the fuel fill door release handle Pull under the lower left corner of the dashboard. u The fuel fill door opens. Driving 534 1How to Refuel 3 WARNING Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive. You can be burned or seriously injured when handling fuel. • Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks, and flame away. • Handle fuel only outdoors. • Wipe up spills immediately. The fuel filler opening is designed to accept only service station filler nozzles for refueling. Use of smaller diameter tubes (e.g., those used to siphon fuel for other uses) or other non-service station devices can damage the area in and around the filler opening. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 535 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel 4. Place the end of the filler nozzle on the lower part of filler opening, then insert it slowly and fully. u Make sure that the end of the filler nozzle goes down along with the filler pipe. u Keep the filler nozzle level. u When the tank is full, the filler nozzle will click off automatically. u After filling, wait about five seconds before removing the filler nozzle. 5. Shut the fuel fill door by hand. 1How to Refuel The filler nozzle automatically stops to leave space in the fuel tank so that fuel does not overflow as a result of changes in air temperature. If the filler nozzle keeps turning off when the tank is not full, there may be a problem with the pump's fuel vapor recovery system. Try filling at another pump. If this does not fix the problem, consult a dealer. Do not continue to add fuel after the filler nozzle has automatically stopped. Additional fuel can exceed the full tank capacity. Driving If you have to refuel your vehicle from a portable container, use the funnel provided with your vehicle. 2 Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container P. 633 535 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 536 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing CO2 Emissions Achieving fuel economy and reducing CO2 emissions is dependent on several factors, including driving conditions, load weight, idling time, driving habits, and vehicle condition. Depending on these and other factors, you may not achieve the rated fuel economy of this vehicle. ■ Maintenance and Fuel Economy Driving 536 You can optimize your fuel economy with proper maintenance of your vehicle. Always maintain your vehicle in accordance with the messages displayed on the information display */driver information interface *. • Use the recommended viscosity engine oil, displaying the API Certification Seal. • Maintain the specified tire pressure. • Do not load the vehicle with excess cargo. • Keep your vehicle clean. A buildup of snow or mud on your vehicle's underside adds weight and increases wind resistance. * Not available on all models 1Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing CO2 Emissions Direct calculation is the recommended method to determine actual fuel consumed while driving. Miles driven Gallons of fuel Miles per Gallon 100 Liter Kilometers L per 100 km In Canada, posted fuel economy numbers are established following a simulated test. For more information on how this test is performed, please visit http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/ 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 537 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Turbo Engine Vehicle * Handling Precautions The turbocharger is a high-precision device to obtain greater horsepower by delivering a large volume of compressed air into the engine using a turbine driven by the engine's exhaust gas pressure. • When the engine is cold just after starting, avoid revving the engine or sudden acceleration. • Always replace the engine oil and engine oil filter according to the Maintenance Minder. The turbine rotates at very high speeds over 100,000 rpm and its temperature reaches over 1,292°F (700°C). It is lubricated and cooled by engine oil. If you fail to replace the engine oil and filter at the scheduled distance or interval, deteriorated engine oil may cause failure such as sticking and abnormal noise of the turbine bearing. 1Turbo Engine Vehicle * The scheduled maintenance intervals for replacing the filter is indicated on the information display */ driver information interface *. Follow the information of when to replace them. 2 Maintenance MinderTM P. 543 The temperature gauge pointer is at the H mark when you restart the engine after driving under high load conditions such as at high speed or in hilly terrain. This is normal. The gauge goes down after you idle or drive the vehicle for about one minute. Driving * Not available on all models 537 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 538 538 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 539 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Maintenance This chapter discusses basic maintenance. Before Performing Maintenance Inspection and Maintenance ............ 540 Safety When Performing Maintenance...541 Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service ........................................... 542 Maintenance MinderTM ..................... 543 Maintenance Under the Hood Maintenance Items Under the Hood.. 553 Opening the Hood ........................... 555 Recommended Engine Oil ................ 556 Oil Check ......................................... 557 Adding Engine Oil ............................ 559 Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter ...560 Engine Coolant ................................ 563 Transmission Fluid............................ 567 Brake Fluid....................................... 568 Refilling Window Washer Fluid......... 569 Replacing Light Bulbs ....................... 570 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades... 577 Checking and Maintaining Tires Checking Tires ................................. 581 Tire and Loading Information Label ...... 582 Tire Labeling .................................... 582 DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles).. 584 Wear Indicators................................ 586 Tire Service Life ................................ 586 Tire and Wheel Replacement ........... 587 Tire Rotation.................................... 588 Winter Tires ..................................... 589 Battery............................................... 590 Remote Transmitter Care Replacing the Button Battery ........... 592 Climate Control System Maintenance .. 594 Cleaning Interior Care .................................... 595 Exterior Care.................................... 597 Accessories and Modifications.......... 600 539 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 540 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Before Performing Maintenance Inspection and Maintenance For your safety, perform all listed inspections and maintenance to keep your vehicle in good condition. If you become aware of any abnormality (noise, smell, insufficient brake fluid, oil residue on the ground, etc.), have your vehicle inspected by a dealer. (Note, however, that service at a dealer is not mandatory to keep your warranties in effect.) ■ Types of Inspection and Maintenance ■ Daily inspections Perform inspections before long distance trips, when washing the vehicle, or when refueling. ■ Periodic inspections • Check the brake fluid level monthly. 2 Checking the Brake Fluid P. 568 • Check the tire pressure monthly. Examine the tread for wear and foreign objects. 2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 581 • Check the operation of the exterior lights monthly. Maintenance 540 2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 570 • Check the condition of the wiper blades at least every six months. 2 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 577 * Not available on all models 1Inspection and Maintenance U.S. models Maintenance, replacement, or repair of emissions control devices and systems may be done by any automotive repair establishment or individuals using parts that are “certified” to EPA standards. According to state and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on the maintenance main items marked with # will not void your emissions warranties. However, all maintenance services should be performed in accordance with the intervals indicated by the information display */driver information interface *. 2 Maintenance Service Items P. 545, 550 If you want to perform complex maintenance tasks that require more skills and tools, you can purchase a subscription to the Service Express website at www.techinfo.honda.com. 2 Authorized Manuals P. 646 If you want to perform maintenance yourself, make sure that you have the necessary tools and skills first. After performing maintenance, update the records in the separate maintenance booklet. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 541 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuSafety When Performing Maintenance Safety When Performing Maintenance Some of the most important safety precautions are given here. However, we cannot warn you of every conceivable hazard that can arise in performing maintenance. Only you can decide whether you should perform a given task. ■ Maintenance Safety • To reduce the possibility of fire or explosion, keep cigarettes, sparks, and flames away from the battery and all fuel related parts. • Never leave rags, towels, or other flammable objects under the hood. u Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite them causing a fire. • To clean parts, use a commercially available degreaser or parts cleaner, not gasoline. • Wear eye protection and protective clothing when working with the battery or compressed air. • Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide, which is poisonous and can kill you. u Only operate the engine if there is sufficient ventilation. • The vehicle must be in a stationary condition. u Make sure your vehicle is parked on level ground, the parking brake is set, and the engine is off. • Be aware that hot parts can burn you. u Make sure to let the engine and exhaust system cool thoroughly before touching vehicle parts. • Be aware that moving parts can injure you. u Do not start the engine unless instructed, and keep your hands and limbs away from moving parts. 3 WARNING Improperly maintaining this vehicle or failing to correct a problem before driving can cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed. Always follow the inspection and maintenance recommendations according to the schedules in this owner's manual. 3 WARNING Failure to properly follow maintenance instructions and precautions can cause you to be seriously hurt or killed. Always follow the procedures and precautions in this owner's manual. Maintenance ■ Vehicle Safety 1Safety When Performing Maintenance 541 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 542 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuParts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service The use of Honda genuine parts and fluids is recommended when maintaining and servicing your vehicle. Honda genuine parts are manufactured according to the same high quality standards used in Honda vehicles. Maintenance 542 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 543 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Maintenance MinderTM Select the Maintenance Minder to see maintenance items that are due soon and to see the percentage of life remaining in the engine oil. When the engine oil life is less than 15%, a Maintenance Minder message will appear every time you turn the ignition switch to ON (w *1, reminding you to bring your vehicle to a dealer for service. 1Displaying the Maintenance Minder Information Models with information display Based on the engine operating conditions, the remaining engine oil life is calculated and displayed as a percentage. To Use Maintenance MinderTM ■ Displaying the Maintenance Minder Information 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (w . 2. Press the (TRIP) knob repeatedly until the engine oil life appears on the information display. *1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. Continued Calculated Engine Oil Life (%) 100 to 91 90 to 81 80 to 71 70 to 61 60 to 51 50 to 41 40 to 31 30 to 21 20 to 16 15 to 11 10 to 6 5 to 1 0 Maintenance The Maintenance Minder indicator ( ) stays on in the instrument panel after the engine oil life becomes 0%. Have the indicated maintenance done by a dealer immediately. Displayed Engine Oil Life (%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 15 10 5 0 There is a list of maintenance main and sub items you can view on the information display. 2 Maintenance Service Items P. 545 543 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 544 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM ■ Maintenance Minder Messages on the Information Display To switch the display, press the Oil Life Display Maintenance 544 (TRIP) knob. Explanation Information Maintenance Minder Indicator When you select the Maintenance Minder screen, it displays codes for maintenance items due at the next engine oil change, along with the percentage of engine oil life remaining. — Comes on for a few seconds when you set the ignition switch to ON, then goes off. The engine oil life indicator starts The engine oil is approaching the to appear along with other due- end of its service life. soon maintenance item codes when the remaining oil life drops Starts to come on when the to 15 percent. remaining engine oil life drops to 15 percent. It goes off when the display is switched. The remaining engine oil has passed its service life, and a negative distance appears after driving over 10 miles (U.S. models) or 10 km (Canadian models). The negative distance on the display blinks. The engine oil life has passed. The maintenance items must be inspected and serviced immediately. Stays on as a reminder even when the display is switched. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 545 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM ■ Maintenance Service Items 1Maintenance Service Items • Inspect idle speed every 160,000 miles (256,000 km). Maintenance Minder Indicator • Adjust the valves during services A, B, 1, 2, or 3 if Maintenance Minder Message Main Item they are noisy. Sub Items U.S. models CODE A B ● ● ● ● *1: If a Maintenance Minder indicator does not appear more than 12 months after the display is reset, change the engine oil every year. *2: If you drive in dusty conditions, replace the air cleaner element every 15,000 miles (24,000 km). *3: If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and from diesel-powered vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 15,000 miles (24,000 km). # : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty. CODE 1 2 ● ● ● ● 3 4 ● ● ● 5 6 7 ● ● ● Maintenance Sub Items Rotate tires Replace air cleaner element*2 Replace dust and pollen filter*3 Inspect drive belt Replace transmission fluid*4 Replace spark plugs Inspect valve clearance Replace engine coolant Replace rear differential fluid Replace brake fluid*5 Maintenance Maintenance Main Items Replace engine oil*1 Replace engine oil*1 and oil filter Inspect front and rear brakes Inspect these items: • Tie rod ends, steering gearbox, and boots • Suspension components • Driveshaft boots • Brake hoses and lines (including ABS/VSA®) • All fluid levels and condition of fluids • Exhaust system# • Fuel lines and connections# *4: Driving in mountainous areas at very low vehicle speeds or trailer towing results in higher transmission temperatures. This requires transmission fluid changes more frequently than recommended by the Maintenance Minder. If you regularly drive your vehicle under these conditions, have the transmission fluid changed every 25,000 miles (40,000 km). *5: If a Maintenance Minder Indicator does not appear more than 36 months after the display for item 7 is reset, change the brake fluid every 3 years. Continued 545 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 546 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM Canadian models 1Maintenance Service Items • Inspect idle speed every 256,000 km (160,000 miles). • Adjust the valves during services A, 0, 9, 1, 2, or 3 if they are noisy. CODE A 0 Maintenance 546 ● ● Maintenance Main Items Replace engine oil*1 Replace engine oil*1 and oil filter *1: If a Maintenance Minder indicator does not appear more than 12 months after the display is reset, change the engine oil every year. *2: If you drive in dusty conditions, replace the air cleaner element every 24,000 km (15,000 miles). *3: If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and from diesel-powered vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 24,000 km (15,000 miles). *4: Driving in mountainous areas at very low vehicle speeds or trailer towing results in higher transmission temperatures. This requires transmission fluid changes more frequently than recommended by the Maintenance Minder. If you regularly drive your vehicle under these conditions, have the transmission fluid changed every 40,000 km (25,000 miles). *5: If a Maintenance Minder Indicator does not appear more than 36 months after the display for item 7 is reset, change the brake fluid every 3 years. # : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty. CODE 1 2 ● ● ● ● 3 4 ● ● ● 5 6 7 9 ● ● ● ● ● Maintenance Sub Items Rotate tires Replace air cleaner element*2 Replace dust and pollen filter*3 Inspect drive belt Replace transmission fluid*4 Replace spark plugs Inspect valve clearance Replace engine coolant Replace rear differential fluid Replace brake fluid*5 Inspect front and rear brakes Inspect these items: • Tie rod ends, steering gearbox, and boots • Suspension components • Driveshaft boots • Brake hoses and lines (including ABS/VSA®) • All fluid levels and condition of fluids • Exhaust system# • Fuel lines and connections# 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 547 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM ■ Resetting the Display Reset the Maintenance Minder display if you have performed the maintenance service. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (w and have the vehicle at a complete stop. 2. Display the Maintenance Minder by repeatedly pressing the (TRIP) knob. 3. Press and hold the knob for 10 seconds or more. u The display will blink to show it is in reset mode. 4. Rotate the knob to select the item you wish to reset. u Reset the selected item by pushing the knob for five seconds or more. 1Resetting the Display NOTICE Failure to reset the Maintenance MinderTM display after a maintenance service results in the system showing incorrect maintenance intervals, which can lead to serious mechanical problems. The dealer will reset the Maintenance MinderTM display after completing the required maintenance service. If someone other than a dealer performs maintenance service, reset the Maintenance MinderTM display yourself. Maintenance 547 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 548 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM Models with driver information interface To Use Maintenance MinderTM ■ Displaying the Maintenance Minder Information 1Displaying the Maintenance Minder Information Certain maintenance items due soon, along with the estimated remaining oil life, appear on the driver information interface. You can view them on the Maintenance Minder screen at any time. 1. Set the power mode to ON. 2. Press the button several times until is displayed. 3. Press ENTER to go to the Maintenance Minder screen. The engine oil life appears on the driver information interface along with maintenance items due soon. Engine Oil Life Maintenance 548 Button ENTER Button Main Item Sub Item Based on the engine operating conditions, the remaining engine oil life is calculated and displayed as a percentage. Displayed Engine Oil Life (%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 15 10 5 0 Calculated Engine Oil Life (%) 100 to 91 90 to 81 80 to 71 70 to 61 60 to 51 50 to 41 40 to 31 30 to 21 20 to 16 15 to 11 10 to 6 5 to 1 0 There is a list of maintenance main and sub items you can view on the driver information interface. 2 Maintenance Service Items P. 550 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 549 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM ■ Maintenance Minder Messages on the Driver Information Interface Maintenance Message — Oil Life Display Explanation When you select the Maintenance Minder screen, it displays codes for maintenance items due at the next engine oil change, along with the percentage of engine oil life remaining. Information — The engine oil life indicator starts to The engine oil is approaching the end of its service life. appear along with other due-soon maintenance item codes when the remaining oil life drops to 15 percent. Maintenance Due Now The remaining engine oil life is 5 to 1 The engine oil has almost reached the percent. Press the button to end of its service life, and the switch to another display. maintenance items should be inspected and serviced as soon as possible. Maintenance Past Due The system message indicator ( The engine oil has passed its service The engine oil life has passed. life, and a negative distance appears The maintenance items must be inspected and serviced immediately. after driving over 10 miles (U.S. models) or 10 km (Canadian models). The negative distance on the display blinks. Maintenance Maintenance Due Soon ) comes on along with the Maintenance Minder message. Continued 549 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 550 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM ■ Maintenance Service Items System Message Indicator 1Maintenance Service Items • Inspect idle speed every 160,000 miles (256,000 km). • Adjust the valves during services A, B, 1, 2, or 3 if Maintenance Minder Message Main Item they are noisy. Sub Items U.S. models CODE A B ● ● ● ● Maintenance Maintenance Main Items Replace engine oil*1 Replace engine oil*1 and oil filter Inspect front and rear brakes Inspect these items: • Tie rod ends, steering gearbox, and boots • Suspension components • Driveshaft boots • Brake hoses and lines (including ABS/VSA®) • All fluid levels and condition of fluids • Exhaust system# • Fuel lines and connections# *1: If a Maintenance Minder message does not appear more than 12 months after the display is reset, change the engine oil every year. *2: If you drive in dusty conditions, replace the air cleaner element every 15,000 miles (24,000 km). *3: If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and from diesel-powered vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 15,000 miles (24,000 km). # : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty. 550 CODE 1 2 ● ● ● ● 3 4 ● ● ● 5 6 7 ● ● ● Maintenance Sub Items Rotate tires Replace air cleaner element*2 Replace dust and pollen filter*3 Inspect drive belt Replace transmission fluid*4 Replace spark plugs Inspect valve clearance Replace engine coolant Replace rear differential fluid Replace brake fluid*5 *4: Driving in mountainous areas at very low vehicle speeds or trailer towing results in higher transmission temperatures. This requires transmission fluid changes more frequently than recommended by the Maintenance Minder. If you regularly drive your vehicle under these conditions, have the transmission fluid changed every 25,000 miles (40,000 km). *5: If a Maintenance Minder Indicator does not appear more than 36 months after the display for item 7 is reset, change the brake fluid every 3 years. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 551 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM Canadian models 1Maintenance Service Items • Inspect idle speed every 256,000 km (160,000 miles). • Adjust the valves during services A, 0, 9, 1, 2, or 3 if they are noisy. CODE A 0 ● ● Maintenance Main Items Replace engine oil*1 Replace engine oil*1 and oil filter ● ● ● ● 3 4 ● ● ● 5 6 7 9 ● ● ● ● ● Maintenance Sub Items Rotate tires Replace air cleaner element*2 Replace dust and pollen filter*3 Inspect drive belt Replace transmission fluid*4 Replace spark plugs Inspect valve clearance Replace engine coolant Replace rear differential fluid Replace brake fluid*5 Inspect front and rear brakes Inspect these items: • Tie rod ends, steering gearbox, and boots • Suspension components • Driveshaft boots • Brake hoses and lines (including ABS/VSA®) • All fluid levels and condition of fluids • Exhaust system# • Fuel lines and connections# Continued Maintenance *1: If a Maintenance Minder message does not appear more than 12 months after the display is reset, change the engine oil every year. *2: If you drive in dusty conditions, replace the air cleaner element every 24,000 km (15,000 miles). *3: If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and from diesel-powered vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 24,000 km (15,000 miles). *4: Driving in mountainous areas at very low vehicle speeds or trailer towing results in higher transmission temperatures. This requires transmission fluid changes more frequently than recommended by the Maintenance Minder. If you regularly drive your vehicle under these conditions, have the transmission fluid changed every 40,000 km (25,000 miles). *5: If a Maintenance Minder Indicator does not appear more than 36 months after the display for item 7 is reset, change the brake fluid every 3 years. # : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty. CODE 1 2 551 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 552 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM ■ Resetting the Display Reset the Maintenance Minder display if you have performed the maintenance service. ENTER Button 1Resetting the Display NOTICE Failure to reset the Maintenance MinderTM display after a maintenance service results in the system showing incorrect maintenance intervals, which can lead to serious mechanical problems. The dealer will reset the Maintenance MinderTM display after completing the required maintenance service. If someone other than a dealer performs maintenance service, reset the Maintenance MinderTM display yourself. You can also reset the Maintenance MinderTM display using the audio/information touch screen. 2 How to customize P. 344 (Display/Information) Button Maintenance 552 1. Set the power mode to ON. 2. Press the (display/information) button repeatedly until the appears. 3. Press the ENTER button. 4. Press and hold the ENTER button for about 10 seconds to enter the reset mode. 5. Press 3 / 4 to select a maintenance item to reset, or to select All Due Items (You can also select Cancel to end the process). 6. Press the ENTER button to reset the selected item. 7. Repeat from step 4 for other items you wish to reset. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 553 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Maintenance Under the Hood Maintenance Items Under the Hood 1.5 L engine models Engine Oil Dipstick (Orange) Engine Oil Fill Cap Brake Fluid (Black Cap) Washer Fluid (Blue Cap) Battery Maintenance Engine Coolant Reserve Tank Radiator Cap Continued 553 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 554 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuMaintenance Under the HooduMaintenance Items Under the Hood 2.4 L engine models Engine Oil Fill Cap Brake Fluid (Black Cap) Battery Washer Fluid (Blue Cap) Maintenance Engine Coolant Reserve Tank Engine Oil Dipstick (Orange) Radiator Cap 554 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 555 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuMaintenance Under the HooduOpening the Hood Opening the Hood Hood Release Handle 1. Park the vehicle on a level surface, and set the parking brake. 2. Pull the hood release handle under the lower left corner of the dashboard. u The hood will pop up slightly. NOTICE Do not open the hood when the wiper arms are raised. The hood will strike the wipers, resulting in damage to the hood and/or the wipers. When closing the hood, check that the hood is securely latched. Pull 3. Push the hood latch lever (located under the front edge of the hood to the center) to the side and raise the hood. Once you have raised the hood slightly, you can release the lever. Lever Grip When closing, remove the support rod, and stow it in the clamp, then gently lower the hood. Remove your hand at a height of approximately 12 inches (30 cm) and let the hood close. If the hood latch lever moves stiffly, or if you can open the hood without lifting the lever, the latch mechanism should be cleaned and lubricated. Maintenance 4. Remove the support rod from the clamp using the grip. Mount the support rod in the hood. Support Rod Clamp 1Opening the Hood 555 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 556 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuMaintenance Under the HooduRecommended Engine Oil Recommended Engine Oil • Genuine Honda Motor Oil • Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil with an API Certification Seal on the container. Oil is a major contributor to your engine's performance and longevity. If you drive the vehicle with insufficient or deteriorated oil, the engine may fail or be damaged. This seal indicates the oil is energy conserving and that it meets the American Petroleum Institute’s latest requirements. Use a Genuine Honda Motor Oil or another commercial engine oil of suitable viscosity for the ambient temperature as shown. Maintenance Ambient Temperature ■ Synthetic oil You may also use synthetic motor oil if it is labeled with the API Certification Seal and is the specified viscosity grade. 556 1Recommended Engine Oil Engine Oil Additives Your vehicle does not require oil additives. In fact, they may adversely affect the engine performance and durability. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 557 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuMaintenance Under the HooduOil Check Oil Check We recommend that you check the engine oil level every time you refuel. Park the vehicle on level ground. Wait approximately three minutes after turning the engine off before you check the oil. 1. Remove the dipstick (orange). 1.5 L engine models 2. Wipe the dipstick with a clean cloth or paper towel. 3. Insert the dipstick back all the way into its hole. 1Oil Check If the oil level is near or below the lower mark, slowly add oil, being careful not to overfill. 2.4 L engine models Maintenance Continued 557 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 558 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuMaintenance Under the HooduOil Check 4. Remove the dipstick again, and check the level. It should be between the upper and lower marks. Add oil if necessary. 1.5 L engine models Upper Mark Lower Mark 2.4 L engine models Upper Mark Lower Mark Maintenance 558 1Oil Check Under certain driving conditions, it is normal for the engine oil level to rise above the upper mark. If you have a concern, consult a dealer for details. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 559 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuMaintenance Under the HooduAdding Engine Oil Adding Engine Oil 1. Unscrew and remove the engine oil fill cap. 2. Add oil slowly. 3. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap, and tighten it securely. 4. Wait for three minutes and recheck the engine oil dipstick. 1.5 L engine models Engine Oil Fill Cap 1Adding Engine Oil If any oil spills, wipe it away immediately. Spilled oil may damage the engine compartment components. NOTICE Do not fill the engine oil above the upper mark. Overfilling the engine oil may result in leaks and engine damage. 2.4 L engine models Engine Oil Fill Cap Maintenance 559 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 560 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter You must change the engine oil and oil filter regularly in order to maintain the engine's lubrication. The engine may be damaged if they are not changed regularly. Specialized equipment and procedures are required to change the engine oil and oil filter. Have an authorized Honda dealer replace them. Do not attempt to change the engine oil and oil filter yourself. Change the oil and filter in accordance with the maintenance message on the information display */driver information interface *. 1. Run the engine until it reaches normal 1.5 L engine models operating temperature, and then turn the engine off. 2. Open the hood and remove the engine oil fill cap. 3. Remove the phillips head screws and slotted head screws by turning 90° counterclockwise on the undercarriage and remove the under cover. Screw Under Cover Maintenance 2.4 L engine models Under Cover Screw 560 * Not available on all models 1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter NOTICE You may damage the environment if you do not dispose of the oil in a suitable way. If you are changing the oil by yourself, appropriately dispose of the used oil. Put the oil in a sealed container and take it to a recycling center. Do not throw the oil away into a garbage can or onto the ground. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 561 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter 4. Remove the drain bolt and washer from the bottom of the engine, and drain the oil into a suitable container. 1.5 L engine models Drain Bolt Washer 2.4 L engine models Drain Bolt Washer Maintenance Continued 561 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 562 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter 1.5 L engine models Oil Filter 2.4 L engine models Oil Filter Maintenance 562 5. Remove the oil filter and dispose of the remaining oil. 6. Check that the filter gasket is not stuck to the engine contact surface. u If it is stuck, you must detach it. 7. Wipe away dirt and dust adhering to the contact surface of the engine block, and install a new oil filter. u Apply a light coat of new engine oil to the oil filter gasket. 8. Put a new washer on the drain bolt, then reinstall the drain bolt. u Tightening torque: 30 lbf∙ft (40 N∙m, 4.0 kgf∙m) 9. Pour the recommended engine oil into the engine. u Engine oil change capacity (including filter): 1.5 L engine models 3.7 US qt (3.5 L) 2.4 L engine models 4.6 US qt (4.4 L) 10. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap securely and start the engine. 11. Run the engine for a few minutes, and then check that there is no leak from the drain bolt or oil filter. 12. Stop the engine, wait for three minutes, and then check the oil level on the dipstick. u If necessary, add more engine oil. 1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter You will need a special wrench to replace the oil filter. You can buy this wrench from a dealer. When installing the new oil filter, follow the instructions supplied with the oil filter. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap. Start the engine. The low oil pressure indicator should go off within five seconds. If it does not, turn off the engine, and check your work. Be sure to verify that the oil filter is designed for your vehicle. A genuine Honda oil filter is recommended for optimum lubrication flow and filtration properties to assure the reliability of the engine. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 563 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant 1.5 L engine models Engine Coolant 1Engine Coolant Specified coolant: Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2 This coolant is premixed with 50% antifreeze and 50% water. Do not add any straight antifreeze or water. We recommend you check the engine coolant level every time you refuel. Check the reserve tank. Add the engine coolant accordingly. ■ Checking the Coolant Reserve Tank Removing the reserve tank cap while the engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray out, seriously scalding you. Always let the engine and radiator cool down before removing the reserve tank cap. NOTICE Genuine Honda engine coolant is a 50/50 mixture of antifreeze and water that can withstand freezing at temperatures as low as about -31°F (-35°C). If your vehicle is consistently subjected to temperatures below this, the concentration of antifreeze in the coolant should be increased. Consult a dealer for details. MIN If Honda antifreeze/coolant is not available, you may use another major brand of non-silicate coolant as a temporary replacement. Check that it is a high quality coolant recommended for aluminum engines. Continued use of any non-Honda coolant can result in corrosion, causing the cooling system to malfunction or fail. Have the cooling system flushed and refilled with Honda antifreeze/coolant as soon as possible. Maintenance MAX 1. Make sure the engine and radiator are cool. 2. Check the amount of coolant in the reserve tank. u If the coolant level is below the MIN mark, add the specified coolant until it reaches the MAX mark. 3. Inspect the cooling system for leaks. 3 WARNING Do not add rust inhibitors or other additives to your vehicle's cooling system. They may not be compatible with the coolant or with the engine components. Continued 563 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 564 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant ■ Adding the Coolant Reserve Tank Cap Maintenance 564 1Adding the Coolant 1. Make sure the engine and radiator are cool. 2. Turn the reserve tank cap 1/8 turn counterclockwise and relieve any pressure in the coolant system. 3. Push down and turn the reserve tank cap counter-clockwise to remove it. 4. Pour coolant into the reserve tank until it reaches the MAX mark. 5. Put the reserve tank cap back on, and tighten it fully. NOTICE Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so you do not spill any. Clean up any spills immediately; they can damage components in the engine compartment. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 565 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant 2.4 L engine models Engine Coolant 1Engine Coolant Specified coolant: Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2 This coolant is premixed with 50% antifreeze and 50% water. Do not add any straight antifreeze or water. We recommend you check the engine coolant level every time you refuel. Check the reserve tank first. If it is completely empty, also check the coolant level in the radiator. Add the engine coolant accordingly. ■ Reserve Tank MAX MIN Removing the radiator cap while the engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray out, seriously scalding you. Always let the engine and radiator cool down before removing the radiator cap. NOTICE Genuine Honda engine coolant is a 50/50 mixture of antifreeze and water that can withstand freezing at temperatures as low as about -31°F (-35°C). If your vehicle is consistently subjected to temperatures below this, the concentration of antifreeze in the coolant should be increased. Consult a dealer for details. If Honda antifreeze/coolant is not available, you may use another major brand of non-silicate coolant as a temporary replacement. Check that it is a high quality coolant recommended for aluminum engines. Continued use of any non-Honda coolant can result in corrosion, causing the cooling system to malfunction or fail. Have the cooling system flushed and refilled with Honda antifreeze/coolant as soon as possible. Maintenance Reserve Tank 1. Make sure the engine and radiator are cool. 2. Check the amount of coolant in the reserve tank. u If the coolant level is below the MIN mark, add the specified coolant until it reaches the MAX mark. 3. Inspect the cooling system for leaks. 3 WARNING Do not add rust inhibitors or other additives to your vehicle's cooling system. They may not be compatible with the coolant or with the engine components. Continued 565 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 566 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant ■ Radiator 1Radiator Radiator Cap Maintenance 566 1. Make sure the engine and radiator are cool. 2. Turn the radiator cap 1/8 turn counterclockwise and relieve any pressure in the coolant system. 3. Push down and turn the radiator cap counterclockwise to remove it. 4. The coolant level should be up to the base of the filler neck. Add coolant if it is low. 5. Put the radiator cap back on, and tighten it fully. NOTICE Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so you do not spill any. Clean up any spills immediately; they can damage components in the engine compartment. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 567 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuMaintenance Under the HooduTransmission Fluid Transmission Fluid ■ Continuously Variable Transmission Fluid Specified fluid: Honda HCF-2 Transmission Fluid Have a dealer check the fluid level and replace if necessary. Do not attempt to check or change the continuously variable transmission fluid yourself. 1Continuously Variable Transmission Fluid NOTICE Do not mix HCF-2 with other transmission fluids. Using a transmission fluid other than HCF-2 may adversely affect the operation and durability of your vehicle’s transmission, and damage the transmission. Any damage caused by using a transmission fluid that is not equivalent to HCF-2 is not covered by Honda’s new vehicle limited warranty. Maintenance 567 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 568 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuMaintenance Under the HooduBrake Fluid Brake Fluid Specified fluid: Honda Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 NOTICE ■ Checking the Brake Fluid The fluid level should be between the MIN and MAX marks on the side of the reserve tank. Reserve tank MAX MIN 1Brake Fluid Brake fluid marked DOT 5 is not compatible with your vehicle's braking system and can cause extensive damage. If the specified brake fluid is not available, you should use only DOT 3 or DOT 4 fluid from a sealed container as a temporary replacement. Using any non-Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion and decrease the longevity of the system. Have the brake system flushed and refilled with Honda Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 as soon as possible. If the brake fluid level is at or below the MIN mark, have a dealer inspect the vehicle for leaks or worn brake pads as soon as possible. Maintenance 568 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 569 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuMaintenance Under the HooduRefilling Window Washer Fluid Refilling Window Washer Fluid Check the amount of window washer fluid by looking at the reservoir. If the level is low, fill the washer reservoir. 1Refilling Window Washer Fluid NOTICE Do not use engine antifreeze or a vinegar/water solution in the windshield washer reservoir. Antifreeze can damage your vehicle's paint. A vinegar/water solution can damage the windshield washer pump. Canadian models with driver information interface If the washer fluid is low, a message appears on the driver information interface. All models Pour the washer fluid carefully. Do not overflow the reservoir. Maintenance 569 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 570 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Replacing Light Bulbs Headlight Bulbs When replacing, use the following bulbs. 1Headlight Bulbs High beam headlight: 60 W (HB3 for halogen bulb type) High beam headlight: LED type * Low beam headlight: 55 W (H11 for halogen bulb type) * Low beam headlight: LED type * * ■ High Beam Headlight Bulb Tab Coupler 1. Push the tab to remove the coupler. 2. Rotate the old bulb counter-clockwise to remove. 3. Insert a new bulb into the headlight assembly and turn it clockwise. 4. Insert the coupler into the connector of the bulb. Models with halogen headlights NOTICE Halogen bulbs get very hot when lit. Oil, perspiration, or a scratch on the glass can cause the bulb to overheat and shatter. The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry heavy items in the cargo area or tow a trailer, have the aiming readjusted at a dealer or by a qualified technician. When replacing a halogen bulb, handle it by its base, and protect the glass from contact with your skin or hard objects. If you touch the glass, clean it with denatured alcohol and a clean cloth. Models with LED headlights Maintenance Headlights are LED type. Have an authorized Honda dealer inspect and replace the light assembly. 570 * Not available on all models 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 571 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuReplacing Light BulbsuHeadlight Bulbs ■ Low Beam Headlights Holding clip 1Low Beam Headlights Passenger side 1. Remove the holding clip using a flat-tip screwdriver, then remove the upper part of the window washer reserve tank. Insert a flat-tip screwdriver, lift and remove the center pin to remove the clip. Center pin Both side Bulb Coupler Insert the clip with the center pin raised, and push until it is flat. Push until the pin is flat. Maintenance Tab 2. Push the tab to remove the coupler. 3. Rotate the old bulb counter-clockwise to remove. 4. Insert a new bulb into the headlight assembly and turn it clockwise. 5. Insert the coupler into the connector of the bulb. 571 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 572 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuReplacing Light BulbsuFog Light Bulbs * Fog Light Bulbs * When replacing, use the following bulbs. Fog Light: 35 W (H8 for halogen bulb type) Screw Holding clip Maintenance 572 * Not available on all models 1. Remove the screw using a Phillips-head screwdriver and remove the holding clips using a flat-tip screwdriver. 2. Pull down the under cover. 1Fog Light Bulbs * NOTICE Halogen bulbs get very hot when lit. Oil, perspiration, or a scratch on the glass can cause the bulb to overheat and shatter. When replacing a halogen bulb, handle it by its plastic case, and protect the glass from contact with your skin or hard objects. If you touch the glass, clean it with denatured alcohol and a clean cloth. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 573 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuReplacing Light BulbsuFog Light Bulbs * Bulb Coupler 3. Push the tab to remove the coupler. 4. Rotate the old bulb counter-clockwise to remove. 5. Insert a new bulb into the fog light assembly and turn it clockwise. 6. Insert the coupler into the connector of the bulb. 1Fog Light Bulbs * Insert a flat-tip screwdriver, lift and remove the center pin to remove the clip. Tab Insert the clip with the center pin raised, and push until it is flat. Maintenance * Not available on all models 573 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 574 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuReplacing Light BulbsuParking/Daytime Running Lights Parking/Daytime Running Lights Parking/daytime running lights are LED type. Have an authorized Honda dealer inspect and replace the light assembly. Front Turn Signal/Front Side Marker Lights Front turn signal lights/front side marker lights are LED type. Have an authorized Honda dealer inspect and replace the light assembly. Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator Lights * Side turn signal lights are LED type. Have an authorized Honda dealer inspect and replace the light assembly. Brake/Taillight, Rear Turn Signal Light and Rear Side Marker Lights Maintenance 574 Brake/taillight, rear turn signal light and rear side marker lights are LED type. Have an authorized Honda dealer inspect and replace the light assembly. * Not available on all models 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 575 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuReplacing Light BulbsuTaillight and Back-Up Lights Taillight and Back-Up Lights When replacing, use the following bulbs. 1Taillight and Back-Up Lights Taillights are LED type. Have an authorized Honda dealer inspect and replace the light assembly. Taillight: LED Back-Up Light: 16W 1. Remove the lower taillight assembly. 2 Brake/Taillight, Rear Turn Signal Light and Rear Side Marker Lights P. 574 Cover Bulb 3. Turn the socket to the left and remove it. Remove the old bulb. 4. Insert a new bulb. Maintenance Socket 2. Remove the cover by prying on the edge using a flat-tip screwdriver. u Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth to prevent scratches. 575 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 576 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuReplacing Light BulbsuRear License Plate Light Rear License Plate Light Rear license plate light is LED type. Have an authorized Honda dealer inspect and replace the light assembly. High-Mount Brake Light High-mount brake light is LED type. Have an authorized Honda dealer inspect and replace the light assembly. Maintenance 576 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 577 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades Checking Wiper Blades If the wiper blade rubber has deteriorated, it will leave streaks and the hard surfaces of the blade may scratch the window glass. Changing the Front Wiper Blade Rubber 1. Lift the driver side wiper arm first, then the passenger side. 1Changing the Front Wiper Blade Rubber NOTICE Avoid dropping the wiper arm onto the windshield, it may damage the wiper arm and/or the windshield. 2. Press and hold the tab, then slide the holder off the wiper arm. Maintenance Tab Continued 577 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 578 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Front Wiper Blade Rubber Blade 3. Pull the end of the wiper blade to the direction of the arrow in the image until it unfastens from the holder’s end cap. End Cap At The Bottom 4. Pull the wiper blade in the opposite direction to slide it out of the holder. Blade Holder Maintenance Blade Holder Cap 578 5. Slide the new wiper blade onto the holder from the bottom end. u The tab on the holder should fit in the indent of the wiper blade. 6. Slide the holder onto the wiper arm, then push down the lock tab. 7. Lower the passenger side wiper arm first, then the driver side. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 579 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber Changing the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber 1. Raise the wiper arm off. 2. Pivot the bottom end of the holder up until it comes off from the wiper arm. Wiper Arm 1Changing the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber NOTICE Avoid dropping the wiper arm; it may damage the rear window. 3. Slide the blade out of the holder. Blade 4. Remove the retainers from wiper blade and mount to a new rubber blade. Continued Maintenance Retainer 579 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 580 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber Holder Maintenance 580 5. Slide the new wiper blade onto the holder. u Make sure it is engaged correctly, then install the wiper blade assembly onto the wiper arm. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 581 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Checking and Maintaining Tires Checking Tires To safely operate your vehicle, your tires must be of the proper type and size, in good condition with adequate tread, and properly inflated. ■ Inflation guidelines 1Checking Tires 3 WARNING Properly inflated tires provide the best combination of handling, tread life, and comfort. Refer to the driver’s doorjamb label or specifications page for the specified pressure. Using tires that are excessively worn or improperly inflated can cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed. Underinflated tires wear unevenly, adversely affect handling and fuel economy, and are more likely to fail from overheating. Follow all instructions in this owner’s manual regarding tire inflation and maintenance. Overinflated tires make your vehicle ride harshly, are more prone to road hazards, and wear unevenly. Every day before you drive, look at each of the tires. If one looks lower than the others, check the pressure with a tire gauge. Measure the air pressure when tires are cold. This means the vehicle has been parked for at least three hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). If necessary, add or release air until the specified pressure is reached. If checked when hot, tire pressure can be as much as 4–6 psi (30–40 kPa, 0.3–0.4 kgf/cm2) higher than if checked when cold. ■ Inspection guidelines Whenever tire pressure is adjusted, you must calibrate the TPMS. 2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) P. 503 Every time you check inflation, also examine the tires and valve stems. Look for: • Bumps or bulges on the side or in the tread. Replace the tire if you find any cuts, splits, or cracks in the side of the tire. Replace it if you see fabric or cord. • Remove any foreign objects and inspect for air leaks. • Uneven tread wear. Have a dealer check the wheel alignment. • Excessive tread wear. 2 Wear Indicators P. 586 • Cracks or other damage around valve stem. Maintenance At least once a month or before long trips, use a gauge to measure the pressure in all tires, including the spare. Even tires in good condition can lose 1–2 psi (10–20 kPa, 0.1–0.2 kgf/cm2) per month. Have a dealer check the tires if you feel a consistent vibration while driving. New tires and any that have been removed and reinstalled should be properly balanced. Check the spare tire pressure once a month or before long trips. 581 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 582 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Loading Information Label Tire and Loading Information Label The label attached to the driver’s doorjamb provides necessary tire and loading information. Label Example 1Tire and Loading Information Label The tire and loading information label attached to the driver’s doorjamb contains: a The number of people your vehicle can carry. b The total weight your vehicle can carry. Do not exceed this weight. c The original tire sizes for front, rear, and spare. d The proper cold tire pressure for front, rear, and spare. Tire Labeling Example Tire Size Tire Identification Number (TIN) The tires that came on your vehicle have a number of markings. Those you should be aware of are described below. Maintenance Maximum Tire Load Maximum Tire Pressure Tire Size ■ Tire Sizes Whenever tires are replaced, they should be replaced with tires of the same size. 582 1Tire Sizes Following is an example of tire size with an explanation of what each component means. P235/60 R18 102T P: Vehicle type (P indicates passenger vehicle). 235: Tire width in millimeters. 60: Aspect ratio (the tire’s section height as a percentage of its width). R: Tire construction code (R indicates radial). 18: Rim diameter in inches. 102: Load index (a numerical code associated with the maximum load the tire can carry). T: Speed symbol (an alphabetical code indicating the maximum speed rating). 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 583 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Labeling ■ Tire Identification Number (TIN) The tire identification number (TIN) is a group of numbers and letters that look like the example in the side column. TIN is located on the sidewall of the tire. ■ Glossary of Tire Terminology DOT B97R FW6X 2209 DOT: This indicates that the tire meets all requirements of the U.S. Department of Transportation. B97R: Manufacturer's identification mark. FW6X: Tire type code. 22 09: Date of manufacture. Year Week Maintenance Cold Tire Pressure – The tire air pressure when the vehicle has been parked for at least three hours or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). Load Rating – Means the maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given inflation pressure. Maximum Inflation Pressure – The maximum tire air pressure that the tire can hold. Maximum Load Rating – Means the load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire. Recommended Inflation Pressure – The cold tire inflation pressure recommended by the manufacturer. Treadwear Indicators (TWI) – Means the projections within the principal grooves designed to give a visual indication of the degrees of wear of the tread. 1Tire Identification Number (TIN) 583 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 584 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles) DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles) The tires on your vehicle meet all U.S. Federal Safety Requirements. All tires are also graded for treadwear, traction, and temperature performance according to Department of Transportation (DOT) standards. The following explains these gradings. ■ Uniform Tire Quality Grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width. Maintenance 584 ■ Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate. 1Uniform Tire Quality Grading For example: Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A All passenger car tires must conform to Federal Safety Requirements in addition to these grades. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 585 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles) ■ Traction The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those grades represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance. 1Traction ■ Temperature The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing the tire's resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law. 1Temperature Warning: The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics. Warning: The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure. Maintenance 585 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 586 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWear Indicators Wear Indicators Example of a Wear Indicator mark The groove where the wear indicator is located is 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) shallower than elsewhere on the tire. If the tread has worn so that the indicator is exposed, replace the tire. Worn out tires have poor traction on wet roads. Tire Service Life The life of your tires is dependent on many factors, including driving habits, road conditions, vehicle loading, inflation pressure, maintenance history, speed, and environmental conditions (even when the tires are not in use). Maintenance 586 In addition to regular inspections and inflation pressure maintenance, it is recommended that you have annual inspections performed once the tires reach five years old. All tires, including the spare, should be removed from service after 10 years from the date of manufacture, regardless of their condition or state of wear. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 587 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Wheel Replacement Tire and Wheel Replacement Replace your tires with radials of the same size, load range, speed rating, and maximum cold tire pressure rating (as shown on the tire‘s sidewall). Using tires of a different size or construction can cause certain vehicle systems such as the ABS and Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®) system to work incorrectly. It is best to replace all four tires at the same time. If that isn’t possible, replace the front or rear tires in pairs. Make sure that the wheel’s specifications match those of the original wheels. 1Tire and Wheel Replacement 3 WARNING Installing improper tires on your vehicle can affect handling and stability. This can cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed. Always use the size and type of tires recommended in this owner’s manual. Maintenance 587 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 588 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Rotation Tire Rotation Rotating tires according to the maintenance messages on the information display */ driver information interface * helps to distribute wear more evenly and increase tire life. ■ Tires without rotation marks 1Tire Rotation Tires with directional tread patterns should only be rotated front to back (not from one side to the other). Directional tires should be mounted with the rotation indication mark facing forward, as shown below. Rotate the tires as shown here. Front Front Direction Mark ■ Tires with rotation marks Rotate the tires as shown here. Maintenance 588 Front * Not available on all models Whenever tires are rotated, you must calibrate the TPMS. 2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) P. 503 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 589 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuChecking and Maintaining Tires uWinter Tires Winter Tires If driving on snowy or frozen roads, mount all season marked “M+S” tires, snow tires, or tire chains; reduce speed; and maintain sufficient distance between vehicles when driving. Be particularly careful when operating the steering wheel or brakes to prevent skidding. 1Winter Tires 3 WARNING Using the wrong chains, or not properly installing chains, can damage the brake lines and cause a crash in which you can be seriously injured or killed. Use tire chains, snow tires, or all season tires when necessary or according to the law. When mounting, refer to the following points. For winter tires: • Select the size and load ranges that are the same as the original tires. • Mount the tires to all four wheels. For tire chains: • Install them on the front tires only. • Because your vehicle has limited tire clearance, we strongly recommend using the chains listed below: Cable-type: SCC RADIAL CHAIN TC2111MM Models with 235/60R18 tires Cable-type: SCC RADIAL CHAIN TC2212MM • Follow the chain manufacturer's instruction when installing. Mount them as tightly as you can. • Check that the chains do not touch the brake lines or suspension. • Drive slowly. NOTICE Traction devices that are the wrong size or improperly installed can damage your vehicle's brake lines, suspension, body, and wheels. Stop driving if they are hitting any part of the vehicle. When tire chains are mounted, follow the chain manufacturer's instructions regarding vehicle operational limits. If your vehicle is equipped with summer tires, be aware that these tires are not designed for winter driving conditions. For more information, contact a dealer. Maintenance Models with 235/65R17 tires Follow all instructions in this owner's manual regarding the selection and use of tire chains. 589 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 590 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Battery Checking the Battery The condition of the battery is monitored by a sensor located on the negative terminal of the battery. If there is a problem with this sensor, the driver information interface will display a warning message. If this happens, have you vehicle inspected by a dealer. 1Battery 3 WARNING The battery gives off explosive hydrogen gas during normal operation. Check the battery terminals for corrosion monthly. If your vehicle's battery is disconnected or goes dead: • The audio system is disabled. 2 Audio System Theft Protection P. 232 • The clock resets. 2 Clock P. 132 • Canadian models only: The immobilizer system needs to be reset. 2 Immobilizer System Indicator P. 91 Maintenance 590 A spark or flame can cause the battery to explode with enough force to kill or seriously hurt you. When conducting any battery maintenance, wear protective clothing and a face shield, or have a skilled technician do it. WARNING: Battery post, terminals, and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. Wash your hands after handling. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 591 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuBatteryuCharging the Battery Charging the Battery Disconnect both battery cables to prevent damaging your vehicle's electrical system. Always disconnect the negative (–) cable first, and reconnect it last. 1Battery When you find corrosion, clean the battery terminals by applying a baking powder and water solution. Clean the terminals with a damp towel. Cloth/towel dry the battery. Coat the terminals with grease to help prevent future corrosion. When replacing the battery, the replacement must be of the same specifications. Consult a dealer for more information. Maintenance The indicators for the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) *, Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System *, Electric Power Steering (EPS) system, Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®) system, VSA® OFF, Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) *, and low tire pressure/Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) * may come on when you turn the ignition switch to ON (w *1 after reconnecting the battery. Drive a short distance at 12 mph (20 km/h). The indicator should go off. If it does not, have your vehicle checked by a dealer. *1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. * Not available on all models 591 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 592 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Remote Transmitter Care Replacing the Button Battery If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery. ■ Master Keys with Remote Transmitter * Screw Battery type: CR1620 1. Unscrew the cover with a small Phillipshead screwdriver. Battery Maintenance 592 * Not available on all models 2. Open the remote transmitter. u Wrap the small flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth to prevent scratching the transmitter. 3. Remove the button battery with the small flat-tip screwdriver. 4. Make sure to replace the battery with the correct polarity. 1Replacing the Button Battery NOTICE An improperly disposed of battery can damage the environment. Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal. Replacement batteries are commercially available or at a dealer. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 593 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuRemote Transmitter CareuReplacing the Button Battery ■ Smart Entry Remote * Battery type: CR2032 1. Remove the built-in key. Battery Maintenance * Not available on all models 2. Remove the upper half of the cover by carefully prying on the edge with a coin. u Remove carefully to avoid losing the buttons. u Wrap a coin with a cloth to prevent scratching the smart entry remote. 3. Make sure to replace the battery with the correct polarity. 593 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 594 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Climate Control System Maintenance Air Conditioning To ensure proper and safe operation, the Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE J2845) recommends that the refrigerant system only be serviced by trained and certified technicians. 1Climate Control System Maintenance NOTICE Never repair or replace the air conditioning evaporator (cooling coil) with one removed from a used or salvaged vehicle. Vented refrigerant is harmful to the environment. To avoid refrigerant from venting, never replace the evaporator with one removed from a used or salvaged vehicle. New replacement mobile air conditioning evaporators must be certified (and labeled) as meeting SAE Standard J2842. Refrigerant in your vehicle’s air conditioning system is flammable and can be ignited during servicing if proper procedures are not followed. Air conditioner label is found under the hood: 2 Safety Labels P. 77 2 Specifications P. 636 Canadian models : Caution : Flammable Refrigerant Maintenance : Requires Registered Technician to Service Dust and Pollen Filter The climate control system is equipped with a dust and pollen filter that collects pollen, dust, and other debris in the air. The Maintenance MinderTM messages will let you know when to replace the filter. We recommend that you replace the dust and pollen filter sooner when using your vehicle in areas with high concentrations of dust. 594 : Air Conditioning System 1Dust and Pollen Filter If the airflow from the climate control system deteriorates noticeably, and the windows fog up easily, the filter may need to be replaced. Please contact a dealer for replacement. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 595 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Cleaning Interior Care Use a damp cloth with a mixture of mild detergent and warm water to remove dirt. Use a clean cloth to remove detergent residue. ■ Cleaning Seat Belts Use a soft brush with a mixture of mild soap and warm water to clean the seat belts. Let the belts air dry. Wipe the loops of the seat belt anchors using a clean cloth. Loop 1Interior Care Do not spill liquids inside the vehicle. Electrical devices and systems may malfunction if liquids are splashed on them. Do not use silicone based sprays on electrical devices such as audio devices and switches. Doing so may cause the items to malfunction or cause a fire inside the vehicle. If a silicone based spray is inadvertently used on electrical devices, consult a dealer. Depending on their composition, chemicals and liquid aromatics may cause discoloration, wrinkles, and cracking to resin-based parts and textiles. Do not use alkali solvents or organic solvents such as benzene or gasoline. ■ Cleaning the Window 1Cleaning the Window Wires are mounted to the inside of the rear window. Wipe along the same direction as the wires with a soft cloth so as not to damage them. Wipe using a glass cleaner. Maintenance After using chemicals, make sure to gently wipe them away using a dry cloth. Do not place used cloths on top of resin based parts or textiles for long periods of time without washing. Be careful not to spill fluids, such as water or glass cleaner, on or around the cover of both the front sensor camera * and the rainfall/light sensor *. * Not available on all models Continued 595 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 596 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuCleaninguInterior Care ■ Floor Mats Unlock Lock 1Floor Mats The driver's floor mat hooks over floor anchors, which keep them from sliding forward. To remove a mat for cleaning, turn the anchor knobs to the unlock position. When reinstalling the mat after cleaning, turn the knobs to the lock position. If you use any floor mats that were not originally provided with your vehicle, make sure they are designed for your specific vehicle, fit correctly, and are securely anchored by the floor anchors. Position the rear seat floor mats properly. If they are not properly positioned, the floor mats can interfere with the front seat functions. Do not put additional floor mats on top of the anchored mat. ■ Maintaining Genuine Leather * Maintenance 596 To properly clean leather: 1. Use a vacuum or soft dry cloth first to remove any dirt or dust. 2. Clean the leather with a soft cloth dampened with a solution comprised of 90% water and 10% neutral soap. 3. Wipe away any soap residue with a clean damp cloth. 4. Wipe away residual water and allow leather to air dry in the shade. * Not available on all models 1Maintaining Genuine Leather * It is important to clean or wipe away dirt or dust as soon as possible. Spills can soak into leather resulting in stains. Dirt or dust can cause abrasions in the leather. In addition, please note that some dark colored clothing can rub onto the leather seats resulting in discoloration or stains. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 597 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuCleaninguExterior Care Exterior Care Dust off the vehicle body after you drive. Regularly inspect your vehicle for scratches on painted surfaces. A scratch on a painted surface can result in body rust. If you find a scratch, promptly repair it. ■ Washing the Vehicle 1Washing the Vehicle Wash the vehicle regularly. Wash more frequently when driving in the following conditions: • If driving on roads with road salt. • If driving in coastal areas. • If tar, soot, bird droppings, insects, or tree sap are stuck to painted surfaces. Do not spray water into the air intake vents. It can cause a malfunction. ■ Using an Automated Car Wash • Make sure to follow the instructions indicated on the automated car wash. • Fold in the door mirrors. • Automatic intermittent wiper equipment vehicles, wipers switch to OFF. • Keep sufficient distance between the cleaning nozzle and the vehicle body. • Take particular care around the windows. Standing too close may cause water to enter the vehicle interior. • Do not spray high pressure water directly into the engine compartment. Instead, use low pressure water and a mild detergent. Continued Do not spray water onto the capless unit when the fuel fill door is open. It can cause damage to the fuel system or engine. Maintenance ■ Using High Pressure Cleaners Air Intake Vents 597 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 598 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuCleaninguExterior Care ■ Applying Wax A good coat of automotive body wax helps protect your vehicle’s paint from the elements. Wax will wear off over time and expose your vehicle’s paint to the elements, so reapply as necessary. ■ Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts If you get gasoline, oil, engine coolant, or battery fluid on resin coated parts, they may be stained or the coating may peel. Promptly wipe it away using a soft cloth and clean water. ■ Cleaning the Window Wipe using a glass cleaner. ■ Maintaining Aluminum Wheels Maintenance 598 Aluminum is susceptible to deterioration caused by salt and other road contaminants. When necessary, as early as possible use a sponge and mild detergent to wipe away these contaminants. Do not use a stiff brush or harsh chemicals (including some commercial wheel cleaners). These can damage the protective finish on aluminum alloy wheels, resulting in corrosion. Depending on the type of finish, the wheels also may lose their luster or appear burnished. To avoid water stains, wipe the wheels dry with a cloth while they are still wet. 1Applying Wax NOTICE Chemical solvents and strong cleaners can damage the paint, metal, and plastic on your vehicle. Wipe away spills immediately. 1Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts Ask a dealer about the correct coating material when you want to repair the painted surface of the parts made of resin. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 599 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuCleaninguExterior Care ■ Fogged Exterior Light Lenses The inside lenses of exterior lights (headlights, brake lights, etc.) may fog temporarily if you have driven in the rain, or after the vehicle has been run through a car wash. Dew condensation also may build up inside the lenses when there is a significant enough difference between the ambient and inside lens temperatures (similar to vehicle windows fogging up in rainy conditions). These conditions are natural processes, not structural design problems in the exterior lights. Lens design characteristics may result in moisture developing on the light lens frame surfaces. This also is not a malfunction. However, if you see large amounts water accumulation, or large water drops building up inside the lenses, have your vehicle inspected by a dealer. Maintenance 599 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 600 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Accessories and Modifications Accessories When installing accessories, check the following: • Do not install accessories on the windshield. They can obstruct your view and delay your reaction to driving conditions. • Do not install any accessories over areas marked SRS Airbag, on the sides or backs of the front seats, on front or side pillars, or near the side windows. Accessories installed in these areas may interfere with proper operation of the vehicle’s airbags or may be propelled into you or another occupant if the airbags deploy. • Be sure electronic accessories do not overload electrical circuits or interfere with proper operation of your vehicle. 2 Fuses P. 627 • Before installing any electronic accessory, have the installer contact a dealer for assistance. If possible, have a dealer inspect the final installation. Modifications Do not modify your vehicle in a manner that may affect its handling, stability, or reliability, or install non-genuine Honda parts or accessories that may have a similar effect. Maintenance The on-board diagnostic port (OBD-II/J2534 connector) installed on this vehicle is intended to be used only with automobile system diagnostic devices. Use of any other type of device may adversely affect the vehicle's electronic systems or allow them to be compromised, and could result in a system malfunction, drained battery, or other unexpected problems. Even minor modifications to vehicle systems can affect overall vehicle performance. Always make sure all equipment is properly installed and maintained, and do not make any modification to your vehicle or its systems that might cause your vehicle to no longer meet federal, state, province, territory, and local regulations. Do not modify or attempt to repair any of the electrical components. 600 1Accessories and Modifications 3 WARNING Improper accessories or modifications can affect your vehicle's handling, stability, and performance, and cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed. Follow all instructions in this owner's manual regarding accessories and modifications. Honda Genuine accessories are recommended to ensure proper operation on your vehicle. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 601 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Handling the Unexpected This chapter explains how to handle unexpected troubles. Tools Types of Tools .................................. 602 If a Tire Goes Flat Changing a Flat Tire ......................... 603 Engine Does Not Start Checking the Engine ........................ 610 If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak..........................................611 Emergency Engine Stop ................... 612 Jump Starting.................................... 613 Shift Lever Does Not Move .............. 616 Overheating How to Handle Overheating............. 617 Indicator, Coming On/Blinking If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On................................................ 621 If the Charging System Indicator Comes On ................................................. 621 If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks ................................... 622 If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks .......................................623 If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks at the Same Time When the Brake System Indicator (Amber) Comes On ..... 624 If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On........................... 625 If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks ....................... 626 Fuses Fuse Locations ................................. 627 Inspecting and Changing Fuses........ 630 Emergency Towing........................... 631 When You Cannot Open the Tailgate ..632 Refueling .................................................633 601 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 602 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Tools Types of Tools 1Types of Tools The tools are stored in the cargo area. Wheel Nut Wrench/ Jack Handle Jack Handle Bar Jack Handling the Unexpected 602 Jack Tool Bag Funnel 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 603 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 If a Tire Goes Flat Changing a Flat Tire If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually to reduce speed. Then stop in a safe place. Replace the flat tire with a compact spare tire. Go to a dealer as soon as possible to have the full-size tire repaired or replaced. 1. Park the vehicle on firm, level, and non-slippery surface, and apply the parking brake. 2. Move the shift lever to (P . 3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0 *1. 1Changing a Flat Tire Follow compact spare precautions: Periodically check the tire pressure of the compact spare. It should be set to the specified pressure. Specified Pressure: 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm2) When driving with the compact spare tire, keep the vehicle speed under 50 mph (80 km/h). Replace with a full-size tire as soon as possible. Do not mount tire chains on a compact spare tire. If a chain-mounted front tire goes flat, remove one of the full-size rear tires and replace it with the compact spare tire. Remove the flat front tire and replace it with the full-size tire that was removed from the rear. Mount the tire chains on the front tire. Handling the Unexpected The compact spare tire and wheel in your vehicle are specifically for this model. Do not use them with another vehicle. Do not use another type of compact spare tire or wheel with your vehicle. NOTICE Do not use the jack if it doesn’t work properly. Call your dealer or a professional towing service. *1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. Continued 603 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 604 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire ■ Getting Ready to Replace the Flat Tire 1. Open the cargo area floor lid. Handling the Unexpected Tool Bag 2. Take the tool bag out of the cargo area. Take the wheel nut wrench and jack handle bar out of the tool bag. Spare Tire 3. Take the jack out of the spare tire area. 4. Unscrew the wing bolt and remove the spacer cone. Then remove the spare tire. 604 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 605 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire 5. Place a wheel block or rock in the front and rear of the wheel diagonal to the flat tire. The tire to be replaced. Wheel Blocks 7. Loosen each wheel nut about one turn using the wheel nut wrench. Continued Handling the Unexpected 6. Place the compact spare tire under the vehicle body (wheel side up) near the tire that needs to be replaced. 605 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 606 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire ■ How to Set Up the Jack 1How to Set Up the Jack 1. Place the jack under the jacking point closest to the tire to be changed. 3 WARNING The vehicle can easily roll off the jack, seriously injuring anyone underneath. Follow the directions for changing a tire exactly and never get under the vehicle when it is supported only by the jack. Handling the Unexpected 2. Turn the end bracket clockwise (as shown in image) until the top of the jack contacts the jacking point. u Make sure that the jacking point tab is resting in the jack notch. 3. Raise the vehicle, using the jack handle bar and the jack handle, until the tire is off the ground. Do not use the jack with people or luggage in the vehicle. Use the jack provided in your vehicle. Other jacks may not support the weight (“load”) or their shape may not match. The following instructions must be followed to use the jack safely: • Do not use while the engine is running. • Use only where the ground is firm and level. • Use only at the jacking points. • Do not get in the vehicle while using the jack. • Do not put anything on top of or underneath the jack. Loose items can fly around the interior in a crash and can seriously injure the occupants. Jack Handle Bar 606 Wheel Nut Wrench as Jack Handle Store the wheel, jack, and tools securely before driving. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 607 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire ■ Replacing the Flat Tire 1Replacing the Flat Tire 1. Remove the wheel nuts and flat tire. Handling the Unexpected 2. Wipe the mounting surfaces of the wheel with a clean cloth. 3. Mount the compact spare tire. 4. Screw the wheel nuts until they touch the lips around the mounting holes, then stop rotating. Do not over tighten the wheel nuts by applying extra torque using your foot or a pipe. 5. Lower the vehicle and remove the jack. Tighten the wheel nuts in the order indicated in the image. Go around, tightening the nuts, two to three times in this order. Wheel nut torque: 80 lbf∙ft (108 N∙m, 11 kgf∙m) Continued 607 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 608 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire ■ Storing the Flat Tire 1Storing the Flat Tire 1. Remove the center cap. Center Cap 3 WARNING Loose items can fly around the interior in a crash and can seriously injure the occupants. Store the wheel, jack, and tools securely before driving. Handling the Unexpected 2. Remove the cargo area lid as shown. Lid For compact spare tire Wing Bolt Spacer Cone 608 For full-size tire 3. Place the flat tire face down in the spare tire well. 4. Remove the spacer cone from the wing bolt, flip it over, and insert it back on the bolt. Secure the flat tire with the wing bolt. 5. Securely store the wheel nut wrench and jack handle bar back in the tool bag. Store the bag in the cargo area properly. 6. Store the jack in its holder. Turn the jack’s end bracket to lock it in place. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 609 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire ■ TPMS and the Spare Tire If you replace a flat tire with the spare tire, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator comes on while you are driving. After driving for a few miles (kilometers), the indicator will start blinking for a short time and then stay on. Tire Pressures Low appears on the driver information interface *, but this is normal. Calibrate the TPMS when you replace the tire with a specified regular tire. 2 TPMS Calibration P. 503 Handling the Unexpected * Not available on all models 609 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 610 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Engine Does Not Start Checking the Engine If the engine does not start, check the starter. 1Checking the Engine If you must start the vehicle immediately, use an assisting vehicle or booster battery to jump start it. 2 Jump Starting P. 613 Starter condition Starter doesn’t turn or turns over slowly. The battery may be dead. Check each of the items on the right and respond accordingly. Checklist Models with smart entry system Check for a message on the driver information interface *. ● If the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message appears 2 If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak P. 611 uMake sure the smart entry remote is in its operating range. Handling the Unexpected 2 ENGINE START/STOP Button Operating Range P. 172 Check the brightness of the interior lights. Turn on the interior lights and check the brightness. ● If the interior lights are dim or do not come on at all 2 Battery P. 590 If the interior lights come on normally 2 Fuses P. 627 The starter turns over normally, Review the engine start procedure. but the engine doesn’t start. Follow its instructions, and try to start the engine again. 2 Starting the Engine P. 446 There may be a problem with a Check the immobilizer system indicator. fuse. Check each of the items on When the immobilizer system indicator is blinking, the engine cannot be started. the right and respond accordingly. 2 Immobilizer System P. 161 Check the fuel level. There should be enough fuel in the tank. 2Fuel Gauge P. 117 Check the fuses. Check all fuses or have the vehicle checked by a dealer. ● 2 Inspecting and Changing Fuses P. 630 If the problem continues: 2 Emergency Towing P. 631 610 * Not available on all models 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 611 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuEngine Does Not StartuIf the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak Models with smart entry system If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak 2. Depress the brake pedal and press the ENGINE START/STOP button within 10 seconds after the beeper sounds and the indicator changes from flashing to on. u If you don’t depress the pedal, the mode will change to ACCESSORY. Handling the Unexpected If the beeper sounds and the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message appears on the driver information interface; and the ENGINE START/STOP button flashes and the engine will not start. Start the engine as follows: 1. Touch the center of the ENGINE START/ STOP button with the H logo on the smart entry remote while the ENGINE START/ STOP button is flashing. The buttons on the smart entry remote should be facing you. u The ENGINE START/STOP button flashes for about 30 seconds. 611 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 612 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuEngine Does Not StartuEmergency Engine Stop Models with smart entry system Emergency Engine Stop The ENGINE START/STOP button may be used to stop the engine due to an emergency situation even while driving. If you must stop the engine, do either of the following operations: • Press and hold the ENGINE START/STOP button for about two seconds. • Firmly press the ENGINE START/STOP button three times. Handling the Unexpected 612 The steering wheel will not lock. However, because turning off the engine disables the power assist the engine provides to the steering and braking systems, it will require significantly more physical effort and time to steer and slow the vehicle. Use both feet on the brake pedal to slow down the vehicle and stop immediately in a safe place. The power mode is in ACCESSORY when the engine is stopped. To change the mode to VEHICLE OFF, change the shift lever to (P after the vehicle comes to a complete stop. Canadian models Then press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice without depressing the brake pedal. 1Emergency Engine Stop Do not press the button while driving unless it is absolutely necessary for the engine to be switched off. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 613 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Jump Starting ■ Jump Starting Procedure 1Jump Starting 3 WARNING A battery can explode if you do not follow the correct procedure, seriously injuring anyone nearby. Keep all sparks, open flames, and smoking materials away from the battery. Securely attach the jumper cables clips so that they do not come off when the engine vibrates. Also be careful not to tangle the jumper cables or allow the cable ends to touch each other while attaching or detaching the jumper cables. Battery performance degrades in cold conditions and may prevent the engine from starting. Handling the Unexpected Turn off the power to electric devices, such as the audio and lights. Turn off the engine, then open the hood. 1. Open the terminal cover on your vehicle’s battery positive + terminal. 2. Connect the first jumper cable to your vehicle's battery + terminal. 3. Connect the other end of the first jumper cable to the booster battery + terminal. u Use a 12-volt booster battery only. u When using an automotive battery + Terminal charger to boost your 12-volt battery, select a lower charging voltage than 15 volts. Check the charger manual for the proper setting. 4. Connect the second jumper cable to the 1.5 L engine models booster battery - terminal. Booster Battery Continued 613 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 614 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuJump Startingu 2.4 L engine models Booster Battery Handling the Unexpected 1.5 L engine models 2.4 L engine models 614 5. Connect the other end of the second jumper cable to the engine hanger (as shown). Do not connect this jumper cable to any other part. 6. If your vehicle is connected to another vehicle, start the assisting vehicle's engine and increase its rpm slightly. 7. Attempt to start your vehicle's engine. If it turns over slowly, check that the jumper cables have good metal-to-metal contact. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 615 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuJump Startingu ■ What to Do After the Engine Starts Once your vehicle's engine has started, remove the jumper cables in the following order: 1. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle's ground. 2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery terminal. 3. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle's battery + terminal. 4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery + terminal. The VSA® and CMBSTM* indicators may come on when your turn the ignition switch to ON (w *1 after re-connecting a battery. Drive a short distance at more than 12 mph (20 km/ h). Each indicator should go off. If either or both do not, have your vehicle checked by a dealer. Handling the Unexpected Have your vehicle inspected by a nearby service station or a dealer. 1What to Do After the Engine Starts *1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. * Not available on all models 615 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 616 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Shift Lever Does Not Move Follow the procedure below if you cannot move the shift lever out of the (P position. ■ Releasing the Lock 1. Set the parking brake. Slot Models without smart entry system 2. Remove the key from the ignition switch. Models with smart entry system Handling the Unexpected 2. Remove the built-in key from the smart entry remote. Cover Release Button Shift Lock Release Slot 616 All models 3. Wrap a cloth around the tip of a small flattip screwdriver. Put it into the shift lock release slot (as shown in image) and remove the cover. 4. Insert the key into the shift lock release slot. 5. While pushing the key down, press the shift lever release button, and place the shift lever into (N . u The lock is now released. Have the shift lever checked by a dealer as soon as possible. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 617 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Overheating How to Handle Overheating Overheating symptoms are as follows: • The temperature gauge needle is at the H mark or the engine suddenly loses power. • Stop Driving When Safe. Engine Temperature Too Hot message appears on the driver information interface. * • Steam or spray comes out of the engine compartment. 3 WARNING Steam and spray from an overheated engine can seriously scald you. Do not open the hood if steam is coming out. ■ First thing to do Continued NOTICE Continuing to drive with the temperature gauge needle at the H mark may damage the engine. Handling the Unexpected 1. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe place. 2. Turn off all accessories and turn on the hazard warning lights. u No steam or spray present: Keep the engine running and open the hood. u Steam or spray is present: Turn off the engine and wait until it subsides. Then open the hood. * Not available on all models 1How to Handle Overheating 617 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 618 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuOverheatinguHow to Handle Overheating ■ Next thing to do 1How to Handle Overheating 1.5 L engine models Reserve Tank MAX Handling the Unexpected 618 MIN 1. Check that the cooling fan is operating and stop the engine once the temperature gauge needle goes down. u If the cooling fan is not operating, immediately stop the engine. 2. Once the engine has cooled down, inspect the coolant level, and check the cooling system components for leaks. u If the coolant level, in the reserve tank is low, or no coolant in the tank, check that the radiator is cool. Cover the reserve tank cap with a heavy cloth and open the cap. Add coolant until it reaches the MAX mark and put the cap back on. 3 WARNING Removing the reserve tank cap while the engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray out, seriously scalding you. Always let the engine and radiator cool down before removing the reserve tank cap. If the coolant is leaking, contact a dealer for repairs. Use water as an emergency/temporary measure only. Have a dealer flush the system with proper antifreeze as soon as possible. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 619 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuOverheatinguHow to Handle Overheating 2.4 L engine models 1How to Handle Overheating Reserve Tank MAX MIN 3 WARNING Removing the reserve tank cap while the engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray out, seriously scalding you. Always let the engine and radiator cool down before removing the reserve tank cap. If the coolant is leaking, contact a dealer for repairs. Use water as an emergency/temporary measure only. Have a dealer flush the system with proper antifreeze as soon as possible. Handling the Unexpected 1. Check that the cooling fan is operating and stop the engine once the temperature gauge needle goes down. u If the cooling fan is not operating, immediately stop the engine. 2. Once the engine has cooled down, inspect the coolant level and check the cooling system components for leaks. u If the coolant level in the reserve tank is low, add coolant until it reaches the MAX mark. u If there is no coolant in the reserve tank, check that the radiator is cool. Cover the radiator cap with a heavy cloth and open the cap. If necessary, add coolant up to the base of the filler neck, and put the cap back on. ■ Last thing to do Once the engine has cooled sufficiently, restart it, and check the temperature gauge. If the temperature gauge needle has gone down, resume driving. If it has not gone down, contact a dealer for repairs. Continued 619 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 620 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuOverheatinguHow to Handle Overheating ■ The Stop Driving When Safe. Engine Temperature Too Hot Message Appears On The Driver Information Interface. * The Stop Driving When Safe. Engine Temperature Too Hot message appears on the driver information interface when the engine temperature is high. 2 Driver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages * P. 104 1. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe place. u Move the shift lever to (P , and set the parking brake. Turn off all accessories and turn on the hazard warning lights. 2. Keep the engine running, and wait until the message disappears. u If the message does not disappear, have the vehicle inspected at a dealer. Handling the Unexpected 620 * Not available on all models 1How to Handle Overheating Continuing to drive with the Stop Driving When Safe. Engine Temperature Too Hot message on the driver information interface may damage the engine. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 621 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Indicator, Coming On/Blinking If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On ■ Reasons for the indicator to come on Comes on when the engine oil pressure is low. ■ What to do as soon as the indicator comes on 1. Immediately park the vehicle on level ground in a safe place. 2. If necessary, turn the hazard warning lights on. ■ What to do after parking the vehicle 1. Stop the engine and let it sit for about three minutes. 2. Open the hood and check the oil level. 1If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On NOTICE Running the engine with low oil pressure can cause serious mechanical damage almost immediately. 2 Oil Check P. 557 If the Charging System Indicator Comes On ■ Reasons for the indicator to come on Comes on when the battery is not being charged. ■ What to do when the indicator comes on Turn off the climate control system, rear defogger, and other electrical systems. Immediately contact a dealer for repairs. 1If the Charging System Indicator Comes On If you need to stop temporarily, do not turn off the engine. Restarting the engine may rapidly discharge the battery. Handling the Unexpected 3. Start the engine and check the low oil pressure indicator. u The indicator goes off: Start driving again. u The indicator does not go off within 10 seconds: Stop the engine and contact a dealer for repairs immediately. 621 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 622 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks ■ Reasons for the indicator lamp to come on or blink Handling the Unexpected 622 • Comes on when there is a problem with the engine emissions control system. • Blinks when engine misfiring is detected. ■ What to do when the indicator lamp comes on Avoid high speeds and immediately get your vehicle inspected at a dealer. ■ What to do when the indicator lamp blinks Park the vehicle in a safe place with no flammable items and wait at least 10 minutes or more with the engine stopped until it cools. 1If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks NOTICE If you drive with the malfunction indicator lamp on, the emissions control system and the engine could be damaged. If the malfunction indicator lamp blinks again when restarting the engine, drive to the nearest dealer at 31 mph (50 km/h) or less. Have your vehicle inspected. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 623 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks U.S. Canada (Red) ■ Reasons for the indicator to come on 1If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks Have your vehicle repaired immediately. It is dangerous to drive with low brake fluid. If there is no resistance from the brake pedal, stop immediately in a safe place. If necessary, downshift the gears. If the brake system indicator and ABS indicator come on simultaneously, the electronic brake distribution system is not working. This can result in vehicle instability under sudden braking. Have your vehicle inspected by a dealer immediately. If the brake system indicator (red) blinks at the same time when the brake system indicator (amber) comes on, the parking brake may not work. Avoid using the parking brake and have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately. 2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks at the Same Time When the Brake System Indicator (Amber) Comes On P. 624 Handling the Unexpected • The brake fluid is low. • There is a malfunction in the brake system. ■ What to do when the indicator comes on while driving Depress the brake pedal lightly to check pedal pressure. • If normal, check the brake fluid level the next time you stop. • If abnormal, take immediate action. If necessary, downshift the transmission to slow the vehicle using engine braking. ■ Reason for the indicator to blink • There is a problem with the electric parking brake system. ■ What to do when the indicator blinks Avoid using the parking brake and have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately. 623 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 624 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks at the Same Time When the Brake System Indicator (Amber) Comes On If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks at the Same Time When the Brake System Indicator (Amber) Comes On U.S. Canada (Red) Handling the Unexpected 624 U.S. Canada (Amber) ■ If the brake system indicator (red) comes on or blinks at the same time when the brake system indicator (amber) comes on, release the parking brake manually or automatically. 2 Parking Brake P. 508 • If the brake system indicator (red) continuously comes on or blinks at the same time when the brake system indicator (amber) comes on, stop the vehicle in a safe place and have it inspected by a dealer immediately. u Preventing the vehicle from moving Move the shift lever to (P . • If the brake system indicator (amber) comes on alone, avoid using the parking brake and have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately. 1 If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks at the Same Time When the Brake System Indicator (Amber) Comes On If you apply the parking brake, you may not be able to release it. If the brake system indicator (red) and the brake system indicator (amber) come on at the same time, the parking brake is working. If the brake system indicator (red) blinks at the same time when the brake system indicator (amber) comes on, the parking brake may not work because it is checking the system. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 625 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On ■ Reasons for the indicator to come on Models with driver information interface The Drive Carefully Systems Initializing... message appears on the driver information interface. ■ What to do when the indicator comes on Stop the vehicle in a safe place and restart the engine. If the indicator comes on and stays on, immediately have your vehicle inspected by a dealer. • If the EPS indicator, VSA® indicator, VSA® OFF indicator, CMBSTM indicator *, and low tire pressure/TPMS indicator * come on simultaneously, you need to calibrate the VSA and EPS systems. Drive at a speed of more than 12 mph (20 km/h) for less than 10 seconds to calibrate the VSA and EPS systems. If the indicators come on and stay on, park your vehicle in a safe place, turn off and restart the engine, then repeat the above operation. If the indicators still come on and stay on, immediately have your vehicle inspected by a dealer. * Not available on all models Handling the Unexpected • Comes on when there is a problem with the EPS system. • If you depress the accelerator pedal repeatedly to increase the engine speed while the engine is idling, the indicator comes on, and sometimes the steering wheel becomes harder to operate. • Comes on when EPS steering angle center point memory is lost. This could be due to a number of problems to include: battery disconnect, main fuse blow, low battery causing reset of the EPS system, wire damage to EPS harness. Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), VSA® OFF, Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) *, and low tire pressure/TPMS * indicators also come on with EPS indicator. 625 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 626 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks Handling the Unexpected 626 ■ Reasons for the indicator to come on or blink A tire pressure is significantly low, or the TPMS has not been calibrated. If there is a problem with the TPMS or the compact spare tire is installed, the indicator blinks for about one minute, and then stays on. ■ What to do when the indicator comes on Drive carefully avoiding abrupt cornering and hard braking. Stop your vehicle in a safe place. Check the tire pressure and adjust the pressure to the specified level. The specified tire pressure is on a label on the driver side doorjamb. u Calibrate the TPMS after the tire pressure is adjusted. 2 TPMS Calibration P. 503 ■ What to do when the indicator blinks, then remains on Have the tire inspected by a dealer as soon as possible. If the compact spare tire causes the indicator to blink, change the tire to a full-size tire. The indicator will go off after driving for a few miles (kilometers). u Calibrate the TPMS after a full-size tire is reinstalled. 2 TPMS Calibration P. 503 1If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks NOTICE Driving on an extremely underinflated tire can cause it to overheat. An overheated tire can fail. Always inflate your tires to the prescribed level. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 627 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Fuses Fuse Locations If any electrical devices are not working, turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0 *1 and check to see if any applicable fuse is blown. Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box cover. Locate the fuse in question by the fuse number and box cover number. ■ Circuit protected and fuse rating 1 ■ Engine Compartment Fuse Box IG Main 1 Tab 2 3 4 5 * Not available on all models Fuse Box Option Fuse Box Front Wiper Motor Sub Fan Motor Rear Defroster Starter Motor Fuse Box ABS/VSA Motor ABS/VSA FSR Blower Motor Option Block 1 * Option Block 2 * − Power Tail Gate * VB ACT*4 Amps (30 A) 40 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 125 A 70 A 30 A*2 50 A*3 (40 A) 60 A 30 A 30 A 40 A 30 A 40 A 40 A 40 A 40 A (40 A) (40 A) − (40 A) (7.5 A) 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Circuit Protected Washer FI Main FI Sub*4 DBW*5 Stop Lights Injector LAF FI ECU*4 −*5 Front Wiper Deicer * Hazard IG Coil Transmission*4 −*5 − Back Up Audio AWD * Amps 15 A 15 A 15 A 10 A 20 A 7.5 A 10 A − (15 A) 10 A 15 A (15 A) − − 10 A 15 A (20 A) Handling the Unexpected Located near the brake fluid reservoir. Push the tabs to open the box. Circuit Protected Audio AMP * Electric Brake Booster Main Fan Motor Relay Module 1 IG Main 2*2 Relay Module 2 Battery EPS *1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. *2:Models with smart entry system *3:Models without smart entry system *4:1.5L engine models *5:2.4L engine models Continued 627 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 628 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuFusesuFuse Locations 21 22 23 Handling the Unexpected 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 Circuit Protected Rear Seat Heater*1 −*2 Front Fog Lights*3/Lower Shutter Grille A/C Compressor/Upper Shutter Grille Horn Cooling Fan − − ST Magnetic Switch*4 − − Amps (20 A) − ■ Interior Fuse Box Located under the dashboard. Fuse Label (15 A) ■ Circuit protected and fuse rating 1 2 3 10 A 4 10 A 7.5 A − − (7.5 A) − − 5 6 7 8 9 *1:Canadian models with rear seat heater *2:Models without rear seat heater *3:Models with fog lights *4:Models without smart entry system Fuse Box Fuse locations are shown on the label on the steering column lower cover. Locate the fuse in question by the fuse number and label number. 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Circuit Protected Accessory Key Lock Option Option*1 Transmission*2, *3 Option SRS Indicator Meter Fuel Pump A/C Accessory Power Socket (Center Console) Engine Control*3 Passenger's Side Door Lock Driver's Side Door Unlock Rear Driver's Side Power Window Front Passenger's Side Power Window Door Lock Transmission*1, *3 Option*2 Amps 10 A 5A 10 A 5A (10 A) 10 A 10 A 10 A 15 A 10 A (20 A) 5A 10 A 10 A 20 A 20 A 20 A (10 A) 5A *1:Models with smart entry system *2:Models without smart entry system *3:1.5L engine models 628 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 629 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuFusesuFuse Locations 18 19 20 21 22 23 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 * Not available on all models Amps (10 A) (20 A) 10 A 10 A 10 A (10 A) 5A (10 A) 10 A 37 38 39 a b c d e f g h 20 A 20 A 20 A Circuit Protected Trailer * Driver's Side Door Lock Driver's Door Unlock Power Tailgate Closer * Passenger's Power Seat Sliding * Passenger's Power Seat Reclining * Panorama Shade Motor*3 Rear Blower EPT L EPT R Accessory Power Socket (Cargo Area)*4 Amps 15 A 10 A (10 A) (20 A) (20 A) (20 A) (20 A) (20 A) (20 A) (20 A) (20 A) *1:Canadian models with steering heater *2:Models without smart entry system *3:Canadian models with panoramic roof *4:Canadian models Handling the Unexpected 24 25 Circuit Protected Front Driver's Lumber support * Moonroof * Starter ACG Daytime Running Light Steering Wheel Heater*1 Handsfree Power Tailgate Sensor * Option Driver's Door Lock Passenger's Side Door Unlock Rear Passenger's Side Power Window Driver's Power Window Front Accessory Power Socket Smart Entry*1 STS*2 Driver's Power Seat Reclining * Front Seat Heater * Driver's Power Seat Sliding * ABS/VSA SRS HAC Option * 10 A 5A (20 A) (20 A) (20 A) 10 A 10 A 20 A 629 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 630 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuFusesuInspecting and Changing Fuses Inspecting and Changing Fuses Blown Fuse Combined Fuse Handling the Unexpected Fuse Puller 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0 *1. Turn headlights and all accessories off. 2. Remove the fuse box cover. 3. Check the large fuse in the engine compartment. u If the fuse is blown, use a Phillips-head screwdriver to remove the screw and replace it with a new one. 4. Inspect the small fuses in the engine compartment and the vehicle interior. u If there is a blown fuse, remove it with the fuse puller, and replace it with a new one. NOTICE Replacing a fuse with one that has a higher rating greatly increases the chances of damaging the electrical system. Replace fuse with a spare fuse of the same specified amperage. Confirm the specified amperage using the charts on P. 627 to 629. Use the charts to locate the fuse in question and conform the specific amperage on the fuse label. 2 Fuse Locations P. 627 There is a fuse puller on the back of the engine compartment fuse box cover. *1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. 630 1Inspecting and Changing Fuses 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 631 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Emergency Towing Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle. All models ■ Flat bed equipment The operator loads your vehicle on the back of a truck. This is the best way to transport your vehicle. 1Emergency Towing NOTICE Trying to lift or tow your vehicle by the bumpers will cause serious damage. The bumpers are not designed to support the vehicle's weight. NOTICE 2WD models ■ Wheel lift equipment Never tow your vehicle with just a rope or chain. It is very dangerous since ropes or chains may shift from side to side or break. Make sure the parking brake is released. If you cannot release the parking brake, your vehicle must be transported by the flat bed equipment. 2 Parking Brake P. 508 Handling the Unexpected The tow truck uses two pivoting arms that go under the front tires and lift them off the ground. The rear tires remain on the ground. This is an acceptable way to tow your vehicle. Improper towing, such as towing behind a motorhome or other motor vehicle can damage the transmission. 631 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 632 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 When You Cannot Open the Tailgate ■ What to Do When Unable to Open the Tailgate If you cannot open the tailgate, use the following procedure: 1. Use a flat-tip screwdriver and remove the cover on the inside of the tailgate. u Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth to prevent scratches. Handling the Unexpected Cover 2. To open the tailgate, push the tailgate while pushing the lever to the right using a flat-tip screw driver. Models with power tailgate Screwdriver Lever Models without power tailgate Screwdriver Lever 632 1When You Cannot Open the Tailgate Following up: After taking these steps, contact a dealer to have the vehicle checked. When you open the tailgate from inside, make sure there is enough space around the tailgate, and it does not hit anyone or any object. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 633 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Refueling Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container If you have run out of fuel and need to refuel your vehicle from a portable fuel container, use the funnel provided with your vehicle. 1. Turn off the engine. 2. Press on the edge of the fuel fill door to make it pop up slightly. u The fuel fill door opens. 3. Take the funnel out of the tool case in the cargo area. 2 Types of Tools P. 602 Funnel 3 WARNING Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive. You can be burned or seriously injured when handling fuel. • Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks, and flame away. • Handle fuel only outdoors. • Wipe up spills immediately. NOTICE Do not insert the nozzle of a portable fuel container or any funnel other than the one provided with your vehicle. Doing so can damage the fuel system. Do not try to pry open or push open the sealed fuel tank with foreign objects. This can damage the fuel system and its seal. Handling the Unexpected 4. Place the end of the funnel on the lower part of filler opening, then insert it slowly and fully. u Make sure that the end of the funnel goes down along with the filler pipe. 5. Fill the tank with fuel from the portable fuel container. u Pour fuel carefully so you do not spill any. 6. Remove the funnel from the filler neck. u Wipe up any fuel from the funnel before storing it. 7. Shut the fuel fill door by hand. 1Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container Make sure the fuel in the portable fuel container is gasoline before you refuel. 633 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 634 634 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 635 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Information This chapter includes your vehicle's specifications, locations of identification numbers, and other information required by regulation. Specifications .................................... 636 Identification Numbers Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number, and Transmission Number ......................................... 638 Devices that Emit Radio Waves ....... 640 Reporting Safety Defects ................. 641 Emissions Testing Testing of Readiness Codes.............. 642 Warranty Coverages ........................ 644 Authorized Manuals......................... 646 Customer Service Information......... 647 635 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 636 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Specifications ■ Vehicle Specifications ■ Air Conditioning Model No. of Passengers: Front Rear Total Weights: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating Gross Axle Weight Rating (Front) Gross Axle Weight Rating (Rear) Air Conditioning: Refrigerant Type Charge Quantity Honda CR-V 2 3 5 U.S.: Canada: U.S.: Canada: U.S.: 4,695 lbs (2,130 kg) 2,130 kg 2,425 lbs (1,100 kg) 1,100 kg 2,292 lbs (1,040 kg)*1 2,369 lbs (1,075 kg)*2 Canada: 1,040 kg*1 1,075 kg*2 *1: 2WD models *2: AWD models HFO-1234yf (R-1234yf) 14.6 – 16.4 oz (415 – 465 g)*1 15.3 – 17.1 oz (435 – 485 g)*2 RB100EV-01*1 RL85HM (POE)*2 5.80 - 6.53 cu-in (95 - 107 cm3)*1 4.70 - 6.28 cu-in (77 – 103 cm3)*2 Lubricant Type Quantity *1: 2.4 L engine models *2: 1.5 L engine models ■ Engine Specifications Displacement Spark Plugs 143.72 cu-in (2,356 cm3)*1 91.38 cu-in (1,498 cm3)*2 DILKAR7H11GS*1 DILKAR7G11GS*1 NGK ILZKAR8J8SY*2 DENSO DXE22HQR-D11S*1 Information 636 Unleaded gasoline, Pump octane number of 87 or higher 14 US gal (53 L) ■ Washer Fluid Tank Capacity * Not available on all models Headlights (High Beam) Fog Lights * Front Turn Signal/ Front Side Marker Lights Daytime Running/Parking Lights Side Turn Signal Lights * Tail and Brake/Rear Turn Signal/ Rear Side Marker Lights Back-Up Lights Taillights High-Mount Brake Light Rear License Plate Light Interior Lights Map Lights Cargo Area Light Vanity Mirror Lights * ■ Fuel Fuel Tank Capacity Headlights (Low Beam) Ceiling Light *1: 2.4 L engine models *2: 1.5 L engine models Type ■ Light Bulbs U.S.: 2.6 US qt (2.5 L) Canada: 4.8 US qt (4.5 L) 55 W (H11) * LED * 60 W (HB3) * LED * 35 W (H8) LED LED LED LED 16 W LED LED LED 8W 8 W* LED * 5W 1.4 W 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 637 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuSpecificationsu ■ Brake Fluid Specified ■ Engine Oil Honda Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 ■ Continuously Variable Transmission Fluid Specified Capacity Honda HCF-2 Transmission Fluid 3.9 US qt (3.7 L)*1 Change 4.5 US qt (4.3 L)*2 *1: 2WD models *2: AWD models Capacity *1: 2.4 L engine models *2: 1.5 L engine models ■ Engine Coolant ■ Rear Differential Fluid * Specified Capacity Recommended ■ Tire ·Genuine Honda Motor Oil 0W-20 ·API Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil 4.4 US qt (4.2 L)*1 Change 3.4 US qt (3.2 L)*2 Change including 4.7 US qt (4.4 L)*1 filter 3.7 US qt (3.5 L)*2 Honda DPSF-II Change 1.32 US qt (1.25 L) Specified Ratio Capacity Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type2 50/50 with distilled water 1.65 US gal (6.24 L)*1 1.64 US gal (6.20 L)*2 (change including the remaining 0.17 US gal (0.65 L) in the reserve tank)*1 (change including the remaining 0.2 US gal (0.75 L) in the reserve tank)*2 Regular Compact Spare Wheel Size Size*1 Pressure*1 psi (kPa [kgf/cm2]) Size*2 Pressure*2 psi (kPa [kgf/cm2]) Size Pressure psi (kPa [kgf/cm2]) Regular Compact Spare 235/65R17 104H Front 32 (220 [2.2]) Rear 30 (210 [2.1]) 235/60R18 103H Front 33 (230 [2.3]) Rear 30 (210 [2.1]) T155/90D17 112M 60 (420 [4.2]) 17 x 7 1/2J*1 18 x 7 1/2J*2 17 x 4T *1: Vehicle with 17 inch wheel *2: Vehicle with 18 inch wheel *1: 2.4 L engine models *2: 1.5 L engine models Information * Not available on all models 637 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 638 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Identification Numbers Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number, and Transmission Number Your vehicle has a 17-digit vehicle identification number (VIN) used to register your vehicle for warranty purposes, and for licensing and insuring your vehicle. The locations of your vehicle’s VIN, engine number, and transmission number are shown as follows: 1Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number, and Transmission Number The interior vehicle identification number (VIN) is located under the cover. 1.5 L engine models Engine Number Vehicle Identification Number Cover Information 638 Continuously Variable Transmission Number Certification Label/ Vehicle Identification Number 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 639 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuIdentification NumbersuVehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number, and Transmission Number 2.4 L engine models Engine Number Continuously Variable Transmission Number Vehicle Identification Number Certification Label/ Vehicle Identification Number Information 639 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 640 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Devices that Emit Radio Waves The following products and systems on your vehicle emit radio waves when in operation. Audio System Bluetooth® Audio Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® HomeLink® Universal Transceiver * HondaLink * Immobilizer System Remote Transmitter Smart Entry System * Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM* Each of the above complies with the appropriate requirements or the required standards of FCC (Federal Communications Commission) and Industry Canada Standard, described below: Information 640 As required by the FCC: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. This device complies with industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. * Not available on all models 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 641 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Reporting Safety Defects In the U.S. If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying American Honda Motor Co., Inc. If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or American Honda Motor Co., Inc. To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-4249153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http:// www.safercar.gov. In Canada If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform Honda Canada Inc. and you may also inform Transport Canada. Information If Transport Canada receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may lead to a recall and remedy campaign. However, Transport Canada cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Honda Canada Inc. To contact Transport Canada’s Defect Investigations and Recalls Division, you may call 1-800-333-0510. For more information on reporting safety defects or about motor vehicle safety, go to http://www.tc.gc.ca/ roadsafety. 641 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 642 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Emissions Testing Testing of Readiness Codes Your vehicle has readiness code as part of the onboard self diagnostic system. Some States use these codes for testing to verify whether your vehicle's emissions components are working properly. The codes may not be read properly if testing is performed just after the battery has gone dead or been disconnected. To check if they are set, turn the ignition switch to ON (w *1, without starting the engine. The malfunction indicator lamp will come on for several seconds. If it then goes off, the readiness codes are set. If it blinks five times, the readiness codes are not set. If you are required to have your vehicle tested before the readiness codes are ready, prepare the vehicle for retesting by doing the following: Information 1. Fill the fuel tank to approximately 3/4 full. 2. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 6 hours or more. 3. Make sure the ambient temperature is between 40°F and 95°F (4°C and 35°C). 4. Start the engine without touching the accelerator pedal, and let it idle for 20 seconds. 5. Keep the vehicle in (P . Increase the engine speed to 2,000 rpm, and hold it there for about 3 minutes. 6. Let the engine idle with your foot off the accelerator for 20 seconds. *1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch. 642 1Testing of Readiness Codes The readiness codes are erased when the battery is disconnected, and set again only after several days of driving under a variety of conditions. If a testing facility determines that the readiness codes are not set, you may be requested to return at a later date to complete the test. If the testing facility determines the readiness codes are still not set, see a dealer. 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 643 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuEmissions TestinguTesting of Readiness Codes 7. Select a nearby, lightly traveled major highway where you can maintain a speed of 50 to 60 mph (80 to 97 km/h) for at least 20 minutes. Drive on the highway in (D . Do not use cruise control. When traffic allows, drive for 90 seconds without moving the accelerator pedal. (Vehicle speed may vary slightly; this is okay.) If you cannot do this for a continuous 90 seconds because of traffic conditions, drive for at least 30 seconds, then repeat it two more times (for a total of 90 seconds). 8. Drive in city or suburban traffic for at least 10 minutes. When traffic conditions allow, let the vehicle coast for several seconds without using the accelerator pedal or the brake pedal. 9. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 30 minutes. Information 643 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 644 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Warranty Coverages ■ U.S. Owners Your new vehicle is covered by these warranties: New Vehicle Limited Warranty – covers your new vehicle, except for the emissions control systems and accessories, against defects in materials and workmanship. Emissions Control Systems Defects Warranty and Emissions Performance Warranty – these two warranties cover your vehicle’s emissions control systems. Time, mileage, and coverage are conditional. Please read your warranty booklet for exact information. Seat Belt Limited Warranty – a seat belt that fails to function properly is covered by a limited warranty. Please read your warranty booklet for details. Rust Perforation Limited Warranty – all exterior body panels are covered against rusting from the inside out for the specified time period, regardless of mileage. Information Accessory Limited Warranty – Honda accessories are covered under this warranty. Time and mileage limits depend on the type of accessory and other factors. Please read your warranty booklet for details. Replacement Parts Limited Warranty – covers all Honda replacement parts against defects in materials and workmanship. 644 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 645 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 uuWarranty Coveragesu Replacement Battery Limited Warranty – provides prorated coverage for a replacement battery purchased from your dealer. Replacement Muffler Lifetime Limited Warranty – provides coverage for as long as the purchaser of the muffler owns the vehicle. Restrictions and exclusions apply to all these warranties. Please read the Honda warranty information booklet that came with your vehicle for precise information on warranty coverages. Your vehicle’s original tires are covered by their manufacturer. Tire warranty information is in a separate booklet. ■ Canadian Owners Please refer to the warranty manual that came with your vehicle. ■ EPA Contact Information An owner may obtain further information concerning emission warranties or report violations of the terms of the emission warranties by contacting: Information U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Office of Transportation and Air Quality Compliance Division, Light-Duty Vehicle Group Attn: Warranty Complaints 2000 Traverwood Drive Ann Arbor, MI 48105 Email: [email protected] 645 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 646 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Authorized Manuals ■ Service Express For electronic copies of service publications, you can purchase a subscription to Service Express. Visit www.techinfo.honda.com for pricing and options. ■ For U.S. Owners Manuals can be purchased from Helm Incorporated. You can order a manual by phone at 1 (800) 782-4356 (credit card orders only), or online at www.helminc.com. ■ For Canadian Owners Please contact a dealer to order any manuals that you may require. Information 646 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 647 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Customer Service Information Honda dealership personnel are trained professionals who should be able to deal with any problems you may encounter with your vehicle. If, however, you are faced with a problem that they cannot resolve to your satisfaction, contact Honda Client Relations/Services. U.S. Owners American Honda Motor Co., Inc. Honda Automobile Customer Services Mail Stop 500-2N-7A 1919 Torrance Blvd. Torrance, CA 90501-2746 Tel: 1 (800) 999-1009 Canadian Owners Honda Canada Inc. Customer Relations 180 Honda Boulevard Markham, ON L6C 0H9 Tel: 1-888-9-HONDA-9 Fax: 1-877-939-0909 E-mail: [email protected] When you call or write, please give us the following information: • Vehicle Identification Number 2 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number, and Transmission Number P. 638 • Date of purchase • Odometer reading of your vehicle • Your name, address, and telephone number • A detailed description of the problem • Name of the dealer who sold the vehicle to you Information In Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands Bella International P.O. Box 190816 San Juan, PR 00919-0816 Tel: 1 (787) 620-7546 1Customer Service Information 647 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 648 648 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 649 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Index Index Numbers 4WD .......................................................... 502 A Changing the Screen Interface ................ 277 Closing Apps........................................... 279 Customizing the Meter............................ 264 Display Setup .................................. 243, 281 Error Messages........................................ 327 General Information ................................ 332 Home Screen........................................... 270 HondaLink®............................................. 312 How to use Siri ® Eyes Free .............. 257, 319 iPod ................................................ 246, 298 Limitations for Manual Operation ............ 282 Menu Customize..................................... 278 MP3/WMA/AAC.............................. 251, 307 Pandora®......................................... 249, 305 Playing Bluetooth® Audio ................ 254, 310 Playing SiriusXM® Radio .......................... 291 Reactivating ............................................ 232 Recommended Devices............................ 333 Remote Controls ..................................... 233 Security Code.......................................... 232 Selecting an Audio Source....................... 282 Song By VoiceTM (SBV) ............................. 301 Status Area ............................................. 276 Theft Protection ...................................... 232 USB Flash Drives ...................... 251, 307, 333 USB Port(s) .............................................. 231 Voice Control Operation.......................... 283 Wallpaper Setup.............................. 240, 268 Wi-Fi Connection .................................... 317 Audio/Information Screen ............... 238, 259 Authorized Manuals ................................ 646 Index ABS (Anti-lock Brake System).................. 514 Accessories and Modifications ................ 600 Accessory Power Sockets ......................... 215 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) ........................... 97, 467 Adding the Coolant ................................. 564 Additives Coolant .......................................... 563, 565 Engine Oil ............................................... 556 Washer ................................................... 569 Additives, Engine Oil ............................... 556 Adjusting Armrest .................................................. 205 Front Seats.............................................. 197 Head Restraints....................................... 201 Mirrors.................................................... 195 Rear Seats............................................... 204 Steering Wheel ....................................... 194 Temperature ................................... 120, 128 Adjusting the Sound........................ 242, 280 Agile Handling Assist............................... 496 Air Conditioning System (Climate Control System).................................................... 224 Changing the Mode................................ 225 Defrosting the Windshield and Windows .............................................. 225 Dust and Pollen Filter ............................... 594 Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode ................... 225 Sensor ..................................................... 228 Synchronized Mode ................................. 227 Using Automatic Climate Control ............ 224 Air Pressure ....................................... 582, 637 Airbags ........................................................ 49 Advanced Airbags ..................................... 55 Airbag Care ............................................... 62 Event Data Recorder .................................... 0 Front Airbags (SRS) .................................... 52 Indicator .............................................. 60, 85 Passenger Airbag Off Indicator .................. 61 Sensors...................................................... 49 Side Airbags .............................................. 56 Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 58 All-Wheel Drive (AWD) ............................ 502 AM/FM Radio .................................... 244, 287 Android AutoTM ........................................ 323 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 514 Indicator .................................................... 85 Apple CarPlayTM ........................................ 320 Armrest ..................................................... 205 Audio Remote Controls............................ 233 Audio System ............................ 230, 237, 258 Adjusting the Sound ........................ 242, 280 AM/FM Radio .................................. 244, 287 Android AutoTM ....................................... 323 Apple CarPlayTM ....................................... 320 Audio/Information Screen ................ 238, 259 Changing the Home Screen Icon Layout .. 263 649 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 650 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 Auto Door Locking/Unlocking ................. 146 Customize ............................................... 147 Auto High-Beam System .......................... 181 Automatic Brake Hold.............................. 512 Indicator ............................................ 82, 512 Automatic Intermittent Wipers ............... 186 Automatic Lighting .................................. 178 Average Fuel Economy..................... 119, 124 Average Speed.......................................... 124 AWD (All-Wheel Drive) ............................ 502 B Index 650 Battery....................................................... 590 Charging System Indicator ................. 83, 621 Jump Starting .......................................... 613 Maintenance (Checking the Battery) ........ 590 Maintenance (Replacing).......................... 592 Belts (Seat) .................................................. 40 Beverage Holders...................................... 213 Blind spot information (BSI) System ........ 497 Bluetooth® Audio ............................. 254, 310 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® ............. 373, 396 Booster Seats (For Children)....................... 75 Brake System............................................. 508 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ................... 514 Automatic Brake Hold.............................. 512 Brake Assist System ................................. 515 Fluid ........................................................ 568 Foot Brake ............................................... 511 Indicator (Red) ........................... 80, 623, 624 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Parking Brake .......................................... 508 Brightness Control (Instrument Panel).... 188 Bulb Replacement .................................... 570 Brake/Taillight, Rear Turn Signal Light and Rear Side Marker Lights................................. 574 Fog Lights ............................................... 572 Front Turn Signal/ Front Side Marker Lights .................................................... 574 Headlights............................................... 570 High-Mount Brake Light .......................... 576 Parking/Daytime Running Lights .............. 574 Rear License Plate Light ........................... 576 Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator Lights .................................................... 574 Taillight and Back-Up Lights .................... 575 Bulb Specifications ................................... 636 C Carbon Monoxide Gas ............................... 76 Cargo Hook............................................... 218 Carrying Cargo ................................. 435, 437 Certification Label.................................... 638 Changing Bulbs ........................................ 570 Charging System Indicator................. 83, 621 Child Safety................................................. 63 Childproof Door Locks............................. 145 Child Seat.................................................... 63 Booster Seats ............................................ 75 Child Seat for Infants................................. 65 Child Seat for Small Children..................... 66 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt ......................................................... 71 Larger Children ......................................... 74 Rear-facing Child Seat............................... 65 Selecting a Child Seat ............................... 67 Childproof Door Locks ............................. 145 Cleaning the Exterior............................... 597 Cleaning the Interior ............................... 595 Climate Control System ........................... 224 Changing the Mode................................ 224 Defrosting the Windshield and Windows .............................................. 225 Dust and Pollen Filter .............................. 594 Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode................... 225 Sensors ................................................... 228 Synchronized Mode ................................ 227 Using Automatic Climate Control............ 224 Clock ......................................................... 132 CMBSTM (Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM) ................................................ 516 Coat Hook ................................................ 217 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) ................................................. 516 Compact Spare Tire.......................... 603, 637 Compass.................................................... 430 Continuously Variable Transmission ....... 454 Creeping................................................. 454 Fluid ....................................................... 567 Kickdown ............................................... 454 Operating the Shift Lever .................. 23, 456 Shift Lever Does Not Move ...................... 616 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 651 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 Shifting................................................... 455 Controls .................................................... 131 Coolant (Engine) .............................. 563, 565 Adding the Coolant ................................ 564 Adding to the Radiator ........................... 566 Adding to the Reserve Tank .................... 565 Overheating............................................ 617 Creeping (Continuously Variable Transmission).......................................... 454 Cross Traffic Monitor ............................... 527 Cruise Control .................................. 458, 461 Indicator ................................................... 93 Cup Holders.............................................. 213 Customer Service Information ................ 647 Customized Features ............................... 337 Customizing the Auto Door Locking/ Unlocking Setting .................................. 147 D 午後４時２７分 Directional Signals (Turn Signals) ............ 176 Display Setup .................................... 243, 281 Display/Information Button ..................... 121 Door Mirrors ............................................. 196 Doors ......................................................... 134 Auto Door Locking .................................. 146 Auto Door Unlocking............................... 146 Door Open Indicator ............................ 38, 87 Keys ........................................................ 134 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside..................................................... 144 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside.................................................. 137 Lockout Prevention System ...................... 143 DOT Tire Quality Grading ........................ 584 Driver Information Interface ................... 121 Driver’s Seat Lumbar Support .................. 197 Driving....................................................... 433 Braking.................................................... 508 Continuously Variable Transmission ......... 454 Cruise Control ................................. 458, 461 Off-Highway Driving Guidelines ............... 444 Shifting Gear ........................................... 455 Starting the Engine .......................... 446, 448 Driving Position Memory System............. 192 Dust and Pollen Filter ............................... 594 E Elapsed Time............................................. 124 Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator............................................ 88, 625 Electronic Stability Control (ESC)............. 494 Emergency ................................................ 631 Emissions Testing (Readiness Codes)....... 642 Engine ....................................................... 638 Coolant........................................... 563, 565 Jump Starting.......................................... 613 Oil........................................................... 556 Starting ........................................... 446, 448 Switch Buzzer.................................. 171, 174 Engine Coolant................................. 563, 565 Adding the Coolant................................. 564 Adding to the Radiator............................ 566 Adding to the Reserve Tank..................... 565 Overheating ............................................ 617 Temperature Gauge ................................ 117 Engine Oil ................................................. 556 Adding.................................................... 559 Checking................................................. 557 Displaying Oil Life............................ 543, 548 Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 82, 621 Recommended Engine Oil ....................... 556 ENGINE START/STOP Button .................... 172 EPS (Electric Power Steering) System ...... 625 Exhaust Gas Hazard (Carbon Monoxide) .. 76 Exterior Care (Cleaning)........................... 597 Exterior Mirrors ........................................ 196 Index Daytime Running Lights .......................... 184 Dead Battery ............................................ 613 Defaulting All the Settings...................... 369 Defrosting the Windshield and Windows................................................. 225 Detachable Anchor .................................... 46 Devices that Emit Radio Waves............... 640 Dimming Headlights .............................................. 177 Rearview Mirror ...................................... 195 Dipstick (Engine Oil) ................................ 557 木曜日 Eco Assist System .......................................... 9 ECON Button............................................. 457 651 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 652 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 F Index 652 Features..................................................... 229 Filters Dust and Pollen ....................................... 594 Oil ........................................................... 560 Flat Tire ..................................................... 603 Floor Mats ................................................. 596 Fluids Brake....................................................... 568 Continuously Variable Transmission ......... 567 Engine Coolant................................ 563, 565 Windshield Washer.................................. 569 FM/AM Radio .................................... 244, 287 Fog Light Indicator ..................................... 91 Folding Down the Rear Seats................... 204 Foot Brake................................................. 511 Front Airbags (SRS) ..................................... 52 Front Seat Heaters .................................... 221 Front Seats ................................................ 197 Adjusting................................................. 197 Front Sensor Camera ................................ 465 Fuel ...................................................... 25, 533 Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions............. 536 Gauge ..................................................... 117 Instant Fuel Economy....................... 119, 128 Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 84 Range.............................................. 119, 124 Recommendation .................................... 533 Refueling ................................................. 533 Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions ............ 536 Fuel Fill Door............................................. 534 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Fuses.......................................................... 627 Inspecting and Changing......................... 630 Locations......................................... 627, 628 G Gasoline (Fuel) Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions ............ 536 Gauge..................................................... 117 Information ............................................. 533 Instant Fuel Economy ...................... 119, 128 Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 84 Refueling................................................. 533 Gauges ...................................................... 117 Gear Shift Lever Positions Continuously Variable Transmission......... 455 Glass (care)........................................ 595, 598 Glove Box.................................................. 209 H Handling the Unexpected........................ 601 HandsFreeLink® (HFL)....................... 373, 396 Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History.................................... 386, 409 Caller’s ID Information............................. 384 Displaying Messages................................ 424 HFL Buttons..................................... 373, 396 HFL Menus ...................................... 375, 399 HFL Status Display ........................... 374, 398 In Case of Emergency.............................. 428 Limitations for Manual Operation.... 374, 398 Making a Call ................................. 390, 417 Options During a Call...................... 395, 421 Phone Setup ................................... 379, 404 Phonebook Phonetic Modification........... 413 Receiving a Call............................... 394, 420 Receiving a Text Message/E-mail ............. 422 Ring Tone ....................................... 384, 408 Selecting a Mail Account......................... 423 Speed Dial ...................................... 387, 410 To Clear the System ................................ 385 To Set Up Text Message/E-mail Options .. 407 Hazard Warning Button .............................. 4 HD RadioTM ............................................... 287 Head Restraints ........................................ 201 Headlights ................................................ 177 Aiming.................................................... 570 Auto High-Beam System ......................... 181 Automatic Operation .............................. 178 Dimming......................................... 177, 184 Operating ............................................... 177 Heated Door Mirror Button .................... 190 Heated Steering Wheel ........................... 220 Heated Windshield Button...................... 191 Heaters (Front Seat) ................................. 221 Heaters (Seat)........................................... 222 Heating and Cooling System Dust and Pollen Filter .............................. 594 HFL (HandsFreeLink®) ...................... 373, 396 High Beam Indicator.................................. 90 Hill Start Assist System ..................... 447, 452 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 653 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver ........... 370 Honda SensingTM ........................................ 26 HondaLink® .............................................. 312 I 午後４時２７分 High Beam ................................................ 90 Immobilizer System.................................... 91 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) ...... 98, 99 Lights On................................................... 90 Low Fuel.................................................... 84 Low Oil Pressure ................................ 82, 621 Low Tire Pressure/TPMS ..................... 89, 506 Maintenance Minder ......................... 93, 543 Malfunction Indicator Lamp ............... 83, 622 Parking Brake and Brake System (Amber)... 81 Parking Brake and Brake System (Red)........................................ 80, 623, 624 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM)........ 95, 96 Seat Belt Reminder .............................. 42, 84 Security System Alarm ............................... 92 Shift Lever Position .................................... 83 Supplemental Restraint System ............ 60, 85 System Message ........................................ 90 Tailgate Open ............................................ 87 Transmission.............................................. 84 Turn Signal ................................................ 90 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®) System............................................. 86, 494 VSA® OFF .......................................... 87, 495 Information............................................... 635 Information Display.................................. 118 Instant Fuel Economy ....................... 119, 128 Instrument Panel ........................................ 79 Brightness Control ................................... 188 Interior Lights ........................................... 206 Interior Rearview Mirror .......................... 195 iPod ................................................... 246, 298 J Jack (Wheel Nut Wrench) ........................ 606 Jump Starting ........................................... 613 K Key Number Tag....................................... 136 Keyless Lockout Prevention ..................... 143 Keys ........................................................... 134 Lockout Prevention.................................. 143 Master Keys ............................................ 134 Number Tag ............................................ 136 Rear Door Won’t Open............................ 145 Remote Transmitter................................. 141 Types and Functions ................................ 134 Valet Key................................................. 135 Won’t Turn ............................................... 29 Kickdown (Continuously Variable Transmission) .......................................... 454 L Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)......... 486 LaneWatchTM ............................................ 500 Language (HFL) ................................ 374, 398 LATCH (Child Seats).............................. 68, 72 Lights................................................. 177, 570 Automatic ............................................... 178 Bulb Replacement ................................... 570 Index Identification Numbers............................ 638 Engine and Transmission......................... 638 Vehicle Identification............................... 638 Ignition Switch ......................................... 171 Illumination Control ................................ 188 Knob ...................................................... 188 Immobilizer System.................................. 161 Immobilizer System Indicator..................... 91 Indicators.................................................... 80 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)..................................... 98, 467 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................... 85 Automatic Brake Hold....................... 82, 512 Blind spot information (BSI)..................... 498 Brake Depressing ...................................... 94 Charging System............................... 83, 621 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) ................................ 99, 100, 101 Cruise Control .......................... 93, 459, 462 Cruise Main .............................. 93, 458, 461 Door Open.......................................... 38, 87 ECON Mode ..................................... 93, 457 Electric Power Steering (EPS) System ............................................ 88, 625 Fog Light .................................................. 91 木曜日 653 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 654 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 Daytime Running Lights ........................... 184 Fog Lights................................................ 180 High Beam Indicator .................................. 90 Interior .................................................... 206 Light Switches ......................................... 177 Lights On Indicator .................................... 90 Turn Signals............................................. 176 Load Limits ................................................ 437 Locking/Unlocking .................................... 134 Auto Door Locking/Unlocking .................. 146 Childproof Door Locks ............................. 145 From Inside.............................................. 144 From Outside........................................... 137 Keys ........................................................ 134 Using a Key ............................................. 142 Lockout Prevention System...................... 143 Low Battery Charge.................................. 621 Low Fuel Indicator ...................................... 84 Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 82, 621 Low Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength................................................... 136 Lower Anchors ...................................... 68, 72 Luggage (Maximum Load Limit).............. 437 Lumbar Support........................................ 198 Lumbar Support Adjustment Switch ....... 198 Index M Maintenance ............................................. 539 Adding the Coolant ................................. 564 Battery..................................................... 590 654 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Brake Fluid .............................................. 568 Cleaning ................................................. 595 Coolant........................................... 563, 565 Maintenance MinderTM ............................ 543 Oil........................................................... 557 Precautions ............................................. 540 Radiator .................................................. 566 Remote Transmitter................................. 592 Replacing Light Bulbs .............................. 570 Safety...................................................... 541 Service Items ................................... 545, 550 Tires ........................................................ 581 Transmission Fluid ................................... 567 Under the Hood ...................................... 553 Malfunction Indicator Lamp.............. 83, 622 Map Lights ................................................ 207 Maximum Load Limit ............................... 437 Meters, Gauges......................................... 117 Mirrors ...................................................... 195 Adjusting ................................................ 195 Door ....................................................... 196 Exterior ................................................... 196 Interior Rearview ..................................... 195 Modifications (and Accessories) .............. 600 Moonroof ................................................. 167 MP3 ................................................... 251, 307 Multi-View Rear Camera.......................... 531 N Numbers (Identification).......................... 638 O Odometer ......................................... 118, 122 Off-Highway Driving Guidelines ............. 444 Oil (Engine) .............................................. 556 Adding ................................................... 559 Checking ................................................ 557 Displaying Oil Life ........................... 543, 548 Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 82, 621 Recommended Engine Oil ....................... 556 Viscosity.................................................. 556 Open Source Licenses .............................. 336 Opening/Closing Hood ...................................................... 555 Moonroof ............................................... 167 Power Windows...................................... 164 Tailgate................................................... 150 Outside Temperature Display ......... 120, 128 Overheating ............................................. 617 P Pandora® .......................................... 249, 305 Panic Mode............................................... 163 Panoramic Roof........................................ 168 Parking ..................................................... 526 Parking Brake........................................... 508 Parking Brake and Brake System Indicator (Amber)..................................................... 81 Parking Brake and Brake System Indicator (Red).......................................... 80, 623, 624 Passenger Airbag Off Indicator................. 61 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 655 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 Passing Indicators..................................... 177 Playing Bluetooth® Audio ............... 254, 310 Power Tailgate ......................................... 152 Power Windows ....................................... 164 Precautions While Driving....................... 453 Driving Guidelines for Your Utility Vehicle.................................................. 453 Rain ........................................................ 453 Pregnant Women....................................... 47 Puncture (Tire) ......................................... 603 R 午後４時２７分 Replacement Battery .................................................... 592 Bulbs ....................................................... 570 Fuses ............................................... 627, 628 Rear Wiper Blade Rubber ......................... 579 Tires ........................................................ 587 Wiper Blade Rubber................................. 577 Reporting Safety Defects ......................... 641 Resetting a Trip Meter ..................... 119, 123 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM).......... 482 On and Off .............................................. 483 S Safe Driving ................................................ 33 Safety Check ............................................... 38 Safety Labels ............................................... 77 Safety Message ............................................. 1 Seat Belts..................................................... 40 Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor .................. 45 Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners.................. 43 Checking ................................................... 48 Detachable Anchor .................................... 46 Fastening................................................... 44 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt.......................................................... 71 Pregnant Women ...................................... 47 Reminder................................................... 42 Warning Indicator................................ 42, 84 Seat Heaters.............................................. 222 Seats .......................................................... 197 Adjusting ................................................ 197 Driver’s Seat Lumbar Support .................. 197 Front Seat Heaters................................... 221 Front Seats .............................................. 197 Rear Seats ............................................... 204 Seat Heaters............................................ 222 Security System......................................... 161 Security System Alarm Indicator................. 92 Select Lever......................................... 23, 455 Operation.......................................... 23, 456 Releasing................................................. 616 Won’t Move............................................ 616 Selecting a Child Seat................................. 67 Selector Knob (Audio).............................. 237 Setting the Clock ...................................... 132 Shift Lever........................................... 23, 455 Shift Lever Position Indicator ............ 83, 456 Shifting (Transmission)............................. 455 Shoulder Anchor ........................................ 45 Side Airbags................................................ 56 Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 58 Siri® Eyes Free ................................... 257, 319 SiriusXM® Radio........................................ 291 Smart Entry System .................................. 137 Snow Tires................................................. 589 Song By VoiceTM (SBV) .............................. 301 Spare Tire.......................................... 603, 637 Spark Plugs ............................................... 636 Specifications............................................ 636 Specified Fuel ................................... 533, 636 Index Radiator.................................................... 566 Radio (FM/AM) ................................. 244, 287 Radio (SiriusXM®)..................................... 291 Radio Data System (RDS) ................. 245, 289 Range................................................ 119, 124 RDS (Radio Data System) ................. 245, 289 Readiness Codes (Emissions Testing) ...... 642 Real Time AWD with Intelligent Control SystemTM.................................................. 502 Rear Seat Heaters..................................... 222 Rear Seats (Folding Down) ...................... 204 Rearview Mirror ....................................... 195 Refueling .................................................. 533 Fuel Gauge ............................................. 117 Gasoline ......................................... 533, 636 Low Fuel Indicator..................................... 84 Regulations .............................. 506, 584, 640 Remote Transmitter................................. 141 木曜日 655 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 656 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 Speedometer............................................. 117 SRS Airbags (Airbags) ................................. 52 Starting the Engine .......................... 446, 448 Does Not Start ......................................... 610 Engine Switch Buzzer....................... 171, 174 Jump Starting .......................................... 613 Steering Wheel ......................................... 194 Adjusting................................................. 194 Stopping.................................................... 526 Summer Tires ............................................ 589 Sunglasses Holder ..................................... 219 Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ........ 52 Switches (Around the Steering Wheel) ............................................. 4, 5, 171 System Message Indicator .......................... 90 T Index 656 Tachometer ............................................... 117 Tailgate ..................................................... 150 Tailgate Open Indicator.............................. 87 Unable to Open ....................................... 632 Temperature Outside Temperature Display ........... 120, 128 Temperature Sensor ......................... 120, 128 Theft Protection........................................ 232 Time (Setting) ........................................... 132 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)...................................................... 503 Button ..................................................... 503 Indicator .................................................... 89 木曜日 午後４時２７分 Tires........................................................... 581 Air Pressure ..................................... 582, 637 Checking and Maintaining ...................... 581 Inspection ............................................... 581 Labeling .................................................. 582 Puncture (Flat Tire) .................................. 603 Regulations ............................................. 584 Rotation .................................................. 588 Spare Tire........................................ 603, 637 Summer .................................................. 589 Tire Chains .............................................. 589 Wear Indicators ....................................... 586 Winter..................................................... 589 Tonneau Cover ......................................... 223 Tools.......................................................... 602 Towing a Trailer ....................................... 439 Equipment and Accessories ..................... 440 Load Limits.............................................. 439 Towing Your Vehicle................................ 443 Behind a Motorhome .............................. 443 Emergency .............................................. 631 TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) .................................................... 503 Button..................................................... 503 Indicator.................................................... 89 Transmission ............................................. 455 Continuously Variable ............................. 455 Fluid........................................................ 567 Number................................................... 638 Shift Lever Position Indicator.............. 83, 456 TRIP Knob ......................................... 118, 122 Trip Meter ........................................ 118, 122 Troubleshooting ...................................... 601 Blown Fuse ..................................... 627, 628 Brake Pedal Vibrates ................................. 30 Buzzer Sounds When Opening Door ......... 30 Emergency Towing ................................. 631 Engine Won’t Start ................................. 610 Noise When Braking ................................. 31 Overheating............................................ 617 Puncture/Flat Tire .................................... 603 Rear Door Won’t Open ..................... 30, 145 Select Lever Won’t Move ........................ 616 Warning Indicators.................................... 80 Turbo Engine Vehicle .............................. 537 Turn Signals.............................................. 176 Indicators (Instrument Panel) ..................... 90 U Under-floor Storage Area ....................... 212 Unlocking the Doors................................ 137 Unlocking the Front Doors from the Inside......................................................... 15 USB Flash Drives ....................... 251, 307, 333 USB Port(s)................................................ 231 V Valet Key .................................................. 135 Vanity Mirrors .............................................. 7 Vehicle Identification Number ................ 638 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 657 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®) ................. 494 Off Button .............................................. 495 Off Indicator ............................................. 87 System Indicator ....................................... 86 Viscosity (Oil).................................... 556, 637 Voice Control Operation ......................... 283 Audio Commands................................... 285 Climate Control Commands.................... 286 General Commands ................................ 286 Music Search Commands........................ 286 On Screen Commands ............................ 286 Phone Commands .................................. 285 Useful Commands .................................. 285 Voice Portal Screen ................................. 284 Voice Recognition ................................... 283 VSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist) ................. 494 W 午後４時２７分 Window Washers...................................... 185 Adding/Refilling Fluid............................... 569 Switch ..................................................... 185 Windows (Opening and Closing)............. 164 Windshield ................................................ 185 Cleaning.......................................... 595, 598 Defrosting/Defogging .............................. 225 Washer Fluid ........................................... 569 Wiper Blades ........................................... 577 Wipers and Washers ................................ 185 Winter Tires .............................................. 589 Snow Tires............................................... 589 Tire Chains .............................................. 589 Wipers and Washers ................................. 185 Automatic Intermittent Wipers................. 186 Checking and Replacing Wiper Blades ..... 577 Front ....................................................... 185 Rear ........................................................ 187 WMA ................................................. 251, 307 Worn Tires................................................. 581 Index Wallpaper......................................... 240, 268 Warning and Information Messages......................................... 102, 103 Warning Indicator On/Blinking............... 621 Warning Labels .......................................... 77 Warranties (Warranty Manual provided separately) .............................................. 644 Watts ........................................................ 636 WAV.......................................................... 251 Wear Indicators (Tire) .............................. 586 Wheel Nut Wrench (Jack Handle)........... 606 Wi-Fi Connection ..................................... 317 木曜日 657 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 658 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 659 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 17 CR-V-31TLA6000.book 660 ページ ２０１６年１２月１５日 木曜日 午後４時２７分 31TLA601 OM10485 00X31-TLA-6011 owners.honda.com (U.S.) myhonda.ca (Canada) 2017 Honda CR-V Owner’s Manual ©2018 Honda Motor Co., Ltd. — All Rights Reserved Printed in U.S.A